Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
2 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
karkaśaḥ3.1.75MasculineSingularmūrtimat, krūram, mūrttam, kaṭhoram, niṣṭhuram, dṛḍham, jaraṭham, kakkhaṭam
hastimakhaḥMasculineSingular
Monier-Williams Search
383 results for tima
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
तिमm. equals mi-, a kind of whale View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभक्तिमत्mfn. undevoted to, unbelieving. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभिपत्तिमत्mfn. possessed of, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आहुतिमयmfn. consisting of oblations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकृतिमत्mfn. (equals ākāra-vat- q.v) having a shape, embodied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अमेध्यप्रतिमन्त्रणn. conjuring of unlucky omens, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अमूर्तिमत्m. equals amurta-rajas- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तिमetc. See antika-, p.45. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तिमmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' immediately following (exempli gratia, 'for example' daśāntima-,"the eleventh") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तिमmfn. very near View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तिमmfn. final, ultimate, last. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपचितिमत्(/apaciti--) mfn. honoured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अप्रतिमmf(ā-)n. unequalled, incomparable, without a match. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अप्रतिमल्लmfn. unrivalled, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अप्रतिमन्यूयमानmfn. being unable to show resentment or to retaliate anger for anger
आर्तिमत्mfn. having or suffering pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आर्तिमत्m. a mantra- or spell (against snakes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आशितिमन्m. satiety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अस्तिमत्mfn. possessed of property, opulent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अस्त्रक्षतिमत्mfn. wounded by arrows, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आसुतिमत्mfn. (gaRa madhv-ādi- ) mixed with liquors (?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमध्यन्दिनn. high noon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमैथुनn. excess of sexual intercourse. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमन् -manyate- (1. plural -manāmah/e'ti-), to disdain, despise etc. ; to value less than one's self ; to pride one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमङ्गल्यmfn. very auspicious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमङ्गल्यm. Aegle or Crataeva Marmelos. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमनोरथक्रमm. excess of desire, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding v, 35. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमनुष्यबुद्धिmfn. having a superhuman intellect. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमर्शm. close contact. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमर्शम्ind. ( mṛś-), so as to encroach View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमर्त्यmfn. superhuman. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमर्यादmfn. exceeding the proper limit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमर्यादम्ind. beyond bounds. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमतिf. (/ati--) haughtiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिमतिmfn. exceedingly wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिसक्तिमत्mfn. excessively attached. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आयतिमत्mfn. long, extended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आयतिमत्mfn. stately, dignified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आयतिमत्mfn. self-restrained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भक्तिमहत्mfn. truly devoted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भक्तिमहोदयm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भक्तिमञ्जरीf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भक्तिमत्mfn. equals -bhāj- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भक्तिमत्mfn. accompanied by devotion or loyalty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भणितिमयmf(ī-)n. consisting in eloquence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भवान्तरप्राप्तिमत्mfn. one who has obtained another existence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भिन्नजातिमत्mfn. idem or 'mfn. plural of different rank commentator or commentary ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भीतिमत्mfn. timid, shy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भ्रान्तिमत्mfn. roaming or wandering about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भ्रान्तिमत्mfn. turning round, rolling (as a wheel) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भ्रान्तिमत्mfn. mistaking any one or anything for (compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भ्रान्तिमत्mfn. a particular figure of rhetoric (describing an error) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भुक्तिमतीf. Name of a river (varia lectio mukti-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूतिमलिनmfn. soiled with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूतिमत्mfn. possessing welfare, fortunate, happy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बीजसंहृतिमत्mfn. containing the germ and catastrophe (of a play) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बृहस्पतिमत्mfn. accompanied by bṛhaspati-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बृहस्पतिमतn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चतुर्विंशतिमmfn. for ti-tama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चतुर्विंशतिमतn. "views of the 24 chief legislators", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चितिमत्mfn. having the faculty of thought View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दक्षिणामूर्तिमन्त्रm. Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दण्डनीतिमत्mfn. familiar with judicature View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दन्तिमदm. the juice flowing from a rutting elephant's temples View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
देवपतिमन्त्रिन्m. " indra-'s counsellor", Name of bṛhas-pati-, the planet Jupiter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतिमत्mfn. steadfast, calm, resolute ( dhṛtimattā -- f.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतिमत्mfn. satisfied, content View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतिमत्m. Name of a form of agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतिमत्m. of a son of manu- raivata- and savarṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतिमत्m. of one of the saptarṣi-s in the 13th manv-antara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतिमत्m. of a son of kīrti-mat- (son of aṅgiras-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतिमत्m. of a son of yavīnara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतिमत्m. of a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतिमत्n. Name of a varṣa- in kuśa-dvīpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतिमतीf. Name of a river (varia lectio ta-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतिमत्ताf. dhṛtimat
धृतिमयmf(ī-)n. consisting of constancy or contentment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीधितिमत्mfn. having splendour, shining, brilliant, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीधितिमत्m. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीधितिमत्m. Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीप्तिमत्mfn. bright, splendid, brilliant etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीप्तिमत्m. Name of a son of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीप्तिमतीf. (in music) Name of a śruti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्राक्प्रतिमण्डलn. a second eccentric circle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्रव्यशक्तिमत्mfn. possessed of the power to produce matter, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दृढभक्तिमत्mfn. idem or 'mfn. idem or 'mfn. "firm in devotion", faithful ( dṛḍhabhaktitā -- f. )' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्युतिमत्mfn. resplendent, bright View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्युतिमत्mfn. splendid, majestic, dignified etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्युतिमत्m. Name of a prince of the Madras and father-in-law of saha-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्युतिमत्m. of a prince of the śālva-s and father of ṛcīka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्युतिमत्m. of a son of madirāśva- and father of su-vīra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्युतिमत्m. of a son of priya-vrata- and king of krauñca-dvīpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्युतिमत्m. of a son of prāṇa- (pāṇḍu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्युतिमत्m. of a ṛṣi- under the first manu- meru-sāvarṇa- () or under manu- dākṣasāvarṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्युतिमत्m. of a son of manu- svāyam-bhuva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्युतिमत्m. of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्युतिमतीf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्युतिमतिmfn. of brilliant understanding, clear-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गभस्तिमत्mfn. shining, brilliant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गभस्तिमत्m. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गभस्तिमत्m. a particular hell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गभस्तिमत्m. (gabhas-tala- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गभस्तिमत्m. n. Name of one of the nine divisions of bhāratavarṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धहस्तिमहातर्कm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गतिमत्mfn. possessed of motion, moving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गतिमत्mfn. having issues or sores View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गतिमत्mfn. connected with a preposition or some other adverbial prefix Va1rtt. 4 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरिहेतिमmfn. adorned with a rainbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तिमदm. the exudation from an elephant's temples View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तिमकरm. a sea-monster shaped like an elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तिमल्लm. Name of airāvata- (indra-'s elephants) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तिमल्लm. of gaṇeśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तिमल्लm. of śaṅkha- (the 8th of the chief nāga-s or serpents of pātāla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तिमल्लm. a heap of ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तिमल्लm. a shower of dust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तिमल्लm. frost, cold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तिमल्लसेनm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तिमत्mfn. provided with elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेतिमन्त्रm. Name of a mantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेतिमत्mfn. armed with missiles, possessed of weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेतिमत्mfn. illuminated by the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इच्छाशक्तिमत्mfn. having the power of wishing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इतरेतरोपकृतिमत्mfn. helping each other View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जातिमहm. birthday festival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जातिमत्mfn. of high birth or rank View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जातिमत्mfn. belonging to a genus, what may be subordinated to a generic idea ( jātimattva -tva- n.abstr.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जातिमत्त्वn. jātimat
ज्ञानशक्तिमत्mfn. possessing intellectual faculty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्ञातिमत्mfn. having near relations, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जूतिमत्mfn. impetuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्युतिमत्mfn. varia lectio for dy-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कान्तिमत्mfn. lovely, splendid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कान्तिमतीf. Name of a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कान्तिमतीf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कान्तिमत्ताf. loveliness, beauty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खमूर्तिमत्mfn. having a divine or celestial person or form View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ख्यातिमत्mfn. renowned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीर्तिमत्mfn. praised, famous etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीर्तिमत्m. Name of one of the viśve- devā-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीर्तिमत्m. of a son of uttāna-pāda- and sūnṛtā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीर्तिमत्m. of a son of vasu-deva- and devakī-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीर्तिमत्m. of a son of aṅgiras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीर्तिमतीf. Name of dākṣāyaṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीर्तिमयmf(ī-)n. consisting of fame View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्रान्तिमण्डलn. "the circle of the sun's course", ecliptic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्रान्तिमौर्वीf. equals -jīvā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्रियाशक्तिमत्mfn. possessing the power of action
कृतिमत्m. Name of a prince (son of yavī-nara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षान्तिमत्mfn. patient, enduring, indulgent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षतिमत्mfn. wounded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षितिमण्डलn. the globe, earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षितिवृत्तिमत्mfn. "of a behaviour similar to that of the earth", patient like the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लोहितिमन्m. redness, red colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महारत्नप्रतिमण्डितm. Name of a kalpa- or cycle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महास्मृतिमयmf(ā- mc.) n. containing great traditions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मारुतिमञ्जरीf. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मतिमत्mfn. clever, intelligent, wise etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मतिमत्m. Name of a son of janam-ejaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृतिमन्m. mortality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुक्तिमण्डपm. Name of a temple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुक्तिमतीf. Name of a river (varia lectio bhukti--and śukti-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलव्यसनवृत्तिमत्mfn. one who gain his living by an hereditary debasing occupation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूर्तिमत्mfn. having a material form (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = formed of) , corporeal, incarnate, personified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूर्तिमयmf(ī-). possessing a particular form (with genitive case = possessing the form of) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नानावेषाकृतिमत्mfn. of different garb and shape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नातिमहत्mfn. not too large View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नातिमहत्mfn. not too long (time) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नयसाहसोन्नतिमत्mfn. requiring a high degree of prudence and resolution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निकृतिमत्() mfn. dishonest, low, base, wicked. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निर्वृतिमत्mfn. quite satisfied, happy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीतिमञ्जरीf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीतिमत्mfn. of moral or prudent behaviour, eminent for political wisdom (Comparative degree -mat-tara-)
नीतिमत्mfn. describing political wisdom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीतिमयूखm. Name of chapter of the bhagavadbhāskara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पञ्चविंशतिमmf(ī-)n. the 25th View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पण्डितिमन्m. wisdom, learning, scholarship gaRa dṛḍhādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिमितिमत्mfn. limited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पतिमतीf. having a husband, married View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पतिमतीf. having a lord or master in (instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' tvayā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पीतिमन्m. a yellow colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पोतिमत्सकm. Name of a prince (varia lectio pautimatsyaka-and yotimatsaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रदीप्तिमत्mfn. bright, radiant, luminous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रजातिमत्(pr/a--) mfn. containing words relating to generation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रकृतिमण्डलn. the aggregate of the prakṛti-s or of a king's subjects, the whole kingdom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रकृतिमञ्जरीf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रकृतिमत्mfn. having the original or natural form or shape, natural, usual, common View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रकृतिमत्mfn. in a natural or usual frame of mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रकृतिमयmf(ī-)n. being in the natural state or condition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राप्तिमत्mfn. met with, found View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राप्तिमत्mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') one who has attained to or reached View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमहानसn. every kitchen commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमहाव्याहृतिind. at each mahā-vyāhṛti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमहिषm. a hostile buffalo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमल्लm. an opponent in wrestling or boxing, an antagonist or rival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमल्लताf. rivalry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमन्A1. -manute-, to render back in return or in reply, contrast with (also with 2 accusative) : Causal -mānayati-, to honour, esteem, approve, consider, regard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमञ्च m. (in music) a kind of measure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमञ्चकm. (in music) a kind of measure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमण्डलn. a secondary disk (of the sun etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमण्डलn. an eccentric orbit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमन्दिरम्ind. in every house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमण्डितmfn. ( maṇḍ-) decorated, adorned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमङ्गलवारm. plural (prob.) every Tuesday View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमण्ठक(prob.) m. idem or 'm. (in music) a kind of measure ' (see maṇṭhaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमन्त्र्P. -mantrayati-, to call out or reply to ; to consecrate with sacred texts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमन्त्रम्ind. with or at every formula or verse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमन्त्रणn. an answer, reply View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमन्त्रणmagic, conjuring, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमन्त्रयितव्यmfn. to be answered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमन्त्रितmfn. consecrated with sacred texts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमन्वन्तरn. every manv-antara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमन्वन्तरम्ind. in each Manv-antara. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमन्वन्तरेind. in each Manv-antara. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमन्यूयNom. A1. yate- See /a-pratimanyūyamāna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमर्शm. ( mṛś-) a kind of powder used as a sternutatory (wrong reading -marṣa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमताf. pratimā
प्रतिमत्स्यm. plural Name of a people (varia lectio -māsya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिमत्वn. pratimā
प्रतिपत्तिमत्mfn. possessing appropriate knowledge, knowing what is to be done, active, prompt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिपत्तिमत्mfn. celebrated, high in rank View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतीतिमत्mfn. known, understood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रत्यन्तिमmfn. equals -antika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रवृत्तिमत्mfn. devoted to anything, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रवृत्तिनिवृत्तिमत्mfn. connected with activity and inactivity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रायश्चित्तिमत्mfn. one who makes atonement or performs penance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रीतिमनस्mfn. joyous-minded, pleased in mind, content View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रीतिमनस्mfn. kind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रीतिमत्mfn. having pleasurable sensations, pleased, gratified, glad, satisfied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रीतिमत्mfn. having love or affection for (locative case genitive case or accusative), affectionate, favourable, loving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रीतिमत्mfn. kind (as words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रीतिमतीf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रीतिमयmf(ī-)n. made up of joy, arisen from joy (as tears) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुनरुक्तिमत्mfn. tautological View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्णाहुतिमन्त्रm. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्णशक्तिमत्mfn. possessing that Energy (kṛṣṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पितपलाशप्रतिमmfn. resembling a Butea Frondosa in flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूतिमयूरिकाf. Ocimum Villosum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
राजनीतिमयूखm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
राजप्रशस्तिमहाकाव्यn. Name (also title or epithet) of a poem, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रक्तिमन्m. redness, red colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रक्तिमत्mfn. charming, lovely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रतिमदाf. an apsaras- (see rate-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रतिमन्दिरn. a pleasure-house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रतिमन्दिरn. pudendum muliebre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रतिमञ्जरीf. Name of an erotic work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रतिमञ्जरीगुणलेशसूचकाष्टकn. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रतिमन्मथn. (prob.) Name of a nāṭaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रतिमन्मथपूजाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रतिमत्mfn. having enjoyment or pleasure, cheerful, glad, delighting in (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रतिमत्mfn. enamoured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रतिमत्mfn. accompanied by rati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षड्विंशतिम(varia lectio) mfn. the 26th View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शक्तिमत्mfn. possessed of ability, powerful, mighty, able to (infinitive mood or locative case) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शक्तिमत्mfn. possessing a competence, one who has gained a fortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शक्तिमत्mfn. possessed of or united with his sakti- or energy (as a god) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शक्तिमत्mfn. armed with a spear or lance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शक्तिमत्m. Name of a mountain (prob. wrong reading for śukti-mat-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सक्तिमत्mfn. attached or devoted to, fond of (in ati-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शक्तिमतीf. Name of a woman, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शक्तिमत्त्वn. power, might View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शक्तिमयmf(ī-)n. consisting of or produced from a śakti- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सामधर्मार्थनीतिमत्mfn. friendly and just and useful and wise (as speech) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समाधियोगर्द्धितपोविद्याविरक्तिमत्mfn. possessing or accompanied with meditation and self-abstraction and supernatural power and mortification and knowledge and indifference View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संहृतिमत्mfn. containing the end of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समितिमर्दनmfn. crushing or harassing in battle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्मतिमन्m. sammati
संनतिमत्mfn. humble, modest towards (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संनतिमत्m. Name of a son of su-mati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्प्रतिपत्तिमत्mfn. having presence of mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्प्रीतिमत्mfn. satisfied, pleased, delighted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संततिमत्mfn. possessing offspring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संवृतिमत्mfn. able to dissimulate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शान्तिमन्त्रm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शान्तिमत्mfn. tranquil, calm, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शान्तिमयूखm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्तमूर्तिमयmf(ī-)n. having 7 forms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्ततिमmfn. the 70th (with bhāga- m."a 70th part") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्तविंशतिमmfn. the 27th View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शरत्कान्तिमयmf(ī-)n. lovely like autumn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वतःस्रुतिमत्mfn. having ears everywhere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शतघ्नीपाशशक्तिमत्mfn. having a śata-ghnī- and a noose and a spear (but śata-ghnī-may also be, separate). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीर्षक्तिमत्mfn. suffering from head-ache View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीतिमन्m. coldness gaRa ḍriḍhādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सितिमन्m. whiteness
शिवशक्तिमयmf(ī-)n. produced by śiva- and his energy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मृतिमहार्णवm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मृतिमञ्जरीf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मृतिमञ्जूषाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मृतिमत्mfn. having recollection or full consciousness etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मृतिमत्mfn. having a good memory etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मृतिमत्mfn. remembering a former life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मृतिमत्mfn. prudent, discreet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मृतिमत्mfn. versed in tradition or law View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मृतिमत्mfn. anything which causes recollection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मृतिमयmf(ī-)n. based upon smṛti- or tradition, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फातिमत्mfn. thriving, fat (superl. -m/attama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फूर्तिमत्mfn. throbbing, thrilling (with joy or excitement), tremulous, agitated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फूर्तिमत्mfn. tender-hearted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फूर्तिमत्m. a follower or worshipper of śiva- (equals pāśupata-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रुतिमहत्mfn. mighty in sacred knowledge (varia lectio śruta-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रुतिमण्डलn. "ear-circle", the outer ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रुतिमण्डलn. the whole circle of the quarter-tones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रुतिमत्mfn. having ears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रुतिमत्mfn. possessed of knowledge, learned (often varia lectio for the more correct śruta-vat-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रुतिमत्mfn. having the veda- as source or authority, supported by a Vedic text ( śrutimattva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रुतिमतानुमानn. Name of a vedānta- work (by try-ambaka- śāstrin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रुतिमत्त्वn. śrutimat
श्रुतिमयmf(ī-)n. based on or conformable to sacred tradition or the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रुतिमयूरm. Name of work on ornithology. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थितिमत्mfn. possessing firmness or stability, firm, stable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थितिमत्mfn. lasting, enduring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थितिमत्mfn. keeping within limits (as the ocean) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थितिमत्mfn. keeping within the limits of morality, virtuous, honest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्तुतिमङ्गलn. plural praises and benedictions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्तुतिमन्त्रm. a song or hymn of praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्तुतिमत्mfn. possessing or knowing hymns of praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूक्ष्ममतिमत्mfn. acute-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुक्तिमणिm. "oyster-gem" idem or 'n. "oyster-seed", a pearl ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूक्तिमञ्जरीप्रकाशm. Name of a vedānta- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुक्तिमत्m. Name of one of the seven principal mountains or mountainous ranges in India (see kula-giri-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुक्तिमतीf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुक्तिमतीf. of the capital of the cedi-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुप्रतिमm. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूतिमतीf. bringing forth children View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वकीर्तिमयmf(ī-)n. consisting of one's own fame View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वपतिभ्रान्तिमतीf. (a woman) mistaking anything for her husband, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वस्तिमत्mfn. being or faring well, happy, fortunate etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वस्तिमत्mfn. conferring happiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वस्तिमत्mfn. containing the word svasti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वस्तिमतीf. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्वेतिमन्m. whiteness, white colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तिर्यग्गतिमतिन्n. an animal, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तृप्तिमत्mfn. satisfied, finding satisfaction in (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उन्नतिमत्mfn. elevated, projected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उन्नतिमत्mfn. high, sublime, of rank, respectable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपकृतिमत्mfn. one who does a favour, helping, assisting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपान्तिमmfn. the last but one, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपपत्तिमत्mfn. demonstrated, proved. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊतिमतीf. (scilicet ṛc-) Name of a ṛc- () which contains the word ūti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊतिमतीf. the verse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पत्तिमत्mfn. produced, born View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैरोचनरश्मिप्रतिमण्डितm. Name of a world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वस्तिमलn. "bladder-excretion", urine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेदान्तसिद्धान्तसूक्तिमञ्जरीप्रकाशm. vedāntasiddhānta
वेदान्तिमहादेवm. Name of a lexicographer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विभूतिमत्mfn. mighty, powerful, superhuman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विभूतिमत्mfn. smeared with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विकृतिमत्mfn. liable to change View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विकृतिमत्mfn. indisposed, ill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्षेपशक्तिमत्mfn. vikṣepaśakti
विलातिमन्m. (fr. prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विमानप्रतिमmfn. resembling a celestial car View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विमतिमन्m. (gaRa dṛḍhādi-) difference of opinion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विमतिमन्m. vimati
विंशतिमmfn. equals viṃśati-tama-, twentieth (with bhāga- m.1/20) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विमुक्तिमहिमन्m. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विरक्तिमत्mfn. indifferent to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विरक्तिमत्mfn. connected with freedom from worldly attachment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विश्रान्तिमत्mfn. possessing rest, feeling at ease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विश्वमूर्तिमत्mfn. having or taking all forms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वियातिमन्m. shamelessness, impudence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृत्तिमत्mfn. following the practice of (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृत्तिमत्mfn. one who is engaged in a particular matter or has a particular way of thinking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृत्तिमत्mfn. having a means of subsistence (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = "living on or by") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृत्तिमत्mfn. exercising a particular function, active (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' having anything as its function)
व्याघाघातिमm. or n. (with jaina-s) spontaneous death by abstinence from food after a mortal injury, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याप्तिमत्mfn. spreading, extending. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याप्तिमत्mfn. possessing pervasion, universally diffused or pervading View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याप्तिमत्mfn. pervaded, attended by View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याप्तिमत्त्वn. the capacity of extending or pervading View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यतिमर्शm. ( mṛś-) a particular kind of vihāra- (mutual transposition of the several pāda-s or half verses or whole verses of the first and second vālakhilya- hymns which are repeated in sets, two always taken together) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यतिमर्शतिमर्शम्ind. so as to encroach View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यतिमर्शतिमर्शम्ind. so as to skip or take alternately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्युत्पत्तिमत्mfn. learned, cultured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यतिमैथुनn. the unchaste life of ascetics View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यावतिमmfn. (varia lectio for yāvatitha-), , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
योतिमत्सकm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युक्तिमल्लिका(?) f. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युक्तिमत्mfn. joined or united or tied to (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युक्तिमत्mfn. possessing fitness, ingenious, clever, inventive (with infinitive mood) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युक्तिमत्mfn. furnished with arguments, based on arguments, proved ( yuktimattva -tva-, n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युक्तिमत्mfn. suitable, fit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युक्तिमत्त्वn. yuktimat
Apte Search
164 results
akalya अकल्य a. [कलासु साधुः कल्यः निरामयः न. त.] 1 Unwell, ill, indisposed. -2 [कल्यते इति कल्-यत् कल्यं मिथ्याभूतम् न. त] True: (तम्) अनीनयदकल्यसन्धो बन्धनागारं Dk. 31. -शरीर a. not in sound health; Pratimā3.
aṅkaḥ अङ्कः [अङ्क् कर्तरि करणे वा अच्] 1 The lap (n. also); अङ्काद्ययावङ्कमुदीरिताशीः Ku.7.5. passed from lap to lap. -2 A mark, sign; अलक्तकाङ्कां पदवीं ततान R.7.7; पदङ्क्तिरलक्ताङ्का Rām.; रतिवलयपदाङ्के कण्ठे Ku.2.64. marked with the signs or traces &c.: मद्गोत्राङ्कं गेयम् Me.86, a stain, spot, stigma, brand; इन्दोः किरणेष्विवाङ्कः Ku.1.3; कट्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -3 A numerical figure; a number; the number 9. -4 A side flank; proximity, reach (connected with 1 above); समुत्सुकेवाङ्कमुपैति सिद्धिः Ki.3. 4; प्रेम्णोपकण्ठं मुहुरङ्कभाजो रत्नावलीरम्बुधिराबबन्ध Śi.3.36; सिंहो जम्बुकमङ्कमागतमपि त्यक्त्वा निहन्ति द्विपम् Bh.2.3; Ki. 17.64, See- ˚आगत below. -5 An act of a drama, for its nature &c., See S. D.278. -6 A hook or curved instrument. -7 A species of dramatic composition, one of the ten varieties of रूपक, See S. D.519. -8 An ornament (भूषा). -9 A sham fight, military show (चित्रयुद्ध). -1 A coefficient. -11 A place; नानाङ्क- चिह्नैर्नवहेमभाण्डैः (तुरङ्गैः) Bu.ch.2.4. -12 A sin, misdeed. -13 A line, curved line; a curve or bend generally, the bend in the arm. -14 The body. -15 A mountain. अङ्कः स्थानान्तिकक्रोडभूषणोत्संगलक्ष्मसु । मन्तो नाटकविच्छेदे चित्रयुद्धे च रूपके ॥ Nm. [cf. L. uncus; Gr. ogkos] -Comp. -अङ्कमू [अङ्के मध्ये अङ्काः शतपत्रादिचिह्नानि यस्य Tv.] water. -अवतारः when an act, hinted by persons at the end of the preceding act, is brought in continuity with the latter, it is called अङ्कावतार (descent of an act), as the sixth act of Śākuntala or second of Mālavikāgnimitra (अङ्कान्ते सूचितः पात्रैस्तदङ्क- स्याविभागतः । यत्राङकोवतरत्येषो$ङ्कावतार इति स्मृतः S. D.311). The Daśarūpa defines it differently; अङ्कावतारस्त्वङ्कान्ते पातो$ङ्कस्याविभागतः । एभिः संसूचयेत्सूच्यं दृश्यमङ्कैः प्रदर्शयेत् 3.56. -आगत, -गत a. [द्वि. त.] come within the grasp; सिंहत्वं ˚सत्त्ववृत्तिः R.2.18; श्रियं युवाप्यङ्कगतामभोक्ता R.13.67. -करणम् marking, branding &c. -तन्त्रम् the science of numbers (arithmetical or algebraical). -धारणम्-णा 1 bearing or having marks, such as those on the body of a Vaiṣṇava. -2 manner of holding the person. -परिवर्तः [स. त] 1 turning on the other side. -2 rolling or dallying in the lap or on the person; अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः प्रियया तदङ्कपरिवर्तमाप्नुयाम् Māl.5.8. (an occasion for) embrace (अङ्के क्रोडे सर्वतो- भावेन वर्तनं हृदयालिङ्गनम् इत्यर्थः -Jagaddhara); so ˚परिवर्तिन्; भर्तुः ˚नी भव M.3. -पादव्रतम् N. of a Vrata; title of a chapter in the भविष्योत्तरपुराण. -पालिः -ली [पा-अलि ष. त. वा. ङीप्] 1 the extremity of region of the lap (क्रोडप्रान्त or प्रदेश); a seat in the lap; hence, an embrace; तावद्गाढं वितर सकृदप्यङ्कपालीं प्रसीद Māl.8.2. स्पृश हस्तेन मे हस्तमेहि देह्यङ्कपालिकाम् । Śivabhārata 21.33. -2 [अङ्केन पालयति पाल्-इ. तृ. त.] a nurse. -3 (-ली) a variety of plant, Piring or Medicago Esculenta; (Mar. धोत्रा-निघण्टुरत्नाकर) [वेदिकाख्यगन्धद्रव्यम्] -पाशः [अङ्कः पाश इव बन्धनेनेव पातनहेतुर्यत्र Tv.] an operation in arithmetic by which a peculiar concatenation or chain of numbers is formed by making the figures 1, 2 &c. exchange places (स्थानान्तमेकादिचयाङ्कघातः संख्याविभेदा नियतैः स्युरङ्कैः । भक्तो$ङ्कमित्याङ्कसमासनिघ्नः स्थानेषु युक्तो मितिसंयुतिः स्यात् ॥ See Līlā.24); (न गुणो न हरो न कृतिर्न घनः पृष्टस्तथापि दुष्टानाम् । गर्वितगणकबहूनां स्यात् पातो$वश्यमङ्कपाशे$स्मिन्). -पूरणम् multiplication of number of figures. -बन्धः. forming the lap, bending the thighs into a curve and squatting down. -2 branding with a mark that resembles a headless trunk (अशिरःपुरुषाकरो$ङ्कः). --भाज् [अङ्कं भजते उप. स.] 1 seated in the lap or carried on the hip, as an infant. -2 being within easy reach, drawing near, soon to be obtained; अविरहितमनेकेनाङ्कभाजा फलेन Ki. 5. 52. -3 premature, early ripe, forced fruit. -मुखम् (or आस्यम्) that part of an act, wherein the subject of all the acts is intimated, is called अङ्कमुख, which suggests the germ as well as the end; e. g. in Māl.1 कामन्दकी and अवलोकिता hint the parts to be played by भूरिवसु and others and give the arrangement of the plot in brief (यत्र स्यादङ्क एकस्मिन्नङ्कानां सूचनाखिला । तदङ्क- मुखमित्याहुर्बीजार्थख्यापकं च तत् ॥ S. D.322.) The Daśarūpa defines it thus: अङ्कान्तपौत्ररङ्कास्यं छिन्नाङ्कस्यार्थसूचनात् । i. e. where a character at the end of an act cuts short the story and introduces the beginning of another act; as in the second of Mv. -लोड्यः [अङ्केन लोड्यते असौ] a kind of tree (Mar. चिंचोट), ginger. -लोपः subtraction of numbers. -विद्या the science of numbers, arithmetic.
aṅgho अङ्घो Expetive expressive of anger (सकोपामन्त्रणे) Pratimā3; or grief (अङ्घो मया भद्रवत्या घण्टाहिता Pratijnāyau.4.).
atiparicayaḥ अतिपरिचयः Excessive familiarity or intimacy; Prov अतिपरिचयादवज्ञा 'Familiarity breeds contempt.'
atyanta अत्यन्त a. [अतिक्रान्तः अन्तं सीमां नाशम्] 1 Excessive, much, very great or strong; ˚वैरम् great enmity; ˚मैत्री; ˚हिमोत्किरानिलाः Ku.5.26. -2 Complete, perfect, absolute; ˚अभावः absolute non-existence; See below. -3 Endless, perpetual, permanent, everlasting, uninterrupted, unbroken; किं वा तवात्यन्तवियोग- मोघे हतजीविते R.14.65; भवत्यजरमत्यन्तम् Pt.1.151; यो बन्धनवधक्लेशान् प्राणिनां न चिकीर्षति । स सर्वस्य हितप्रेप्सुः सुखम- त्यन्तमश्नुते ॥ Ms.5.46; Bg.6.28; कस्यात्यन्तं सुखमुपनतम् Me.111. नायमत्यन्तसंवासो लभ्यते येन केनचित् H.4.73. -तम् ind. 1 Exceedingly, excessively, very much, to the highest degree; स्थायीभवति चात्यन्तं रङ्गः शुक्लपटे यथा Pt.1.33; स्तनंधयो$त्यन्तशिशुः स्तनादिव Mu.4.14. very young. -2 For ever, to the end (of life), through life; अत्यन्तमात्मसटृशेक्षणवल्लभाभिराहो निवत्स्यति Ś1.26 For all time, in perpetuity; सा चात्यन्तमदर्शनं नयनयोर्याता V.4.9; oft. in comp.; ˚गता See below; प्रियमत्यन्त- विलुप्तदर्शनम् Ku.4.2. For ever lost to view; R.14.3; -3 Absolutely, perfectly, completely. -Comp. -अपह्नवः A flat, categorical or total denial; a denial nipping the accusation in the bud (P. वार्त्तिक III.2.115.). -अभावः absolute or complete nonexistence, absolute non-entity, a thing which does not exist at any one of the three periods of time, or does not exist for all time; त्रैकालिकसंसर्गावच्छिन्नप्रतियोगिकः (This is considered to be नित्य or eternal and different from the other kinds of अभाव). -ग a. going or walking too much or too fast. -गत a. gone or departed forever, gone never to return; कथमत्यन्तगता न मां दहेः R.8.56.2. always applicable, perfectly intimate or pertinent. -गति f. 1 sense of 'completely'; अनत्यन्तगतौ क्तात् P.V. 4.4. completion, accomplishment. -गामिन् a. 1 going or walking very much, going too fast or quickly. -2 excessive, much. -निवृत्तिः f. complete disappearance, absolute cessation. -वासिन् m. [वस्-णिनि] one who constantly stays with his preceptor, as a student. -सहचरित a. going together invariably (P. वार्त्तिक VIII.1. 15.) -संयोगः 1 close proximity, uninterrupted continuity; कालाध्वनोरत्यन्तसंयोगे P.II.1.29. -2 Inseparable co-existence. -संपर्कः excessive sexual intercourse. -सुकुमार a. very tender. (-रः) a kind of grain.
adupadha अदुपध a. A word with अ as the Penultimate letter (P.III.1.98.).
adhikṛ अधिकृ 8 U. 1 To authorize, qualify for the discharge of some duty; be entitled to, have a right to; नैवाध्य- कारिष्महि वेदवृत्ते Bk.2.34; गुणाः प्रियत्वेधिकृता न संस्तवः Ki. 4.25 merits are calculated to produce liking, not mere intimacy. -2 To place at the head of, appoint, set; पाण्डवेन ह्यहं तात अश्वेष्वधिकृतः पुरा Mb.; दृप्तविनयाधिकृतः R.9. 62 appointed to humble the proud; शिथिलीकृते$धिकृतकृत्य- विधौ Ki.6.3 set or appointed to duty; देवाः प्रसह्य तमधि- कुर्युः Mv.2 set on, incite or appoint as their chief. -3 To aim at, allude or refer to, make the subject of; अधिकृत्य कृते ग्रन्थे P.IV.3.87; किरातार्जुनौ अधिकृत्य कृतं काव्यं किरातार्जुनीयम् Sk.; नाटकं प्रयोगेण अधिक्रियताम् Ś. 1 should be made the subject of representation, should be represented on the stage. -4 To be used as the head or governing rule; समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा P.IV.1.82; इदं पदत्रयमधि- क्रियते Sk. -5 To superintend, be at the head. -6 (A.) To bear, endure or overpower, be superior to; शत्रुमधि- कुरुते Sk.; अधिचक्रे न यं हरिः Bk.8.2. -7 To feel, enjoy; भवादृशाश्चेदधिकुर्वते रतिं निराश्रया हन्त हता मनस्विता Ki.1.43. -8 To refrain or desist from.
anantara अनन्तर a. [नास्ति अन्तरं व्यवधानं, मध्यः; अवकाशः &c. यस्य] 1 Having no interior or interior space, limitless; तदेतत् ब्रह्म अपूर्वमनन्तरं अवाह्यम् Br. Up.2.5.19. -2 Having no interval or interstice or pause (of space or time); compact, close; हलो$नन्तराः संयोगः P.I.1.7, See संयोग. -3 (a) Contiguous, neighbouring, adjoining; Rām.4.21. 14; अनयत् प्रभुशक्तिसंपदा वशमेको नृपतीननन्तरान् R.8.19; भारतवर्षा- दुत्तरेण अनन्तरे किंपुरुषनाम्नि वर्षे K.136; immediately adjoining; Ki.2.53. R.7.21; not distant from (with abl.); आत्मनो$नन्तरममात्यपदं ग्राहितः Mu.4; ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19 (Kull. अनन्तरः किंचिदूनः); अरेः अनन्तरं मित्रम् 7.158; or in comp.; विषयानन्तरो राजा शत्रुः Ak. who is an immediate neighbour. -4 Immediately before or after; Rām.4. 29.31. तदिदं क्रियतामनन्तरं भवता बन्धुजनप्रयोजनम् Ku.4.32 soon after, just afterwards; अनन्तरोदीरितलक्ष्मभाजौ पादौ यदीयावुपजातयस्ताः Chānd. M. having characteristics mentioned just before. -5 Following, coming close upon (in comp.); शङ्खस्वनानन्तरपुष्पवृष्टि Ku.1.23;2.53; ˚कर- णीयम् Ś.4 the next duty, what should be done next. -6 Belonging to the caste immediately following; पुत्रा ये$नन्तरस्त्रीजाः Ms.1.14. -7 Uninterrupted, unbroken, continuous. सुखदुःखावृते लोके नेहास्त्येकमनन्तरम् Mb.12.153. 89. -8 Straight, direct (साक्षात्). अथवा$नन्तरकृतं किंचिदेव निदर्शनम् Mb.12.35.9. -रम् [न. त.] 1 Contiguity, proximity; अनन्तरविहिते चास्यासने K.93. -2 Brahman, the supreme soul (as being of one entire essence). -रम् ind. [Strictly it is acc. of time कालात्यन्तसंयोगः; नास्ति अन्तरं यथा स्या तथा] 1 Immediately after, afterwards. -2 (with a prepositional force) After (with abl.); पुराणपत्त्रापग- मादनन्तरम् R.3.7; त्यागाच्छान्तिरनन्तरम् Bg.12.12; गोदानविधे- रनन्तरम् R.3.33,36.;2.71; स्वामिनो$नन्तरं भृत्याः Pt.1; rarely with gen.; अङ्गदं चाधिरूढस्तु लक्ष्मणो$नन्तरं मम Rām.; or in comp.; घनोदयाः प्राक् तदनन्तरं पयः Ś7.3.; R.4. 2.; Ms.3.252, Y.2.41; वचनानन्तरमेव K.78 immediately after those words. -Comp. -जः or जा [अनन्तरस्या अनन्तरवर्णाया मातुः जायते] 1 the child of a Kṣatriyā or Vaiśyā mother, by a father belonging to the caste imme- diately above the mother's, स्त्रीष्वनन्तरजातासु द्विजैरुत्वादिता- न्सुतान् । सदृशानेव तानाहुर्मातृदोषविगर्हितान् ॥ Ms.1.6. -2 born immediately before or after; a younger or elder brother. Legitimate son (औरसः); आत्मा पत्रश्च विज्ञेयस्तस्या- नन्तरजश्च यः Mb.13.49.3. (-जा) a younger or elder sister; अनुष्ठितानन्तरजाविवाहः R.7.32.; so ˚जात.
anargha अनर्घ a. [नास्ति अर्घो मूल्यं यस्य न. ब.] Invaluable, priceless, inestimable; अनर्घशीलः R.5.2; दत्ते$र्घे महति महीभृतां पुरो$पि त्रैलोक्ये मधुभिदभूदनर्घ एव ॥ Śi.14.88. -र्घः [न. त.] Wrong or improper value. -Comp. -राघवम् N. of a drama in 7 acts by Murāri Miśra; also called Murāri Nāṭaka after its author and supposed to have been written between the 12th and the 14th century.
anukruś अनुक्रुश् 1 P. To shout at or after. -Caus. To join in lamenting, condole with, show sympathy. तावदिमान् बालवृक्षान् उदकप्रदानेन अनुक्रोशयिष्यामि । Pratimā.5.
anupadhaḥ अनुपधः 'Having no उपधा or penultimate', a letter or syllable not preceded by another.
anuvṛttiḥ अनुवृत्तिः f. 1 Assenting to, approval; तवानुवृत्तिं न च कर्तुमुत्सहे Ku.5.65. -2 Obedience, conformity, following, continuance in (opp. व्यावृत्ति); taking up; continuity; ज्येष्ठानुवृत्तिजटिलम् R.13.78 by following the example of; अनुवृत्त्या प्रमार्ष्टुमागतः Dk.1 service; cf. also वाचानुवृत्तिः खलु अतिथिसत्कारः Pratimā 5. ततान वह्निः पवनानुवृत्त्या Ki.16.52 in consequence of. -3 Acting according or suitably to, compliance, acquiescence; gratifying, pleasing; कान्ता˚ - चातुर्यमपि शिक्षितं वत्सेन U.3; Māl.9; Śi.9.58; K.265; M.2.9; राज्यं हि नाम राजधर्म˚ परस्य नृपतेर्महदप्रीतिस्थानम् Mu.3 who conforms to or is true to the duties of kings; (previous) compliant or obedient spirit, previous course of conduct; U.7.5. -4 Rememberance आसेदुषां गोत्रभिदो$- नुवृत्त्या Ki.18.18. -5 (Gram.) Being supplied or repeated in a following rule; continued influence of a preceding on a following rule. -6 Imitating, resembling &c. -7 Repetition; वर्णानामनुवृत्तिरनुप्रासः.
anaurasa अनौरस a. Not legitimate, not one's own, adopted (as a son).
antama अन्तम a. Ved. Nearest, next; शिक्षा अन्तमस्य Rv.1. 27.5; तनूपा अन्तमो भव 6.46.1; intimate, very close or familiar.
antar अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.
antara अन्तर a. [अन्तं राति ददाति, रा-क] 1 Being in the inside, interior, inward, internal (opp. बाह्य); योन्तरो यमयति Śat. Br.; ˚र आत्मा Tait. Up.; कश्चनान्तरो धर्मः S. D. अन्तरापणवीथ्यश्च नानापण्योपशोभिताः अनुगच्छन्तु Rām.7.64.3. -2 Near, proximate (आसन्न); कृष्वा युजश्चिदन्तरम् Rv.1. 1.9. -3 Related, intimate, dear, closely connected (आत्मीय) (opp. पर); तदेतत्प्रेयः पुत्रात् ...... प्रेयो$न्यस्मात्सर्व- स्मादन्तरतरं यदयमात्मा Śat. Br.; अयमत्यन्तरो मम Bharata. -4 Similar (also अन्तरतम) (of sounds and words); स्थाने$न्तरतमः P.I.1.5; हकारस्य घकारोन्तरतमः Śabdak.; सर्वस्य पदस्य स्थाने शब्दतो$र्थतश्चान्तरतमे द्वे शब्दस्वरूपे भवतः P. VIII.1.1. Com. -5 (a) Different from, other than (with abl.); यो$प्सु तिष्ठन्नद्भ्यो$न्तरः Bṛi. Ār. Up.; आत्मा स्वभावो$न्तरो$न्यो यस्य स आत्मान्तरः अन्यस्वभावः व्यवसायिनो$न्तरम् P.VI.2.166 Sk. ततो$न्तराणि सत्त्वानि स्वादते स महाबलः Rām.7. 62.5. (b) The other; उदधेरन्तरं पारम् Rām. -6 Exterior, outer, situated outside, or to be worn outside (अन्तरं बहिर्योगोपसंव्यानयोः P.I.1.36) (In this sense it is declined optionally like सर्व in nom. pl. and abl. and loc. sing.) अन्तरे-रा वा गृहाः बाह्या इत्यर्थः (चण्डालादिगृहाः); अन्तरे-रा वा शाटकाः परिधानीया इत्यर्थः Sk.; so अन्तरायां पुरि, अन्तरायै नगर्यै, नमो$न्तरस्मै अमेधसाम् Vop. -रम् 1 (a) The interior, inside; ततान्तरं सान्तरवारिशीकरैः Ki.4.29,5.5; जालान्तरगते भानौ Ms.8.132; विमानान्तरलम्बिनीनाम् R.13.33; Mk.8.5, Ku. 7.62; अपि वनान्तरं श्रयति V.4.24; लीयन्ते मुकुलान्तरेषु Ratn. 1.26, Ki.3.58; अन्तरात् from inside, from out of; प्राकारपरिखान्तरान्निर्ययुः Rām.; अन्तरे in, into; वन˚, कानन˚, प्रविश्यान्तरे &c. (b) Hence, the interior of any thing, contents; purport, tenor; अत्रान्तरं ब्रह्मविदो विदित्वा Śvet. Up. (c) A hole, an opening; तस्य बाणान्तरेभ्यस्तु बहु सुस्राव शोणितम्. -2 Soul, heart; mind; सततमसुतरं वर्णयन्त्यन्तरम् Ki.5.18 the inmost or secret nature (lit. middle space or region); लब्धप्रतिष्ठान्तरैः भृत्यैः Mu.3.13 having entered the heart; सदृशं पुरुषान्तरविदो महेन्द्रस्य V.3. -3 The Supreme Soul. -4 Interval, intermediate time or space, distance; रम्यान्तरः Ś.4.11; किंचिदन्तरमगमम् Dk.6; अल्प- कुचान्तरा V.4.49; क्रोशान्तरेण पथि स्थिताः H.4 at the distance of; बृहद् भुजान्तरम् R.3.54; अन्तरे oft. translated by between, betwixt; गीतान्तरेषु Ku.3.38 in the intervals of singing; मरणजीवितयोरन्तरे वर्ते betwixt life and death; अस्त्रयोगान्तरेषु Rām.; तन्मुहूर्तकं बाष्पसलिलान्तरेषु प्रेक्षे तावदार्यपुत्रम् U.3 in the intervals of weeping; बाष्पविश्रामो$प्यन्तरे कर्तव्य एव U.4 at intervals; स्मर्तव्योस्मि कथान्तरेषु भवता Mk.7.7 in the course of conversation; कालान्तरावर्तिशुभाशुभानि H.1 v. l. See कालान्तरम्; सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्यदन्तरम् Ms.2.17,22; द्यावापृथिव्यो- रिदमन्तरं हि व्याप्तं त्वयैकेन Bg.11.2; न मृणालसूत्रं रचितं स्तनान्तरे Ś.6.18 between the breasts; Bg.5.27; अस्य खलु ते बाणपथवर्तिनः कृष्णसारस्यान्तरे तपस्विन उपस्थिताः Ś.1; तदन्तरे सा विरराज धेनुः R.2.2;12.29. (b) Intervention (व्यवधान) oft. in the sense of 'through'; मेघान्तरालक्ष्यमि- वेन्दुबिम्बम् R.13.38 through the clouds; वस्त्रं अन्तरं व्यवधायकं यस्य स वस्त्रान्तरः P.VI.2.166 Sk.; महानद्यन्तरं यत्र तद्देशान्त- रमुच्यते; जालान्तरप्रेषितदृष्टिः R.7.9 peeping through a window; विटपान्तरेण अवलोकयामि Ś.1; क्षणमपि विलम्बमन्तरीकर्तु- मक्षमा K.36 to allow to come between or intervene; कियच्चिरं वा मैघान्तरेण पूर्णिमाचन्द्रस्य दर्शनम् U.3. -5 Room, place, space in general; मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्यलभ्यम् Ku.1.4; न ह्यविद्धं तयोर्गात्रे बभूवाङ्गुलमन्तरम् Rām.; मूषिकैः कृते$न्तरे Y.1. 147; गुणाः कृतान्तराः K.4 finding or making room for themselves; न यस्य कस्यचिदन्तरं दातव्यम् K.266; देहि दर्शना- न्तरम् 84. room; पौरुषं श्रय शोकस्य नान्तरं दातुमर्हसि Rām. do not give way to sorrow; तस्यान्तरं मार्गते Mk.7.2 waits till it finds room; अन्तरं अन्तरम् Mk.2 make way, make way. -6 Access, entrance, admission, footing; लेभेन्तरं चेतसि नोपदेशः R.6.66 found no admission into (was not impressed on) the mind; 17.75; लब्धान्तरा सावरणे$पि गेहे 16.7. -7 Period (of time), term; मासान्तरे देयम् Ak.; सप्तैते मनवः । स्वे स्वेन्तरे सर्वमिदमुत्पाद्यापुश्चराचरम् Ms.1.63, see मन्वन्तरम्; इति तौ विरहान्तरक्षमौ R.8.56 the term or period of separation; क्षणान्तरे -रात् within the period of a moment. -8 Opportunity, occasion, time; देवी चित्रलेखामव- लोकयन्ती तिष्ठति । तस्मिन्नन्तरे भर्तोपस्थितः M.1. अत्रान्तरे प्रणम्याग्रे समुपविष्टः; Pt.1 on that occasion, at that time; अस्मिन्नन्तरे Dk.164; केन पुनरुपायेन मरणनिर्वाणस्यान्तरं संभावयिष्ये Māl.6; कृतकृत्यता लब्धान्तरा भेत्स्यति Mu.2.22 getting an opportunity; 9; यावत्त्वामिन्द्रगुरवे निवेदयितुं अन्तरान्वेषी भवामि Ś.7. find a fit or opportune time; शक्तेनापि सता जनेन विदुषा कालान्तरप्रेक्षिणा वस्तव्यम् Pt.3.12; waiting for a suitable opportunity or time; सारणस्यान्तरं दृष्ट्वा शुको रावणमब्रवीत् Rām. -9 Difference (between two things), (with gen. or in comp.) शरीरस्य गुणानां च दूरमत्यन्तमन्तरम् H.1.46; उभयोः पश्यतान्तरम् H.1.64, नारीपुरुषतोयानामन्तरं महदन्तरम् 2.39; तव मम च समुद्रपल्वलयोरिवान्तरम् M.1; Bg.13.34; यदन्तरं सर्षपशैलराजयोर्यदन्तरं वायसवैनतेययोः Rām.; द्रुमसानुमतां किमन्तरम् R.8.9;18.15; rarely with instr.; त्वया समुद्रेण च महदन्तरम् H.2; स्वामिनि गुणान्तरज्ञे Pt.1.11; difference; सैव विशिनष्टि पुनः प्रधानपुरषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K. -1 (Math.) Difference, remainder also subtraction, cf. योगोन्तरेणोनयुतो$र्धितस्तौ राशी स्मृतौ संक्रमणाख्यमेतत् ॥ Līlā. -11 (a) Different, another, other, changed, altered (manner, kind, way &c.); (Note:- that in this sense अन्तर always forms the latter part of a compound and its gender remains unaffected i. e. neuter, whatever be the gender of the noun forming the first part; कन्यान्तरम् (अन्या कन्या), राजान्तरम् (अन्यो राजा), गृहान्तरम् (अन्यद् गृहम्); in most cases it may be rendered by the English word 'another'.); इदमवस्थान्तरमारोपिता Ś.3 changed condition; K.154; Mu.5; शुभाशुभफलं सद्यो नृपाद्देवाद्भवान्तरे Pt.1.121; जननान्तरसौहृदानि &Sacute.5.2 friendships of another (former) existence; नैवं वारान्तरं विधास्यते H.3 I shall not do so again; आमोदान् हरिदन्तराणि नेतुम् Bv.1.15, so दिगन्तराणि; पक्षान्तरे in the other case; देश˚, राज˚, क्रिया˚ &c. (b) Various, different, manifold (used in pl.); लोको नियम्यत इवात्मदशान्तरेषु Ś.4.2; मन्निमित्तान्यवस्थान्तराण्यवर्णयत् Dk.118 various or different states; 16; sometimes used pleonastically with अन्यत् &c.; अन्यत्स्थानान्तरं गत्वा Pt.1. -12 Distance (in space); व्यामो बाह्वोः सकरयोस्ततयोस्ति- र्यगन्तरम् Ak.; प्रयातस्य कथंचिद् दूरमन्तरम् Ks.5.8. -13 Absence; तासामन्तरमासाद्य राक्षरीनां वराङ्गना Rām.; तस्यान्तरं च विदित्वा ibid. -14 Intermediate member, remove, step, gradation (of a generation &c.); एकान्तरम् Ms.1.13; द्वयेकान्तरासु जातानाम् 7; एकान्तरमामन्त्रितम् P.VIII.1.55; तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27 separated by one remove, See एकान्तर also. -15 Peculiarity, peculiar or characteristic possession or property; a (peculiar) sort, variety, or kind; व्रीह्यन्तरेप्यणुः Trik.; मीनो राश्यन्तरे, वेणुर्नृपान्तरे ibid.; प्रासङ्गो युगान्तरम् cf. also प्रधानपुरुषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K.37. &c. -16 Weakness, weak or vulnerable point; a failing, defect, or defective point; प्रहरेदन्तरे रिपुम्, Śabdak. सुजयः खलु तादृगन्तरे Ki.2.52; असहद्भिर्माममिमित्रैर्नित्यमन्तरदर्शिभिः Rām; परस्यान्तरदर्शिना ibid.; कीटकेनेवान्तरं मार्गयमाणेन प्राप्तं मया महदन्तरम् Mk.9; अथास्य द्वादशे वर्षे ददर्श कलिरन्तरम् Nala.7.2.; हनूमतो वेत्ति न राक्षसो$न्तरं न मारुतिस्तस्य च राक्षसो$न्तरम् Rām. -17 Surety, guarantee, security; तेन तव विरूपकरणे सुकृतमन्तरे धृतम् Pt.4 he has pledged his honour that he will not harm you; आत्मान- मन्तरे$र्पितवान् K.247; अन्तरे च तयोर्यः स्यात् Y.2.239; भुवः संज्ञान्तरयोः P.III.2.179; धनिकाधमर्णयोरन्तरे यस्तिष्ठति विश्वासार्थं स प्रतिभूः Sk. -18 Regard, reference, account; न चैतदिष्टं माता मे यदवोचन्मदन्तरम् Rām. with reference to me; त्वदन्तरेण ऋणमेतत्. -19 Excellence, as in गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6 (this meaning may be deduced from 11). -2 A garment (परिधान). -21 Purpose, object, (तादर्थ्य) तौ वृषाविव नर्दन्तौ बलिनौ वासितान्तरे Mb.1.12.41; (Malli. on R.16.82). -22 Concealment, hiding; पर्व- तान्तरितो रविः (this sense properly belongs to अन्तर्-इ q. v.). -23 Representative, substitution. क्षात्रमाचरतो मार्गमपि बन्धोस्त्वदन्तरे Mb.12.1.3. -24 Destitution, being without (विना) which belongs to अन्तरेण. (अन्तरमवकाशाव- धिपरिधानान्तर्धिभेदतादर्थ्ये । छिद्रात्मीर्यावेनाबहिरवसरमध्येन्तरात्मनि च Ak.) [cf. L. alter] -25 Space (अवकाश); प्रेक्षतामृषि- सङ्घानां बभूव न तदान्तरम् Rām.7.14.19. -26 Separation (वियोग); भार्यापत्योरन्तरम् Mb.5.35.43. -27 A move or skilful play in wrestling; अन्योन्यस्थान्तरप्रेप्सू प्रचक्राते$न्तरं प्रति Mb.9.57.11. -28 A moulding of the pedestal and the base; षडंशं चान्तरे कर्णे उत्तरांशं तदूर्ध्वके । Māna.13.121; cf. स्थानात्मीयान्यतादर्थ्यरन्ध्रान्तर्धिषु चान्तरम् । परिधाने$वधौ मध्ये$- न्तरात्मनि नपुंसके । Nm. -Comp. -अपत्या a pregnant woman. -चक्रम् a technical term in augury Bṛi. S. chap.86. -ज्ञ a. knowing the interior, prudent, wise, foreseeing; नान्तरज्ञाः श्रियो जातु प्रियैरासां न भूयते Ki.11.24 not knowing the difference. -तत् a. spreading havoc. -द a. cutting the interior or heart. -दिशा, अन्तरा दिक् intermediate region or quarter of the compass. -दृश् a. realizing the Supreme Soul (परमात्मानुसंधायिन्). -पु(पू)रुषः the internal man, soul (the deity that resides in man and witnesses all his deeds); तांस्तु देवाः प्रपश्यन्ति स्वस्यैवान्तरपूरुषः; Ms.8.85. -पूजा = अन्तर-पूजा. -प्रभवः [अन्तराभ्यां भिन्नवर्णमातापितृभ्यां प्रभवति] one of a mixed origin or caste. (अम्बष्ठ, क्षत्तृ, करण, इ.); अन्तरप्रभवाणां च धर्मान्नो वक्तुमर्हसि Ms.1.2. -प्रश्नः an inner question, one contained in and arising out of what has been previously mentioned. -शायिन् -स्थ, -स्थायिन् -स्थित a. 1 inward, internal, inherent; ˚स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केन चित् Pt. 1.221. -2 interposed, intervening, separate. -3 seated in the heart, an epithet of जीव.
antaratama अन्तरतम a Nearest, internal, most immediate, most intimate or related; like, analogous. -मः A letter of the same class; for ex. See under अन्तर a.
antima अन्तिम a. [अन्ते भवः, अन्त डिमच्] 1 Immediately following. -2 Last, final, ultimate; अजातमृतमूर्खाणां वरमाद्यौ न चान्तिमः H.1. -Comp. -अङ्कः the last digit, the number nine. -अङ्गुलिः the little finger (कनिष्ठिका).
anya अन्य a. [अन् अध्न्यादि˚ य; अन्यः, न्यस्मै, ˚स्मात्; n. अन्यत् &c.] 1 Another, different, other (भिन्न); another, other (generally); स एव त्वन्यः क्षणेन भवतीति विचित्रमेतत् Bh. 2.4; अन्यदेव भागधेयमेते निर्वपन्ति Ś.2; सर्वमन्यत् everything else; किमुतान्यहिंस्राः R.2.62; changed, altered; संप्रत्यन्ये वयम् Bh.3.66 quite different persons; oft. in comp. अन्यसङ्गात्, अनन्यसाधारण &c. -2 Other than, different from, else than (with abl. or as last member of comp.); नास्ति जीवितादन्यदभिमततरमिह सर्वजन्तूनाम् K.35; को$स्ति धन्यो मदन्यः Bv.4.37; उत्थितं ददृशे$न्यञ्च कबन्धेभ्यो न किंचन R.12.49; किमन्यदस्याः परिषदः श्रुतिप्रसादनतः Ś.1; oft. used in addition to ऋते or विना; ऋते समुद्रादन्यः को विभर्ति वडवानलम् Pt.5.35; किं नु खलु मे प्रियादर्श- नादृते शरणमन्यत् Ś.3. -3 Another person, one different from self (opp. स्व, आत्मीय); वासश्च धृतमन्यैर्न धारयेत् Ms.4.66. -4 Strange, unusual, extraordinary; अन्य एव स प्रकारः K.168; अन्या जगद्धितमयी मनसः प्रवृत्तिः Bv. 1.69; धन्या मृदन्यैव सा S. D. -5 Ordinary, any one; निरातङ्कः कन्यामन्यो$पि याचते Mv.1.31; cf. इतर. -6 Additional, new, more; अन्यान् दशसुवर्णान्प्रयच्छ Mk.2 another ten (coins); अन्यदन्यन्नलिनदलशयनम् K.157 new and new (changing every now and then); अन्यस्मिन् दिवसे another day; one of a number (with gen.); अन्यच्च moreover, besides, and again (used to connect sentences together); एक- अन्य the one-the other; एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी । काङ्क्षन्त्यन्यो वदनमदिरां दौहृदच्छद्मनास्याः Me.8; see under एक also; अन्य-अन्य one another; अन्यः करोति अन्यो भुङ्क्ते one does, another suffers; अन्यन्मुखे अन्यन्निर्वहणे Mu.5; अन्यदुग्तं जातमन्यत् Ms.9.4,99; 8.24; कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते Pt.1.35; अन्यदुच्छृङ्खलं सत्त्वमन्यच्छास्त्र- नियन्त्रितं Śi.2.62; अन्य-अन्य-अन्य &c. one, another, third, fourth &c., जल्पन्ति सार्धमन्येन पश्यन्त्यन्यं सविभ्रमाः । हृद्गतं चिन्त- यन्त्यन्यं प्रियः को नाम योषिताम् Pt.1.135; मनस्यन्यद्ववचस्यन्यत् कार्यमन्यद् दुरात्मनाम् H.1.97.; (in pl.) केचित्-अन्ये some- others; एके-अन्ये-तथान्ये (बीजमेके प्रशंसन्ति क्षेत्रमन्ये मनीषिणः । बीजक्षेत्रे तथैवान्ये तत्रेयं तु व्यवस्थितिः ॥) Ms.1.7;4.9;12.123. [cf. L. alius; Gr. allos for aljos, Zend anya]. -Comp. -अर्थ a. having a different meaning, sense, or purpose. -असाधारण a. not common to others, peculiar. -आश्र- यण a. going or passing over to another. -उदर्य a. born from another; नहि ग्रभायारणः सुशेवो$न्योदर्यो मनसा मन्तवा उ Rv. 7.4.8. (-र्यः) a step-mother's son, a half brother. (-र्या a half sister. -ऊढा a. married to another; another's wife. -कारुका a worm bred in excrement (शकृत्कीटः). -क्षेत्रम् 1 another field. -2 another or foreign territory. अन्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं पुण्यक्षेत्रे विनश्यति । पुण्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं वज्रलेपो भविष्यति ॥ -3 another's wife. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going to another. -2 adulterous, unchaste; वणिजां तु कुलस्त्रीव स्थिरा लक्ष्मीरन- न्यगा Ks.21.56;19.27. -गोत्र a. of a different family or lineage. -चित्त a. having the mind fixed on something or some one else; see ˚मनस्. -ज, -जात a. of a different origin. -जन्मन् a. another life or existence, regeneration, metempsychosis. -दुर्वह a. difficult to be borne by others. -देवत, -त्य, -दैवत्य a. addressed or referring to another deity (as a Vedic Mantra). -धर्मन् a. having another or different property. (-र्मः) different property or characteristic. -धी a. whose mind is turned away from God. -नाभि a. belonging to another family. -पदार्थः 1 another substance. -2 the sense of another word; ˚प्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः the Bahuvrīhi compound essentially depends on the sense of another word. -पर a. 1 devoted to another or something else. -2 expressing or referring to something else. -पुष्टा, -भृता 'reared by another', epithet of the cuckoo, which is supposed to be reared by the crow (called अन्यभृत्); अप्यन्यपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1.45; कलमन्यभृतासु भाषितम् R.8.59. -पूर्वा [अन्यः पतिः पूर्वो यस्याः] 1 a womon already promised or betrothed to another. -2 a remarried widow (पुनर्भू) see अनन्यपूर्व. -बीज, -बीजसमुद्भव, -समुत्पन्न an adopted son (born from other parents), one who may be adopted as a son for want of legitimate issue. -भृत् m. a crow (rearing another, it being supposed to sit on the eggs of the cuckoo and to rear its young ones), cf. Ś5.22. -मनस्, -मनस्क, -मानस a. 1 having the mind fixed on something else; inattentive. -2 fickle, versatile, unsteady; अन्यमनसः स्त्रियः H.1.111 absentminded; possessed by a demon. -मातृजः a half-brother (born of another mother) असंसृष्ट्यापि बा$$दद्यात्संसृष्टो नान्यमातृजः Y.2.139. -रङ्गः the second court or theatre or a compound; Māna. 21.144. -राजन्, -राष्ट्रीय a. subject to another king or kingdom (Ved.). -रूप a. having another form, changed, altered; पद्मिनीं वान्यरूपाम् Me.85. (-पम्) another or changed form; ˚पेण in another form. -लिङ्ग, -ङ्गक a. following the gender of another word (i. e. the substantive), an adjective; ऊषवानूषरो द्वावप्यन्यलिङ्गौ Ak. -वादिन् a. 1 giving false evidence. -2 a defendant in general. -वापः the cuckoo leaving the eggs in the nests of other birds. -विवर्धित a. = पुष्ट a cuckoo. -व्रत a. following other (than Vedic) observances, devoted to other gods, infidel. -शाखः, -खकः a Bārhmaṇa who has gone over to another school (of religion &c.); an apostate. -संक्रान्त a. fixed on or transferred to another (woman); ˚हृदयः आर्यपुत्रः M.3,4. -संगमः intercourse with another; illicit intercourse. -साधारण a. common to many others. -स्त्री another's wife, a woman not one's own. [In Rhetoric she is considered as one of three chief female characters in a poetical composition, the other two being स्वीया and साधारणी स्त्री. अन्या may be either a damsel or another's wife. The 'damsel' is one not yet married, who is bashful and arrived at the age of puberty. As "another's wife" she is fond of festivals and similar occasions of amusement, who is a disgrace to her family and utterly destitute of modesty, see S. D. 18-11]. ˚गः an adulterer. यस्य स्तेनः पुरे नास्ति नान्यस्त्रीगो न दुष्टवाक्... स राजा शक्रलोकभाक्; Ms.8.386. [Note: Some compounds under अन्य will be found under अनन्य.]
anvādhiḥ अन्वाधिः [अनु पश्चादाधीयते, धा-कि] (In civil law) 1 A bail, deposit or security delivered to a third person to be handed over ultimately to the right owner; अर्थ- मार्गणकार्येषु अन्यस्मिन्वचनान्मम । दद्यास्त्वमिति यो दत्तः स इहान्वा- धिरुच्यते ॥. -2 A second deposit. -3 [अनुगतः सन्ततः आधिः] Constant anxiety, remorse, repentance, regret (after the committal of a bad act).
abāhya अबाह्य a. 1 Not exterior, internal; राज्ञः शिवं सावरजस्य भूयादित्याशशंसे करणैरबाह्यैः R.14.5; -2 (fig.) Familiar or intimately acquainted with, conversant with; गीतनृत्यवाद्यादिष्वबाह्यः Dk.155. -3 Without an exterior; तदेतद् ब्रह्मापूर्वमनपरमनन्तरमबाह्यम् Bṛi. Up.2.5.19.
abhijñānam अभिज्ञानम् 1 Recognition; तदभिज्ञानहेतोर्हि दत्तं तेन महात्मना Rām. (अभिज्ञान is a combination of अनुभव or direct perception and स्मृति or recollection; a sort of direct perception assisted by the memory; as when we say 'this is the same man I saw yesterday' सो$यं ह्यो दृष्टो नरः, अनुभव or direct perception leading to the identification expressed by अयम् and the memory leading to the reference to past action expressed by सः). -2 Remembrance, recollection; knowledge, ascertainment. -3 (a) A sign or token of recognition (person or thing); वत्स योगिन्यस्मि मालत्यभिज्ञानं च धारयामि Māl.9; Bk.8.118,124; R.12. 62; Me.114; उपपन्नेरभिज्ञानैर्दूतं तमवगच्छत Rām. -4 The dark portion in the dise of the moon. cf. अभिज्ञानं स्मृतावपि । गर्वे ज्ञाने च हिंसायां प्रणवे च समीरितम् Nm. -Comp. -आमरणम् a recognition-ornament, a token-ring. अभिज्ञानाभरणदर्शनेन शापो निवर्तिष्यते Ś.4. -पत्रम् a certificate, letter of recommendation. -शाकुन्तलम् N. of a celebrated drama by Kālidāsa in seven acts, in which king Duṣyanta marries Kaṇva's foster daughter Śakuntalā by the Gāndharva form of marriage, forgets all about her owing to the curse of Durvāsas, but ultimately recollects, at the sight of the token-ring (अभिज्ञान) that he had duly married her; अभिज्ञानेन स्मृता शकुन्तला अभि- ज्ञानशकुन्तला; तामधिकृत्य कृतं नाटकं˚ शाकुन्तलम्; (the reading ˚शाकुन्तलम् is grammatically indefensible).
abhisaṃyogaḥ अभिसंयोगः Close contact or union, intimate connection.
abhisarī अभिसरी (रिः) f. 1 Following; असुरपुरवधे गच्छन्त्यभिस- रीम् Pratimā 3.7. -2 Going out to help; गत्वा पूर्वं स्वसैन्यैरभिसरिसमये स्वं समानैर्विमानैः Pratimā 4.17.
abhyantara अभ्यन्तर a. [अभिगतमन्तरम्] Interior, internal, inner (opp. बाह्य); R.17.45; K.66; कृच्छ्रो$भ्यन्तरशोणिते Y. 3.292. -2 Being included in, one of a group or body; देवीपरिजनाभ्यन्तरः M.5; गणाभ्यन्तर एव च Ms.3.154; R.8.95 -3 Initiated in, skilled or proficient in, familiar or conversant with; with loc., or sometimes gen., or in comp.; संगीतके$भ्यन्तरे स्वः M.5. अहो प्रयोगाभ्यन्तरः प्राश्निकः M.2; अनभ्यन्तरे आवां मदनगतस्य वृत्तान्तस्य Ś.3; मन्त्रेष्वभ्यन्तराः के स्युः Rām., see अभ्यन्तरीकृ below. -4 Nearest, intimate, closely or intimately related; त्यक्ताश्चाभ्यन्तरा येन Pt.1.259. -रम् The inside or interior, inner or interior part of anything), space within; प्रविश्याभ्यन्तरं रिपुः (नाशयेत्) Pt. 2.38; K.15,17,18; ˚गतः आत्मा M.5. inmost soul; शमीमिवाभ्यन्तरलीनपावकां R.3.9; Bg.5.27, V.2, Mk.1, पर्णाभ्यन्तरलीनतां विजहति Ś.7.8. -2 Included space, interval (of time or place); षण्मासाभ्यन्तरे Pt.4. -3 The mind. -रम्, -रतः adv. In the interior, inside, inward. -Comp. -आयामः 1 curvature of the spine by spasm. -2 emprosthonos. -आराम a. internally delighted; see अन्तराराम. -करण a. having the organs (concealed) inside, internally possessed of the powers of perception &c; ˚णया मया प्रत्यक्षीकृतवृत्तान्तो महाराजः V.4 (-नम्) the internal organ i. e. अन्तःकरण. -कला the secret art, the art of coquetry or flirtation; Dk.2.2.
abhyantarakaḥ अभ्यन्तरकः An intimate friend.
ayathā अयथा ind. Not as it should be or is intended to be, unfitly, improperly, wrongly. -थम Ved. Without effort; गोधा तस्मा अयथं कर्षदेतत् Rv.1.28.1. -Comp. -अर्थ a. 1 not true to the sense, unmeaning, nonsensical; परित्यक्तस्वार्थो नियतमयथार्थः क्षितिपतिः Mu.3.4. -2 incongruous, unfit, false, द्वयमिदमयथार्थं दृश्यते मद्विधेषु Ś.3.2; incorrect, wrong; अनुभवो द्विविधो यथार्थो$यथार्थश्च T. S.; ˚अनुभवः incorrect or untrue knowledge, wrong notion; तदभाववति तत्प्रकारको$नुभवो$यथार्थानुभवः । यथा शुक्तौ रजतमिदमिति ज्ञानं सैव अप्रमेत्युच्यते. -अभिप्रेताख्यानम् Communicating a news in an undesired manner, i. e. to tell a good news in a whispering tone, and to declare a bad news loudly. P.III.4.59. अयथाभिप्रेताख्यानं नामाप्रियस्योच्चैः, प्रियस्य च नीचैः कथनम् Sk. -इष्ट a. 1 not as wished or desired, disliked. -2 not enough or sufficient. -उचित a. unfit, unworthy. (-तम्) unfitly. -तथ a. 1) not as it should be, unfit, unsuitable, unworthy; इदमयथातथं स्वामिचेष्टितम् Ve.2. -2 vain, useless, profitless. (-थम्) 1 unfitly, unsuitably. -2 in vain, uselessly; तद् गच्छति अ˚ Ms.3.24. -3 wrongly; Ve.5. -तथ्यम् unsuitableness, incongruity, uselessness. -द्योतनम् intimation or occurrence of something or act which is not expected. -पुर, -पूर्व a. unprecedented, unparalleled, unusual; ददृशे सो$यथापूर्वो R.12.88. -मुखीन a. having the face turned away -वृत्त a. acting wrongly. -शास्त्रकारिन् a. not acting according to the Sāstras, irreligious; अयथाशास्त्रकारी च न विभागे पिता प्रभुः Nārada.
ara अर a. [इयर्ति गच्छत्यनेन, ऋ-अच्] 1 Speedy, swift. -2 Little. यदा ह्येवैष एतस्मिन्नुदरमन्तरं कुरुते T. Up.2.7.1. -3 Going (at the end of comp.), -रः 1 The spoke or radius of a wheel; अरा इव रथानाभौ Muṇd.2.2.6; Praśna.2.6. (˚रम् also); अरैः संधार्यते नाभिर्नाभौ चाराः प्रतिष्ठिताः Pt.1.81. cf. also अरव्यक्तिर्नष्टा स्थितमिव जवाच्चक्रवलयम् Pratima 3.2. -2 A spoke of the time-wheel; a Jaina division of time. -3 A corner (कोण) or angle; त्रिपञ्चरे पीठे Śyāmāstava. -4 Moss (शैवाल). -5 = पर्पट q. v. -6 N. of an ocean in Brahmā's world; यदरण्यायनमित्याचक्षते ब्रह्मचर्यमेव तत्तदरश्च ह वैण्यश्चार्णवौ ब्रह्मलोके Chān. Up.8.5.3. -Comp. -अन्तर (pl.) the intervals of the spoke; चक्रभ्रान्तिररान्तरेषु जनयत्यन्यामिवारावलिम् V.1.5. -घट्टः, -घट्टकः [अरैः घट्ट्यते रच्यते असौ] 1 a wheel or machine for raising water from a well (Mar. राहाट). (It usually consists of a single wheel with spokes on each side serving as handles to turn it, and a rope with a bucket attached to it passes over this wheel); ˚ट्टं खेलयमानः Pt.4 turning this machine; ˚घटी a bucket so used; कूपमासाद्य ˚टीमार्गेण सर्पस्तेनानीतः Pt.4. -2 a deep well.
arya अर्य a. [ऋ-यत्] 1 Excellent, best. -2 Respectable. -3 Attached, true, devoted. -4 Dear, kind; Rv.1. 123.1. -र्यः 1 A master, lord; अर्यः प्रेम्णा नो तथा वल्लभस्य Śi.18.52; Śānti.1.18; तेन वह्येन हन्तासि त्वमर्यं पुरुषाशिनम् Bk.6.51. -2 A man of the third tribe, Vaiśya. cf. अर्यः स्वामिवैश्ययोः P.III.1.13. cf. also... अर्यस्तु बाहुजे, and स्यादर्यः स्वामिवणिजोः Nm. -र्या 1 A mistress. -2 A woman of the Vaiśya tribe. -र्यी 1 The wife of a Vaiśya. -Comp. -जारा the mistress of an Ārya. शूद्रा यदर्यजारा न पोषाय धनायति Vāj.23.3. -पत्नी the wife of a true or legitimate husband; अर्यपत्नीरुषसश्चकार Rv.7.6.5;1. 43.8. -वर्यः a Vaiśya of rank.
āpta आप्त p. p. [आप्-क्त] 1 Got, obtained, gained; ˚कामः, शापः &c. -2 Reached, overtaken, equalled, engrossed; यदिदं सर्वं मृत्युनाप्तं सर्वं मृत्युनाभिपन्नं केन यजमानो मृत्योराप्तिमतिमुच्यते Bṛi. Up.3.1.3. -3 Reaching to, extending as far as. -4 Trustworthy, reliable, credible (as news &c.). -5 Trusty, confidential, faithful (person); कुमारभृत्याकुशलैरनुष्ठिते भिषग्भिराप्तैः R.3.12;5.39; आप्ताः सर्वेषु वर्णेषु Ms.8.63. -6 (a) Clever, skilful; प्राजकश्चेद्भवेदाप्तः Ms.8.294. (b) Apt, fit. -7 Full, complete, abundant; न सत्यं दानमानौ वा यज्ञो वाप्याप्तदक्षिणः Rām.2.3.35. यजेत राजा क्रतुभिर्विविधैराप्त- दक्षिणैः Ms.7.79. -8 True, exact. -9 Intimate, closely related, acquainted; कन्यायाः किल पूजयन्ति पितरो जामातुराप्तं जनम् U.4.17 relatives; Ms.5.11. -1 Appointed. -11 Generally received, commonly used; authentic. -12 Accused, prosecuted. -13 Reasonable, sensible. -14 Beneficial, useful; अधिष्ठितं हयज्ञेन सूतेनाप्तोपदेशिना Rām.6.9.1. -प्तः 1 A trustworthy, reliable, or fit person; credible person or source, guarantee; आप्तः यथार्थवक्ता T. S. -2 A relative, friend; निग्रहात्स्वसुराप्तानां वधाच्च धनदानुजः R.12.52; कथमाप्तवर्गो$यं भवत्याः M.5; Y.1.28, 2.71; Ms.2.19;8.64. -3 An Arhat. -प्ता A twisted lock of hair (जटा). -प्तम् 1 A quotient. -2 (In Math.) Equation of a degree. -Comp. -आगमः Proper knowledge परोक्षमाप्तागमात् सिद्धम् Sāṅ. K.6. -आधीन a. Dependent on trustworthy person. -उक्तिः f. 1 an augment. -2 an affix. -3 a word of received acceptation and established by usage only; see आप्तवाच् also. -काम a. 1 one who has obtained his desire; येनाक्रमन्त्यृषयो ह्याप्रकामाः Muṇḍa.3.1.6. -2 one who has renounced all worldly desires and attachments. (-मः) the Supreme Soul. -कारिन् a. doing things in a fit or confidential manner; अरक्षिता गृहे रुद्धाः पुरुषैराप्तकारिभिः Ms.9.12. m. a trusty, agent or confidential servant; तस्माद्गच्छन्तु पुरुषाः स्मारणायाप्तकारिणः Mb.3.239.17. -गर्भा a pregnant woman. -दक्षिण a. having proper or abundant gifts. -वचनम् 1 received text or authority, revelation. -2 the words of a credible or trustworthy person; R.11.42, इत्याप्तवचनाद्रामो विनेष्यन्वर्णविक्रियाम् 15.48. -वाक्यम् a true or correct sentence; आप्तवाक्यं शब्दः T. S. -वचनम् above. cf. आप्तश्रुतिराप्तवचनम् तु Sāṅ. K.5. -वाच् a. worthy of belief, regarded as authority, one whose words are credible and authoritative; पराति- संधानमधीयते यैर्विद्येति ते सन्तु किलाप्तवाचः Ś.5.25. f. 1 the advice of a friend or credible person. -2 the Vedas or Śruti; a word of authority (said to apply to Smṛitis, Ithihāsas and Purāṇas also, which are considered as authoritative evidence); आप्तवागनुमानाभ्यां साध्यं त्वा प्रति का कथा R.1.28. -श्रुतिः f. 1 the Vedas. -2 Smṛitis &c. आप्तश्रुतिराप्तवचनम् तु । Sāṅ. K.5.
āpracch आप्रच्छ् 6 Ā. 1 To bid adieu, bid farewell; आपृच्छस्व प्रियसखममुं तुङ्गमालिङ्ग्य शैलम् Me.12; R.8.49,12.13; Māl.7; Bk.14.63. -2 To salute on receiving, but particularly parting with a visitor (साधो यामि इति वचनम्) -3 To ask. -4 To extol. Irregularly it is used in Parasmaipada also; cf. आपृच्छ पुत्रकृतकान् हरिणान् द्रुमांश्च Pratimā.5.11.
ābhyantara आभ्यन्तर a. (-री f.) [अभ्यन्तरे भवः अण्] 1 Interior, inner, inward; as आभ्यन्तरो भृत्यवर्ग. -2 One of the two kinds of प्रयत्न or effort giving rise to the vocal sounds. -रः An officer in close contact or specially intimate with the king. RT.8.426. -रिकः An officer connected with harem. Rāmgani Copperplate of Īśvaraghoṣa (Inscriptions of Bengal, p.149).
āyāsaḥ आयासः [आ-यस्-घञ्] 1 Effort, exertion, trouble, difficulty, pain, labour; बहुलायास Bg.18.24; cf. अनायास also. -2 Fatigue, weariness; स्नेहमूलानि दुःखानि देहजानि भयानि च । शोकहर्षौ तथायासः सर्वं स्नेहात् प्रवर्तते ॥ Mb. -3 Mental pain, anguish; सा विनीय तमायासम् Rām.2.25.1; अपूर्वः खलु अस्य आयासः Pratimā 1. -4 Unsteadiness, wavering; आत्मज्ञानमनायासस्तितिक्षा धर्मनित्यता Mb.5.34.73.
āśleṣaḥ आश्लेषः 1 Embracing, clasping, an embrace; आश्लेषः लोलुपवधूस्तनकार्कश्यसाक्षिणीम् Śi.2.17; Amaru.17,74,95- कण्ठाश्लेषप्रणयिनि जने Me.3,18. -2 Contact, intimate connection; relation; सामीप्याश्लेषविषयैर्व्याप्त्याधारश्चतुर्विधः Mugdha. -3 The site of an act. -षाः f. (pl.) N. of the ninth Nakṣatra.
āsattiḥ आसत्तिः f. [आ-सद्-क्तिन्] 1 Meeting, junction. -2 Intimate union, nearness, close contact; किमपि किमपि मन्दं मन्दमासत्तियोगात् U.1.27. -3 Gain, profit, acquirement. -4 (In Logic) Proximity, the absence of interruption in the apprehension of what is said; relation between two or more proximate terms and the sense conveyed by them; कारणं सन्निधानं तु पदस्या- सत्तिरुच्यते Bhāṣā P.83; वाक्यं स्याद् योग्यताकाङ्क्षासत्तियुक्तः पदोच्चयः S. D.2. -5 Embarrassment, perplexity; न च ते क्वचिदासत्तिर्बुद्धेः प्रादुर्भविष्यति Mb.12.52.17. आसदनम् -1 Gain, profit. -2 Contact, union. -3 Nearness, proximity. -4 The act of sitting down. -5 A seat.
uccāraṇam उच्चारणम् 1 Pronunciation, utterance; वाचः Śik. 2; वेद˚. -2 Declaration, announcement, enunciation. -3 Lifting up; स्कन्धोच्चारणनम्यमानवदनप्रच्योतितोये घटे Pratima.1.5. -Comp. -अर्थ a. 1 useful for pronunciation. -2 necessary for pronunciation, such as a redundant letter only used to facilitate pronunciation. -ज्ञः a linguist. उच्चारणज्ञो$थ गिरा दधानम् Śi.4.18. -स्थानम् the part of the throat from which certain sounds (such as nasals, gutturals &c.) issue.
utsaṅgaḥ उत्सङ्गः [उद्-सञ्ज्-आधारं घञ्] 1 The lap; पुत्रपूर्णोत्सङ्गा with a boy seated in the lap U.1; उत्सङ्गवर्धितानां गुरुषु भवेत्कीदृशः स्नेहः V.5.1; न केवलमुत्सङ्गश्चिरान्मनोरथो$पि मे पूर्णः U.4; Me.88; cf. also विशालतरमुत्सङ्गं कुरु (spread out the garment on the lap Pratimā Act. I.). -2 Embrace, contact, union; विस्तारिस्तनकुम्भकुडमलभरोत्सङ्गेन संभाविता (माला) Māl.8.6; -3 Interior, vicinity; दरिगृहो- त्सङ्गनिषक्तभासः Ku.1.1; कर्ण˚ K.15; शय्योत्सङ्गे Me.95. -4 Surface, side, slope; दृषदो वासितोत्सङ्गाः R.4.74; 14.76. -5 The haunch or part above the hip (नितम्ब). -6 The upper part, top; सौधोत्सङ्गप्रणयविमुखो मा स्म भूरुज्जयिन्याः Me.27; K.52. -7 (a) The acclivity or edge of a hill; तुङ्गं नगोत्सङ्गमिवारुरोह R.6.3; (b Peak, summit; उत्सङ्गे महाद्रेः Ki.7.21. -8 The roof of a house. -9 Vault, canopy (as of sky); अपिहितगगनोत्सङ्ग- मङ्गं धुनोति Mv.5.53. -1 The bottom or deep part of an ulcer. -11 A high number (= 1 Vivāhas). -12 An ascetic (उत्क्रान्तः सङ्गम्). -गम् A high number.
udarkaḥ उदर्कः [Said to be fr. ऋच्] 1 (a) End, conclusion; ˚स्वादुनः कर्मणः Dk.79; सुखोदर्कम् K.328. (b) Result, consequence, future result of an action; उदर्कस्तव कल्याणो भविता Nala.12.67; किंतु कल्याणोदर्कं भविष्यति U.4; प्रयत्नः सफलोदर्क एव Māl.8; Ms.4.176,11.1,9.25,12.18; यो लौल्यात्कुरुते कर्म नैवोदर्कमवेक्षते Pt.5.73. -3 Remote consequence, reward. -4 Future time, futurity. -5 Elevation of a building (as a tower). -6 Surpassing. sometimes used as an adjective in this sense; तेन हि उदर्केण गुणेनात्र भवितव्यम् Pratimā 1. -7 N. of a tree Vanguiera Spinosa Roxb (मदनवृक्ष). -8 Increase; सर्वद्धर्युपचयीदर्कम् Bhāg.3.23.13.
udāhṛta उदाहृत p. p. 1 Said, uttered; तत्तामसमुदाहृतम् Bg. 17.19. -2 Named, called; श्रुतान्वितो दशरथ इत्युदाहृतः Bk.1.1. -3 Illustrated. -4 Stipulated; वनवासं त्वया$ज्ञप्तः शुल्केत्येतदुदाहृतम् Pratimā 3.2.
udvaha उद्वह a. 1 Carrying, leading up; Av.19.25.1. taking up or away. -2 Continuing, perpetuating (as a family); कुल˚ U.4; so रघु˚ 4.22; R.9.9;11.54. -3 Eminent, head, principal, best, foremost. दिशं पश्यन्ति तामेव यया यातो रघूद्वहः । Pratimā.2.3. -हः 1 A son; किमियं वक्ष्यतीत्येवं विममर्श भृगूद्वहः Mb.5.177.29. -2 One (i. e. the 4th) of the seven courses of air. -3 The vital air which conveys nourishment upwards. -4 One of the seven tongues of fire. -5 Marriage. -6 A chief or head of the family; रघूद्वहः R.9.9. -हा A daughter.
upadhā उपधा 1 Imposition, forgery, fraud, deceit, trick, pretence; उपधाभिश्च यः कश्चित्परद्रव्यं हरेन्नरः Ms.8.193. -2 Trial or test of honesty, (भेदोपजापौ उपधा धर्माद्यैर्यत्परी- क्षणम्); (said to be of 4 kinds:- 1 loyalty, 2 disinterestedness, 3 continence, 4 courage i. e. धर्मोपधा Religious allurement, अर्थोपधा Monetary allurement, कामोपधा Love allurement, भयोपधा Allurement under the pressure of fear. 'भिया धर्मार्थकामैश्च परीक्षा या तु सोपधा' इत्यभिधान- चिन्तामणिः); (शोधयेत्) धर्मोपधाभिर्विप्रांश्च सर्वाभिः सचिवान् पुनः Kālikā P. उपधाभिः शौचाशौचज्ञानममात्यानाम् । Kau. A.1.1; अमात्यानुपधातीनान् Mb.15.5.14. -3 A means or expedient; अयशोभिदुरा लोके कोपधा महणादृते Śi.19.58. -4 (In gram.) A penultimate letter (अन्त्याद्वर्णात्पूर्वं उपधा). अलोन्त्यात् पूर्व उपधा P.I.1.65. -Comp. -भृतः a servant who has been guilty of dishonesty. -लोपः Elision of the penultimate letter (e. g. in the case of a बहुव्रीहि compound ending in अन्) P.IV.1.28. -शुचि a. tried, of approved loyalty.
upanāyaka उपनायक a. Leading to. -कः 1 (उप गौणो नायकः) A character in a dramatic or any other work of art next in importance to the hero; (नायकस्य गुणोत्कर्षकथका उपनायकाः); e. g. Lakṣmaṇa in Rāmāyaṅa; Makaranda in Mālatimādhava &c. &c. -2 A paramour.
upanāyikā उपनायिका A character in a dramatic or any other work of art next in importance to the heroine; e. g. Madayantikā in Mālatimādhava.
upasnehaḥ उपस्नेहः Moistening. उपस्नेहेन जीवामि जीवन्तीं यच्छृणोमि ताम् Rām.6.5.11. -ता Moistness, humidity; Pratimā 3.
urasya उरस्य a. [उरस्-यत्] 1 Being in the breast. -2 Pectoral. -3 Requiring an effort of the chest (as any exertion). -4 Legitimate (a son or daughter); born from a married couple of the same tribe or caste. -5 Excellent. -स्यः 1 A son. -2 The female breast; Bṛi. S.
aurasa औरस a. (-सी f.) [उरसा निर्मितः अण्] 1 Produced from the breast, born of oneself, legitimate; Ś.7; V.5; इत्थं नागस्त्रिभुवनगुरोरौरसं मौथिलेयम् R.16.88. -2 Physical, bodily; विद्याबलमुपाश्रित्य न ह्यस्त्यस्यौरसं बलम् Mb.3.11.31. -3 Natural; निदर्शयन् वै सुमहच्छिक्षौरसकृतं बलम् Mb.7.37.2. -4 Manly, virile; Mb.12.65.5. -सः, -सी A legitimate son or daughter; औरसो धर्मपत्नीजस्तत्समः पुत्रिकासुतः Y.2.128.
karṇa कर्ण a. Ved. 1 Having long ears. -2 Furnished with chaff (as grain). -र्णः 1 The ear; अहो खलभुजङ्गस्य विपरीतवधक्रमः । कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते ॥ Pt.1. 35, 34 also; -कर्णे दा to listen; कर्णमागम् to come to the ear, become known; तद्गुणैः कर्णमागत्य R.1.9; कर्णे कृ to put round the ear; Ch. P.1; कर्णे कथयति whispers in the ear; cf. षट्कर्ण, चतुष्कर्ण &c. also. -2 The handle or ear of a vessel; उभा कर्णा हिरण्यया Rv.8.72.12. -3 The helm or rudder of a ship; सेना भ्रमति संख्येषु हत- कर्णेव नौर्जले Rām.6.48.26. -4 The hypotenuse of a triangle. -5 The diameter of a circle; Sūrya. -6 An intermediate region or quarter (उपदिग्भाग); Mb.6. 6.1. -7 (In prosody) A spondee. -8 N. of a tree (Mar. बाहवा, रुइमांदार) Rām.5.56.34. -2 N. of a celebrated warrior on the side of the Kauravas mentioned in the Mahābhārata. भवान् भीष्मश्च कर्णश्च Bg.1.8;11.34. [He was the son of Kuntī begotten on her by the god Sun while she was yet a virgin residing at her father's house (see Kuntī). When the child was born, Kuntī, afraid of the censure of her relatives and also of public scandal, threw the boy into the river where he was found by Adhiratha, charioteer of Dhṛitrāṣṭra, and given over to his wife Rādhā, who brought him up like her own child; whence Karṇa is often called Sūtaputra, Rādheya &c. Karṇa, when grown up, was made king of Aṇga by Duryodhana, and became by virtue of his many generous acts a type of charity. On one occasion Indra (whose care it was to favour his son Arjuna) disguised himself as a Brāhmaṇa and cajoled him out of his divine armour and ear-rings, and gave him in return a charmed javelin. With a desire to make himself proficient in the science of war, he, calling himself a Brāhmaṇa went to Parasurāma and learnt that art from him. But his secret did not long remain concealed. On one occasion when Parasurāma had fallen asleep with his head resting on Karṇa's lap, a worm (supposed by some to be the form assumed by Indra himself to defeat Karṇa's object) began to eat into his lap and made a deep rent in it; but as Karṇa showed not the least sign of pain, his real character was discovered by his preceptor who cursed him that the art he had learnt would avail him not in times of need. On another occasion he was curse by a Brāhmaṇa (whose cow he had unwittingly slain in chase) that the earth would eat up the wheel of his chariot in the hour of trial. Even with such disadvantages as these, he acquitted himself most valiantly in the great war between the Paṇḍavas and Kauravas, while acting as generalissimo of the Kaurava forces after Bhīṣma and Droṇa had fallen. He maintained the field against the Paṇḍavas for three days, but on the last day he was slain by Arjuna while the wheel of his chariot had sunk down into the earth. Karṇa was the most intimate friend of Duryodhana, and with Śakuni joined him in all the various schemes and plots that were devised from time to time for the destruction of the Paṇ&dvas.] -Comp. -अञ्चलः (लम्) Ear-lobe; (Mātaṅga L.5.12.) -अञ्जलिः 1 The auditory passage of the outer ear. -2 The ears pricked up; आपीय कर्णाञ्जलिभिर्भवापहाम् Bhāg.3.13.5. -अनुजः Yudhiṣṭhira. -अन्तिक a. close to the ear; स्वनसि मृदु कर्णान्तिकचरः Ś.1.23. -अन्दुः, -न्दू f. an ornament for the ear, ear-ring. -अर्पणम् giving ear, listening. -आरा (= -वेधनी). -आस्फालः the flapping of the elephant's ears. -इन्दुः f. a semicircular ear-ring. -उत्तंसः an ear-ornament or merely an ornament (according to some authorities). (Mammaṭa says that here कर्ण means कर्णंस्थितत्व; cf. also his remark ad hoc:- कर्णावतंसादिपदे कर्णादिध्वनिनिर्मितः । सन्निधानार्थबोधार्थं स्थितेष्वेत- त्समर्थनम् ॥ K. P.7). -उपकर्णिका rumour; (lit. 'from ear to ear'). प्रागेव कर्णोपकर्णिकया श्रुतापवादक्षुभितहृदयः Pt. -ऊर्णः a kind of deer; कर्णोर्णैकपदं चास्मै निर्जुष्टं वृकनाभिभिः Bhāg. -कषायः Dirt in the ears; आपीयतां कर्णकषायशोषाननुक्रमिष्ये न इमान्सुपेशान् Bhāg.2.6.46. -कीटा, -टी 1 a worm with many feet and of a reddish colour, -2 a small centipede. -कुमारी N. of Bhavānī. -कूटः The tower at the corner of the roof; Māna.19.54-55. -क्ष्वेडः (in Medic.) a constant noise in the ear. -गूथम् earwax. (-थः) -गूथकः hardening of the wax of the ear. -गोचर a. audible. -ग्राहः a helmsman. -चूलिका f. An ear-ring; उत्कृत्तकर्णचूलिकेन मुखेन ...... Svapna.2. -जप a. (also कर्णेजप) a secret traducer, talebearer, informer. कर्णेजपः सूचकः Mbh. on P.III.2.13. -जपः, -जापः slandering, tale-bearing, calumniating. -जलूका a small centipede. (also -जलौकस्, -जलौका) -जाहम् the root of the ear; cf. तस्य पाकमूले पील्वादिकर्णादिभ्यः कुणब्जाह चौ Pān. V.2.24. अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः Māl.5.8. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Karṇa', epithet of Arjuna, the third Pāṇḍava prince. -ज्वरः pain to the ear; U.5.6. -तालः the flapping of the elephant's ears, the noise made by it; विस्तारितः कुञ्जरकर्ण- तालैः R.7.39,9.71; Śi.17.37. -दर्पणः an ear-ring. -दुन्दुभिः = कर्णकीटा. -धारः a helmsman, a pilot; अकर्णधारा जलधौ विप्लवेतेह नौरिव H.3.2; अविनयनदीकर्णधार- कर्ण Ve.4. -धारिणी a female elephant. -पत्रकः The lobe of the ear; Y.3.96. -पथः the range of hearing. -परम्परा from ear to ear, hearsay; इति कर्णपरंपरया श्रुतम् Ratn.1. -पर्वन् n. the eighth (i. e. Karṇa) section of the Mahābhārata. -पाकः inflammation of the outer ear. -पालिः, -ली f. 1 the lobe of the ear. -2 the outer edge of the ear. (-ली) an ornament of the ear. -पाशः a beautiful ear; U.6.27. -पिशाची f. a type of goddess. -पुटम् the auditory passage of the ear. -पूरः 1 an ornament (of flowers &c.) worn round the ear, an ear-ring; इदं च करतलं किमिति कर्णपूरतामारोपितम् K.6. प्रचुरसमरशोभासुभ्रुवः कर्णपूरः Śiva. B.3.46. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Śirīṣa tree. -4 the blue lotus. -पूरकः 1 an ear-ring. -2 the Kadamba tree. -3 the Aṣoka tree. -4 the blue lotus. -प्रणादः, -प्रतिनाहः a disease of the ear. -प्रान्तः the lobe of the ear. -फलः a kind of fish. -भूषणम्, -भूषा an ear-ornament. -मुकुरः an ear-ornament. -मूलम् the root of the ear; तं कर्णमूलमागत्य रामे श्रीर्न्यस्यतामिति R.12.2. -मोटी a form of Durgā. -योनि a. having the ear as a source. तस्य साध्वीरिषवो याभिरस्यति नृचक्षसो दृशये कर्णयोनयः Rv.2.24.8. -लता, -लतिका the lobe of the ear; मन्ये$मुना कर्णलतामयेन N.7.64. -वंशः a raised platform or dais of bamboo. -वर्जित a. earless. (-तः) a snake. -विवरम्, -छिद्रम्, -पुरम्, -रन्ध्रम् the auditory passage of the ear. -विष् f. ear-wax; Ms.5.135. -विषम् 'poisoning the ear', slandering, backbiting. -वेधः piercing the ears to put ear-rings on; a religious ceremony (संस्कार). -वेधनी, -वेधनिका an instrument for piercing the ear. -वेष्टः, -वेष्टनम् an ear-ring; सुकृतौ कर्णवेष्टौ च Rām.5.15.42. -शष्कुली the outer part of the ear (leading to the auditory passage); AV.9.8.1. अवलम्बितकर्णशष्कुलीकलसीकं रचयन्नवोचत N.2.8. -शूलः, -लम् ear-ache. -श्रव a. audible, loud; कर्णश्रवे$- निले Ms.4.12. -श्रावः, -संश्रवः 'running of the ear', discharge of pus or ichorous matter from the ear. -सूः f. Kuntī, mother of Karṇa. -स्रोतस् n. excretion of the ear (कर्णमल) कर्णस्रोतोभवं चापि मधुं नाम महासुरम् Mb.6. 67.14. -हर्म्यम् a tower, a side-tower. -हीन a. earless. (-नः) a snake.
kalāyaḥ कलायः N. of a leguminous seed (Mar. वाटाणा); कलायपुष्पवर्णास्तु श्वेतलोहितराजयः (हयश्रेष्ठाः) Mb.7.23.62. विकसितकलायकुसुमासितद्युतेः Śi.13.21. कलायं शाकेषु ...... Pratimā.5. -Comp. -पुष्पकः A variety of gems; Kau. A.2.11.
kaluṣa कलुष a. [कल्-उषच् Uṇ.4.75] 1 Turbid, dirty, muddy, foul; गङ्गारोधःपतनकलुषा गृह्णतीव प्रसादम् V.1.9; Ki.8.32; Ghat.13; -2 Choked, hoarse, husky; कण्ठः स्तम्भितबाष्प- वृत्तिकलुषः Ś.4.6. -3 Bedimmed; full of; Ś.6.9. -4 Angry, displeased, excited; U.3.13; भावावबोधकलुषा दयितेव रात्रौ R.5.64 (Malli. takes कलुष to mean 'unable', 'incompetent'). -5 Wicked, sinful, bad. -6 Cruel, censurable; त्वां प्रत्यकस्मात्कलुषप्रवृत्तौ R.14.73. -7 Dark, opaque. -8 Idle, lazy. -9 Perverted; ˚भूतायां वुद्धौ Pt.3.185; कालुष्यमुपयाति बुद्धिः &c. -षः A buffalo. -षम् 1 Dirt filth, mud; विगतकलुषमम्भः Ṛs.3.22. -2 Sin; कलुषेणाद्य महता मेदिनी परिमुच्यताम् Rām.2.96.27. -3 Wrath. -Comp. -मानस a. evil-minded; अथाब्रवीत्सुतान् कद्रूर्नागान् कलुषमानसा Bm.1.11 -योनिज a. illegitimate, of impure origin; Ms.1.57,58.
kalpa कल्प a. [क्लृप्-घञ्] 1 Practicable, feasible, possible, -2 Proper, fit, right. -3 Strong, vigorous; चरन्तं ब्राह्मणं कञ्चित्कल्पचित्तमनामयम् Mb.12.179.3. -4 Able, competent (with a gen., loc.; inf. or at the end of comp.); धर्मस्य, यशसः, कल्पः Bhāg. able to do his duty &c.; स्वक्रियायामकल्पः ibid. not competent to do one's duty; अकल्प एषामधिरोढुमञ्जसा पद्म्द्म् ibid., so स्वभरणाकल्प &c. -ल्पः 1 A sacred precept or rule, law, ordinance. -2 A prescribed rule, a prescribed alternative, optional rule; प्रभुः प्रथमकल्पस्य यो$नुकल्पेन वर्तते Ms.11.3 'able to follow the prescribed rule to be observed in preference to all others'; प्रथमः कल्पः M.1; cf. also Pratimā 4, and Abhiṣekanāṭakam 6 and Ś.4. a very good (or best) alternative; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः प्रदाने हव्यकव्ययोः Ms. 3.147. -3 (Hence) A proposal, suggestion, resolve, determination; एष मे प्रथमः कल्पः Rām.2.52.63; उदारः कल्पः Ś.7. -4 Manner of acting, procedure, form, way, method (in religious rites); श्रूयते हि पुराकल्पे Mb. 6.43.23; क्षात्रेण कल्पेनोपनीय U.2; कल्पवित्कल्पयामास वन्यामे- वास्य संविधाम् R.1.94; Ms.7.185. -5 End of the world, universal destruction. -6 A day of Brahmā or 1, Yugas, being a period of 432 million years of mortals and measuring the duration of the world; cf. Bhāg.3.11; श्रीश्वेतवाराहकल्पे [the one in which we now live]; कल्पं स्थितं तनुभृतां तनु- भिस्ततः किम् Śānti.4.2. Hence कल्पिक means 'born in the primeval age' Bu. Ch.2.48. -7 Medical treatment of the sick. -8 One of the six Vedāṅgas, i. e. that which lays down the ritual and prescribes rules for ceremonial and sacrificial acts; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणम् Muṇdtod; 1.1.5 see under वेदाङ्ग. -9 A termination added to nouns and adjectives in the sense of 'a little less than', 'almost like', 'nearly equal to', P.V.3.67 [denoting similarity with a degree of inferiority]; कुमारकल्पं सुषुवे कुमारम् R.5.36; उपपन्नमेतदस्मिन्नृषि- कल्पे राजनि Ś.2; प्रभातकल्पा शशिनेव शर्वरी R.3.2; so मृतकल्पः, प्रतिपन्नकल्पः &c. -1 The doctrine of poisons and antidotes. -11 One of the trees of paradise; cf. कल्पद्रुम. -12 Vigour, strength; लौकिके समयाचारे कृतकल्पो विशारदः Rām.2.1.22. -ल्पा, -ल्पम् A kind of intoxicating liquor. -Comp. -अन्तः end of the world, universal destruction; कल्पान्तेष्वपि न प्रयाति निधनं विद्याख्यमन्तर्धनम् Bh.2.16. कल्पान्तक्रूरकेलिः क्रतुक्रदनकरः कुन्दकर्पूरकान्तिः Udb. ˚स्थायिन् a. lasting to the end of a कल्प; शरीरं क्षणविध्वंसि कल्पान्तस्थायिनो गुणाः H.1.46. -आदिः renovation of all things in the creation; कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि कल्पादौ विसृजाम्यहम् Bg.9.7; -उपनिषद् pharmacology; Charak 1.4. -कारः 1 author of Kalpasūtra, q. v. -2 a barber. -क्षयः end of the world, universal destruction; e. g. कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि Bg.9.7. पुरा कल्पक्षये वृत्ते जातं जलमयं जगत् Ks.2.1. -तरुः, -द्रुमः, -पादपः, -वृक्षः 1 one of the trees of heaven or Indra's praradise, fabled to fulfill all desires; आसीत्कल्पतरुच्छायामाश्रिता सुरभिः पथि R.1.75; 17.26; Ku.2.39;6.41. -2 a tree supposed to grant all desires; 'wish-yielding tree'; नाबुद्ध कल्पद्रुमतां विहाय जातं तमात्मन्यसिपत्रवृक्षम् R.14.48; मृषा न चक्रे$- ल्पितकल्पपादपः N.1.15. -3 any productive or bountiful source; निगमकल्पतरोर्गलितं फलम् Bhāg.1.1.3. -4 (fig.) a very generous person; सकलार्थिसार्थकल्पद्रुमः Pt.1. -नृत्यम् a particular kind of dance. -पालः 1 a protector of order. -2 a seller of spirituous liquors. -लता, -लतिका 1 a creeper of Indra's paradise; Bh. 1.9. -2 a creeper supposed to grant all desires; नानाफलैः फलति कल्पलतेव भूमिः Bh.2.46; cf. कल्पतरु above. -वल्ली see कल्पलता; Ks.1.66; कल्पवल्लीगृहेषु 52.21. -विद् a. conversant with sacred precepts; कल्पवित्कल्पया- मास वन्यामेवास्य संविधाम् R.1.94. -स्थानम् 1 the art of preparing drugs; Charak 7. -2 the science of poisons and antidotes; Suśr. -सूत्रम् a manual of ritual in the form of Sūtras. Mb.14.54.9. N. of a sacred Jaina book written by भद्रबाहु sketching the life of महावीर.
kāmaḥ कामः [कम्-घञ्] 1 Wish, desire; संतानकामाय R.2.65, 3.67; oft. used with the inf. form; गन्तुकामः desirous to go; संगात्संजायते कामः Bg.2.62; Ms.2.94. -2 Object of desire; सर्वान् कामान् समश्नुते Ms.2.5; Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. Kaṭh. Up.1.25. -3 Affection, love. -4 Love or desire of sensual enjoyments, considered as one of the ends of life (पुरुषार्थ); cf. अर्थ and अर्थकाम. -5 Desire of carnal gratification, lust; Ms.2.214; न मय्यावेशितधियां कामः कामाय कल्पते Bhāg.1.22.26. -6 The god of love. -7 N. of Pradyumna. -8 N. of Balarāma. -9 A kind of mango tree. -1 The Supreme Being. -मा Desire, wish; उवाच च महासर्पं कामया ब्रूहि पन्नग Mb.3.179.2. -मम् 1 Object of desire. -2 Semen virile. [Kāma is the Cupid of the Hindu mythology the son of Kṛiṣṇa and Rukmiṇī. His wife is Rati. When the gods wanted a commander for their forces in their war with Tāraka, they sought the aid of Kāma in drawing the mind of Śiva towards Pārvatī, whose issue alone could vanquish the demon. Kāma undertook the mission; but Śiva, being offended at the disturbance of his penance, burnt him down with the fire of his third eye. Subsequently he was allowed by Śiva to be born again in the form of Pradyumna at the request of Rati. His intimate friend is Vasanta or the spring; and his son is Aniruddha. He is armed with a bow and arrows--the bow-string being a line of bees, and arrows of flowers of five different plants]. -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a fire of love, violent or ardent love. -2 violent desire, fire of passion. ˚संदीपनम् 1 inflaming fire of love. -2 an aphrodisiac. -अङ्कुशः 1 a fingernail (which plays an important part in erotic acts). -2 the male organ of generation. -अङ्गः the mango tree. -अधिकारः the influence of love or desire. -अधिष्ठित a. overcome by love. -अनलः see कामाग्नि. -अन्ध a. blinded by love or passion. (-न्धः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -अन्धा musk. -अन्निन् a. getting food at will. -अभिकाम a. libidinous, lustful. -अरण्यम् a pleasant grove. -अरिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ते समेत्य तु कामारिं त्रिपुरारिं त्रिलोचनम् Rām.7.6.3. -2 a mineral substance. -अर्थिन् a. amorous, lustful, lascivious. -अवतारः N. of Pradyumna. -अवशा(सा)यिता f. 1 Self-control. -2 a kind of Yogic power. -अवसायः suppression of passion or desire, stoicism. -अशनम् 1 eating at will. -2 unrestrained enjoyment. -आख्या, -अक्षी N. of Durgā. -आतुर a. love-sick, affected by love; कामातुराणां न भयं न लज्जा Subhāṣ. -आत्मजः an epithet of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna. -आत्मन् a. lustful, libidinous, enamoured. कामात्मानः स्वर्गफलाः Bg.2.43. Mb.1.119.3-4. Ms.7.27. -आयुधम् 1 arrow of the god of love. -2 membrum virile. (-धः) the mango-tree. -आयुस् m. 1 a vulture. -2 Garuḍa. -आर्त a. love-stricken, affected by love; कामार्ता हि प्रकृतिकृपणाश्चेतनाचेतनेषु Me.5. -आश्रमः the hermitage of the god of love; Rām.1. -आसक्त a. overcome with love or desire, impassioned, lustful. -इष्टः the mango tree. -ईप्सु a. striving to obtain a desired object, यत्तु कामेप्सुना कर्म Bg.18.24. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera; -2 the Supreme soul. -3 a person possessing all wealth. अपास्य कामा- न्कामेशो वसेत्तत्राविचारयन् Mb.12.287.56. -उदकम् 1 voluntary libation of water. -2 a voluntary libation of water to deceased friends exclusive of those who are entitled to it by law; कामोदकं सखिप्रत्तास्वस्रीयश्वशुर- र्त्विजाम् Y.3.4. -उपहत a. affected by or overcome with passion. -कला N. of Rati, the wife of Kāma. -काम, -कामिन् a. following the dictates of love or passion, गतागतं कामकामा लभन्ते Bg.9.21; स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी Bg.2.7. -कार a. acting at will, indulging one's desires. (-रः) 1 voluntary action, spontaneous deed; Rām.2.11.18; Ms.11.41,45. -2 desire, influence of desire; अयुक्तः कामकारेण फले सक्तो निबध्यते Bg.5. 12. -कूटः 1 the paramour of a harlot. -2 harlotry. -कृत् a. 1 acting at will, acting as one likes. -2 granting or fulfilling a desire. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -केलि a. lustful. (-लिः) 1 a paramour. -2 amorous sport. -3 copulation. -क्रीडा 1 dalliance of love, amorous sport. -2 copulation. -ग a. going of one's own accord, able to act or move as one likes. (-गा) 1 an unchaste or libidinous woman; Y.3.6. -2 a female Kokila. -गति a. able to go to any desired place; अध्यास्त कामगति सावरजो विमानम् R.13.76. -गुणः 1 the quality of passion, affection. -2 satiety, perfect enjoyment. -3 an object of sense. -चर, -चार a. moving freely or unrestrained, wandering at will; सर्वेषु लोकेष्वकामचारो भवति Bṛi. Up.7.25.2; नारदः कामचरः Ku.1.5. -चार a. unchecked, unrestrained. (-रः) 1 unrestrained motion. -2 independent or wilful action, wantonness; न कामचारो मयि शङ्कनीयः R.14.62. -3 one's will or pleasure, free will; अव्यपवृक्ते कामचारः Mbh. on Śiva Sūtra 3.4. कामचारानुज्ञा Sk.; Ms.2.22. -4 sensuality. -5 selfishness. -चारिन् a. 1 moving unrestrained; Me.65. -2 libidinous, lustful. -3 self-willed. (-m.) 1 Garuḍa. -2 a sparrow. -ज a. produced by passion or desire; Ms.7.46,47,5. -जः anger; रथो वेदी कामजो युद्धमग्निः Mb.12.24.27. -जननी betel-pepper (नागवेली). -जानः, -निः See कामतालः. -जित् a. conquering love or passion; R.9.33. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Skanda. -2 of Śiva. -तन्त्रम् N. of a work. -तालः the (Indian) cuckoo. -द a. fulfilling a desire, granting a request or desire. (-दः) an epithet of Skanda and of Śiva. -दहनम् a particular festival on the day of full moon in the month फाल्गुन (Mar. होलिकोत्सव). -दा = कामधेनु q. v. -दर्शन a. looking lovely. -दानम् 1 a gift to one's satisfaction. -2 a kind of ceremony among prostitutes; B. P. -दुघ a. 'milking one's desires', granting every desired object; प्रीता कामदुघा हि सा R.1.81,2.63; Māl.3.11. -दुघा, -दुह् f. a fabulous cow yielding all desires; आयुधानामहं वज्रं धेनूनामस्मि कामधुक् Bg.1.28. स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति Mbh. on P.VI.1.84. -दूती the female cuckoo. -दृश् f. a woman; विमोचितुं कामदृशां विहारक्रीडामृगो यन्निगडो विसर्गः Bhāg.7.6.17. -देव 1 the god of love. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -दोहिन् a. granting desires. -धर्मः amorous behaviour. -धेनुः f. the cow of plenty, a heavenly cow yielding all desires; कलतिवलती कामधेनू; or कलिवली कामधेनू Vyākraṇa Subhāṣita. -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पति, -पत्नी f. Rati, wife of Cupid. -पालः N. of Balarāma; also of Śiva. -प्रद a. granting desires. (-दः) 1 a kind of coitus. -2 the Supreme Being. -प्रवेदनम् expressing one's desire, wish or hope; कच्चित् कामप्रवेदने Ak. -प्रश्नः an unrestrained or free question; स ह कामप्रश्नमेव वव्रे Bṛi. Up.4.3.1. -फलः a species of the mango tree. -ला the plantain tree. -भाज् a. partaking of sensual enjoyment; कामानां त्वा कामभाजं करोमि Kaṭh.1.24. -भोगाः (pl.) sensual gratifications; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु Bg.16.16. -महः a festival of the god of love celebrated on the full-moon day in the month of Chaitra. -मालिन् m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -मूढ, -मोहित a. influenced or infatuated by love; यत्क्रौञ्च- मिथुनादेकमवधीः काममोहितम् U.2.5. -रसः 1 seminal discharge. -2 the spling -रसिक a. lustful, libidinous; क्षणमपि युवा कामरसिकः Bh.3.112. -रूप a. 1 taking any form at will; जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 beautiful, pleasing. (-पाः) (pl.) a district lying in the east of Bengal (the western portion of Assam); तमीशः कामरूपाणाम् R.4.83,84. -रूपिन् a. 1 taking any form at will; कामान्नी कामरूपी Tait. Up.3.1.5. -2 beautiful. -m. 1 a pole-cat. -2 a boar. -3 a Vidyādhara. -रेखा, -लेखा a harlot, courtezan. -लता membrum virile. -लोल a. overcome with passion, love-stricken. -वरः a gift chosen at will. -वल्लभः 1 the spring. -2 the moon. -3 the mango tree. (-भा) moonlight. -वश a. influenced by love. (-शः) subjection to love. -वश्य n. subject to love. -वाद a. saying anything at will. -विहन्तृ a. disappointing desires. -वीर्य a. 'showing heroism at will,' an epithet of Garuḍa. -वृक्षम् a. paracitical plant. -वृत्त a. addicted to sensual gratification, licentious, dissipated; विशीलः कामवृत्तो वा गुणैर्वा परिवर्जितः । उपचर्यः स्त्रिया साध्व्या सततं देववत्पतिः ॥ Ms. 5.154. -वृत्ति a. acting according to will, self-willed, independent; न कामवृत्तिर्वचनीयमीक्षते Ku.5.82. (-त्तिः) f. 1 free and unrestrained action. -2 freedom of will. -वृद्धिः f. increase of passion. -वृन्तम् the trumpet flower. -शर 1 a love shaft. -2 the mango tree. -शास्त्रम् the science of love, erotic science. -संयोगः attainment of desired objects. -सखः 1 the spring. -2 the month of Chaitra. -3 the mango tree. -सू a. fulfilling any desire. किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूः R.5.33. -m. N. of Vāsudeva. -f. N. of Rukmiṇi; -सूत्रम् 1 N. of an erotic work by Vātsyāyana. -2 'thread of love', love-incident' औद्धत्यमायोजितकामसूत्रम् Māl.1.4. -हैतुक a. produced by mere desire without any real cause; Bg.16.8.
kāraṇam कारणम् [कृ-णिच् ल्युट्] 1 A cause, reason; कारणकोपाः कुटुम्बिन्यः M.1.18; R.1.74; Bg.13.21; oft. with loc. of the effect; Bh.2.84. -2 Ground, motive, object; प्रव्राज्य चीरवसनं किं नु पश्यसि कारणम् Rām.2.73. 12. किं पुनः कारणम् Mbh.; Y.2.23; Ms.8.347; कारण- मानुषीं तनुम् R.16.22. -3 An instrument, means; गर्भस्रावे मासतुल्या निशाः शुद्धेस्तु कारणम् Y.3.2,65. -4 (In Nyāya phil.) A cause, that which is invariably antecedent to some product and is not otherwise constituted; or, according to Mill, 'the antecedent or concurrence of antecedents on which the effect is invariably and unconditionally consequent'; according to Naiyāyikas it is of three kinds; (1) समवायि (intimate or inherent); as threads in the case of cloth; (2) असमवायि (non-intimate or non-inherent), as the conjunction of the threads in the case of cloth; (3) निमित्त (instrumental) as the weaver's loom. -5 The generative cause, creator, father; Ku.5.81. -6 An element, elementary matter; Y.3.148; Bg.18. 13. -7 The origin or plot of a play, poem &c. -8 An organ of sense; हित्वा तनुं कारणमानुषीं ताम्. -9 The body. -1 A sign, document, proof or authority; प्रमाणं चैव लोकस्य ब्रह्मात्रैव हि कारणम् Ms.11.84. -11 That on which any opinion or judgment is based. -12 Action; आत्मना कारणैश्चैव समस्येह महीक्षितः Mb.12.59.13. -13 A legal instrument or document. -14 Agency, instrumentality. -15 A deity (as the proximate or remote cause of creation) -16 Killing, injuring. -17 A desire (वासना) created formerly (as पूर्ववासना); पूर्वं नित्यं सर्वगतं मनोहेतुम- लक्षणम् । अज्ञानकर्मनिर्दिष्टमेतत्कारणलक्षणम् ॥ Mb.12.211.6. -णा 1 Pain, agony. -2 Casting into hell. -3 Urging, instigation. (-कारणात् for the reason that; द्वेष˚ on account of hatred; मत्कारणात् for my sake; Pt.1.22.) -4 Action; निमित्ते कारणात्मके Mb.12.289.7. -Comp. -अन्तरम् 1 a particular reason; प्रविष्टो$स्मि दुराधर्षं वालिनः कारणान्तरे Rām.4.1.28; -2 instrumental cause; येन वैश्रवणो भ्राता वैमात्राः कारणान्तरे Rām.3.48.4. -अन्वित a. having a cause or reason. -आख्या a. N. of the organ of perception and action, of बुद्धि, अहंकार and मनस्. -उत्तरम् a special plea, denial of the cause of complaint; admission of the charge generally, but denial of the actual issue (in law). -कारणम् an elementary or primary cause; an atom; त्वं कारणं कारणकारणानाम् Ki.18. 35. -कारितम् ind. in consequence of; यदि प्रव्राजितो रामो लोभकारणकारितम् Rām.2.58.28. -गत a. referred to its cause, resolved into its principles. -गुणः a quality of the cause; Sāṅ. K.14. -बलवत् a. strong by motives; Pt.5.29. -भूत a. 1 caused. -2 forming the cause. -माला a figure of speech, 'a chain of causes'; यथोत्तरं चेत् पूर्वस्य पूर्वस्यार्थस्य हेतुता । तदा कारणमाला स्यात् K. P.1; e. g. Bg.2.62,63; also S. D.728. -मूलम् (in Rhet.) a law of causation. -वादिन् m. a complainant, plaintiff. -वारि n. the original water produced at the beginning of the creation. -विहीन a. without a cause. -शरीरम् (in Vedānta phil.) the inner rudiment of the body, causal frame.
kāśaḥ काशः शकः शम् [काश्-अच्] A kind of grass used for mats, roofs, &c. -शम् A flower of that grass; Ku. 7.11; R.4.17; Ṛs.3.1,2,28. चरति पुलिनेषु हंसी काशां- शुकवासिनी सुसंहृष्टा Pratimā.1.2. -शः 1 = कास q. v. -2 Appearance. -3 Splendour. यन्माययापि विबुधा मुह्यन्ति ज्ञानकाशया Bhāg.12.1.2. -Comp. -कृत्स्नः N. of a Grammarian.
kumbhaḥ कुम्भः [कुं भूमिं कुत्सितं वा उम्भति पूरयति उम्भ्-अच् शकं˚ Tv.] 1 A pitcher, water-pot, jar; इयं सुस्तनी मस्तकन्यस्तकुम्भा Jag.; वर्जयेत्तादृशं मित्रं विषकुम्भं पयोमुखम् H.1.74; R.2.36; so कुच˚, स्तन˚. -2 The frontal globe on the forehead of an elephant; इभकुम्भ Māl.5.32; मत्तेभकुम्भदलने भुवि सन्ति शूराः Bh.1.59. -3 Aquarius, the eleventh sign of the zodiac. -4 A measure of grain equal to 2 droṇas; धान्यं दशभ्यः कुम्भेभ्यो हरतो$भ्यधिकं वधः Ms.8.32. -5 (In Yoga phil.) Closing the nostrils and mouth so as to suspend breathing. -6 The paramour of a harlot. -7 An urn in which the bones of dead bodies are collected. -8 A kind of heart-disease. -9 N. of a plant (and also of its fruit); क्वचिद् बिल्वैः क्वचित्कुम्भैः क्वचिच्चा- मलकमुष्टिभिः Bhāg.1.18.14. -भा A harlot, a whore. -भम् A fragrant resin (गुग्गुल). -Comp. -उदरः one of the attendants of Śiva; अवेहि मां किङ्करमष्टमूर्तेः कुम्भोदरं नाम निकुम्भमित्रम् R.2.35. -उलूकः a kind of owl; हृत्वा पिष्ट- मयं पूपं कुम्भोलूकः प्रजायते Mb.13.111.11. -उलूखकम् a medicinal plant (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -कर्णः 'pitcher-eared', N. of a gigantic Rākṣasa, a brother of Rāvaṇa and slain by Rāma. [He is said to have devoured thousands of beings including sages and heavenly nymphs, and the gods were anxiously waiting for an opportunity to retaliate upon the powerful demon. After Brahmā had inflicted on him a curse for the humiliation to which he subjected Indra and his elephant Airāvata, Kumbhakarṇa began to practise the most rigid austerities. Brahmā was pleased and was about to grant him a boon, when the gods requested Sarasvatī to sit on his tongue and to pervert it. Accordingly when he went to the god, instead of asking Indrapada he asked Nidrāpada which was readily granted. It is said that he slept for six months at a time, and, when roused, was awake for only one day. When Lankā was besieged by the monkey-troops of Rāma, Ravāṇa with great difficulty roused Kumbhakarṇa, desirous of availing himself of his gigantic strength. After having drunk 2 jars of liquor, he took Sugrīva prisoner, besides devouring thousands of monkeys. He was ultimately slain by Rāma.] Rām.6; R.12.8. -2 an epithet of Śiva; Mb.12. -कामला a bilious affection. -कारः 1 a potter; मृद्दण्डचक्रसंयोगात्कुम्भकारो यथा घटम् (करोति) Y.3.146. -2 a mixed tribe (वेश्यायां विप्रतश्चौर्यात् कुम्भकारः स उच्यते Uśanas; or मालाकारात्कर्मकर्यां कुम्भकारो व्यजायत Parāśara). -3 a serpent. -4 a kind of wild fowl. (-री), -कारिका 1 the wife of a potter. -2 a kind of collyrium. -घोणः N. of a town. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -योनिः, m. -संभवः 1 epithets of Agastya; एतदाख्याय रामाय महर्षिः कुम्भसंभवः Rām.7.8.1; प्रससादोदयादम्भः कुम्भयोनेर्महौजसः R.4.21;15.55. -2 an epithet of Droṇa, the military preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -3 an epithet of Vasiṣṭha. -दासी a bawd, procuress; sometimes used as a term of reproach or abuse. -धरः the sign ef the zodiac called Aquarius. -पञ्जरः a niche in the wall. -राशिः the sign Aquarius. -रेतस् m. a form of Agni. -लग्नम् that time of the day in which Aquarius rises above the horizon. -मण्डूकः 1 (lit.) a frog in a pitcher. -2 (fig.) an inexperienced man; cf. कूपमण्डूक. -शाला pottery. -सन्धिः the hollow on the top of an elephant's head between the frontal globes.
kriyā क्रिया [कृ भावे करणादौ वा श cf. P.III] 1 Doing, execution, performance, accomplishment; उपचार˚, धर्म˚; प्रत्युक्तं हि प्रणयिषु सतामीप्सितार्थक्रियैव Me.116. -2 An action, act, business, undertaking; प्रणयिक्रिया V.4.15; Ms.2.4. -3 Activity, bodily action, labour. -4 Teaching, instruction; क्रिया हि वस्तूपहिता प्रसीदति R.3.29. क्रिया हि द्रव्यं विनयति नाद्रव्यम् Kau. A.1.5. -5 Possession of some act (as of singing, dancing &c.), knowledge; शिष्टा क्रिया कस्यचिदात्मसंस्था M.1.16. -6 Practice (opp. शास्त्र theory). -7 A literary work, composition; शृणुत मनोभिर- वहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य V.1.2; कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1. -8 A purificatory rite, a religious rite or ceremony; Ms.1.43. -9 An expiatory rite, expiation. -1 (a) The ceremony of offering oblations to the deceased ancestors (श्राद्ध). (b) Obsequies. -11 Worship; त्रैतादिषु हरेरर्चा क्रियायै कविभिः 'कृता Bhāg.7.14.39. -12 Medical treatment, application of remedies, cure; शीतक्रिया M.4 cold remedies. -13 (In gram.) Action, the general idea expressed by a verb. -14 Motion. -15 Especially, motion as one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; see कर्मन्. -16 (In law) Judicial investigation by human means (witnesses &c.) or by ordeals. -17 Burden of proof; क्रिया स्याद्वादिनोर्द्वयोः, द्वयो- रपि वादिनोः क्रिया प्राप्नोति V. May. -18 A verb. -19 A noun of action. -2 Disquisition. -21 Study. -22 Means, expedients. -23 Instrument, implement. -24 A construction; कूपप्रपापुष्करिणीवनानां चक्रुः क्रियास्तत्र च धर्मकामाः Bu. Ch.2.12. -25 Spirit (अध्यात्म) ?; द्रव्यक्रियाकारकाख्यं धूत्वा यान्त्यपुनर्भवम् Bhāg.12.6.38. -Comp. -अन्वित a. practising ritual observances. -अपवर्गः 1 completion or termination of an affair, execution of a task; क्रियापवर्गे- ष्वनुजीविसात् कृताः Ki.1.14. -2 liberation from ceremonial acts, absolution. -अभ्युपगमः a special agreement; क्रियाभ्युपगमात्त्वेतत् बीजार्थं यत्प्रदीयते Ms.9.53; -अर्थ a. 1 (a Vedic injunction) enjoining some duty. -2 useful for some purpose; अपि क्रियार्थं सुलभं समित्कुशम् Ku.5.33. -अव- सन्न a. one who loses a law-suit through the statements of the witnesses &c. -आरम्भः Cooking; आत्मार्थं च क्रिया- रम्भः Ms.11.64. -इन्द्रियम् see कर्मेंन्द्रिय. -कलापः 1 the whole body of ceremonies enjoined in the Hindu religious law. -2 all the particulars or points of any business. -कल्पः a particular mode of diognosis. -काण्डम् The portion of a श्रुति text treating of the sacrifices. -कारः 1 an agent, worker. -2 a beginner, tyro, a fresh student. -3 an agreement. -तन्त्रम् one of the four classes of Tantras; Buddha. -द्वेषिन् m. a witness whose testimony is prejudicial to the cause (one of the five kinds of witnesses). -द्वैतम् efficient cause. -निर्देशः evidence. -पटु a. dexterous. -पथः mode of medical treatment. -पदम् a verb. -पर a. diligent in the performance of one's duty. -पादः the third division of a legal plaint; that is, witnesses, documents and other proofs adduced by the plaintiff or complainant. -माधुर्यम् beauty of art and architecture; अहो क्रियामाधुर्यं पाषाणानाम् Pratimā 3. -यज्ञः religious rites (such as गर्भाधानसंस्कार); Mb.1.18.5. -योगः 1 connection with the verb. -2 the employment of expedients or means; तदा तत्प्रतिकाराच्च सततं वा विचिन्तनात् । आधिव्याधिप्रशमनं क्रियायोगद्वये न तु ॥ Mb. 3.2.23. -3 the practical form of Yoga philosophy i. e. active devotion. -लोपः omission or discontinuance of any of the essential ceremonies of the Hindu religion; क्रिया- लोपाद् वृषलत्वं गताः Ms.1.43. -वशः necessary influence of acts done. -वाचक, -वाचिन् a. expressing any action, as a verbal noun. -वादिन् m. a plaintiff, complainant. -विधिः a rule of action, manner of any rite; अयमुक्तो विभागो वः पुत्राणां च क्रियाविधिः Ms.9.22. -विशेषणम्, 1 an adverb. -2 a predicative adjective. -शक्तिः f. the power of god (in creating this world). -संक्रान्तिः f. imparting (to others) one's knowledge; teaching; विवादे दर्शयिष्यन्तं क्रियासंक्रान्तिमात्मनः M.1.19. -समभिहारः [cf. P.III.1.22] the repetition of any act; क्रियासम- भिहारेण विराध्यन्तं क्षमेत कः Śi.2.43.
krauñcaḥ क्रौञ्चः [क्रुञ्च् प्रज्ञा˚ अण्] 1 A curlew, heron; मनोहरक्रौञ्च- निनादितानि सीमान्तराण्युत्सुकयन्ति चेतः Ṛs.4.8; Ms.12.64. क्रौञ्चो विषाभ्याशे माद्यति Kau. A.1.2.17. -2 N. of a mountain (said to be the grandson of Himālaya and said to have been pierced by Kārtikeya and Paraśurāma); हंसद्वारं भृगुपतियशोवर्त्म यत् क्रौञ्चरन्ध्रम् Me.59. भिन्नो मद्बाणवेगेन क्रौञ्चत्वं वा गमिष्यति Pratimā.5.12; क्रौञ्चं यथा गिरिवरं युधि कार्तिकेयम् Abhiṣeka 6.7. -Comp. -अदनम् the fibres of the stalk of a lotus. (-नी) the seed of lotus. -अरातिः, -अरिः, -रिपुः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Paraśurāma. -दारणः, -सूदनः an epithet (1) of Kārtikeya, (2) of Paraśurāma. -वर्णः a kind of horse. Mb.7.23.26; cf. com. as- 'सितलोमकेसराढ्याः कृष्णत्वग्गुह्यलो- चनोष्ठखुराः । ये स्युर्मुनिभिर्वाहा निर्दिष्टाः क्रौञ्चवर्णास्ते ॥'
gaṇ गण् 1 U. (गणयति-ते, गणयाञ्चकार, अजीगणत्-त, अजगणत्- त, गणयितुम्, गणित) 1 To count, number; enumerate; लीला- कमलपत्राणि गणयामास पार्वती Ku.6.84; नामाक्षरं गणय गच्छसि यावदन्तम् Ś.6.12. -2 To calculate, compute; अजगण- न्गणशः प्रियमग्रतः Śi.6.15;15.61. -3 To sum or add up, reckon. -4 To estimate, value at (with instr.); न तं तृणेनापि गणयामि. -5 To class with or among, reckon among; अगण्यतामरेषु Dk.154. -6 To take into account, give consideration to; वाणीं काणभुजीमजीगणत् Malli. -7 To regard, consider, think or take to be; त्वया विना सुखमेतावदजस्य गण्यताम् R.8.69,5.2; पावकस्य महिमा स गण्यते 11.75; जातस्तु गण्यते सो$त्र यः स्फुरत्यन्वयाधिकम् Pt.1.27; किसलयतल्पं गणयति विहितहुताशविकल्पम् Gīt.4. -8 To ascribe or impute to, attribute to (with loc.); जाड्यं ह्रीमति गण्यते Bh.2.54. -9 To attend to, take notice of, mind; प्रणयमगणयित्वा यन्ममापद्गतस्य V.4.27. -1 (With a negative particle) not to care for, not to mind; न महान्तमपि क्लेशमजीगणत् K.64; मनस्वी कार्यार्थी न गणयति दुःखं न च सुखम् Bh.2.81,9; Śānti.1.1; Bk. 2.53;15.5,45; H.2.131; Ś.7.1,4.19. -With अधि 1 to praise; महानुभावाभ्युदयो$धिगण्यताम् Bhāg.1.5.21. -2 to enumerate, count.
gandhanam गन्धनम् [गन्ध्-ल्युट्] 1 Continued effort, perseverance. -2 Hurting, injury, killing. -3 Manifestation. -4 Intimation, information, hint.
gauravam गौरवम् a. [गुरोर्भावः कर्म˚ वा अण्] Belonging to a Guru or teacher; गौरवं कुलम् Bhāg.1.7.46. -वम् 1 Weight, heaviness (lit.); जघन˚ Ś.3.7; सुरेन्द्रमात्राश्रितगर्भ- गौरवात् R.3.11. -2 Importance, high value or estimation; स्वविक्रमे गौरवमादधानम् R.14.18;18.39; कार्यगौरवेण Mu.5; importance or urgent nature; U.6.7. -3 Respect, regard, consideration; पितृगौरवात् Rām.7.9.14; तथापि यन्मय्यपि ते गुरुरित्यस्ति गौरवम् Śi.2.71; प्रयोजनापेक्षितया प्रभूणां प्रायश्चलं गौरवमाश्रितेषु Ku.3.1; Amaru.23. -4 Respectability, dignity, venerableness; को$र्थी गतो गौरवम् Pt.1.146; Ms.2.145. -5 Cumbrousness. -6 (In prosody) Length (as of a syllable). -7 Depth (as of meaning); यच्चार्थतो गौरवम् Māl.1.7. -Comp. -आसनम् a seat of honour. -ईरित a. praised, famed, celebrated.
catur चतुर् num. a. [चत्-उरन् Uṇ.5.58] (always in pl.; m. चत्वारः; f. चतस्रः; n. चत्वारि) Four; चत्वारो वयमृत्विजः Ve.1.25; चतस्रो$वस्था बाल्यं कौमारं यौवनं वार्धकं चेति; चत्वारि शृङ्गा त्रयो अस्य पादाः &c.; शेषान् मासान् गमय चतुरो लोचने मील- यित्वा Me.11. -ind. Four times. [cf. Zend chathru; Gr. tessares; L. quatuor.] [In Comp. the र् of चतुर् is changed to a Visarga (which in some cases becomes श्, ष् or स्, or remains unchanged) before words beginning with hard consonants.] -Comp. -अंशः a fourth part. -अङ्ग a. having 4 members, quadripartite. (-ङ्म्) 1 a complete army consisting of elephants, chariots, cavalry and infantry; चतुरङ्गसमायुक्तं मया सह च तं नय Rām.1.2. 1; एको हि खञ्जनवरो नलिनीदलस्थो दृष्टः करोति चतुरङ्गबलाधिपत्यम् Ś. Til.4; चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चाङ्गबलवाना- काशं वशमानये ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 a sort of chess. -अङ्गिकः A kind of horse, having four curls on the forehead; यस्य ललाटे भ्रमरचतुष्टयं स चतुरङ्किको नाम । Śālihotra of Bhoj.25. -अङ्गिन् a. having four parts. (-नी) a complete army, see चतुरङ्ग. -अङ्गुलम् 1 the four fingers of the hand. -2 four fingers broad. -अन्त a. bordered on all sides; भूत्वा चिराय चतुरन्तमहीसपत्नी Ś.4.19. -अन्ता the earth. -अशीत a. eighty-fourth. -अशीति a. or f. eighty four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. (for अश्रि-स्रि) 1 four cornered, quardrangular; R.6.1. A quality of gems; Kau. A.2.11. -2 symmetrical, regular or handsome in all parts; बभूव तस्याश्चतुरस्रशोभि वपुः Ku.1.32. (-श्रः, स्रः) 1 a square. -2 a quardrangular figure. -3 (in astr.) N. of the fourth and eighth lunar mansions. -अहन् a period of four days. -आत्मन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -आननः, -मुखः an epithet of Brahmā; इतरतापशतानि यथेच्छया वितर तानि सहे चतुरानन Udb. -आश्रमम् the four orders or stages of the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa. -उत्तर a. increased by four. -उषणम् the four hot spices, i. e. black pepper, long pepper, dry ginger, and the root of long pepper. -कर्ण (चतुष्कर्ण) a. heard by two persons only; Pt.1.99. -ष्काष्ठम् ind. In four directions. चतुष्काष्ठं क्षिपन् वृक्षान् ... Bk.9.62. -कोण (चतुष्कोण) a. square, quadrangular. (-णः) a square, tetragon, any quadrilateral figure. -गतिः 1 the Supreme Soul. -2 a tortoise. -गवः a carriage drawn by four oxen. -गुण a. four times, four-fold, quadruple. -चत्वारिंशत् (चतुश्च- त्वारिंशत्) a. forty-four; ˚रिंश, ˚रिंशत्तम forty-fourth. -चित्यः A pedestal, a raised square; चतुश्चित्यश्च तस्यासी- दष्टादशकरात्मकः Mb.14.88.32. -णवत (चतुर्नवत) a. ninety-fourth, or with ninety-four added; चतुर्णवतं शतम् 'one hundred and ninety four'. -दन्तः an epithet of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra. -दश a. fourteenth. -दशन् a. fourteen. ˚रत्नानि (pl.) the fourteen 'jewels' churned out of the ocean; (their names are contained in the following popular Maṅgalāṣṭaka :-- लक्ष्मीः कौस्तुभपारिजातकसुरा धन्वन्तरिश्चन्द्रमा गावः कामदुघाः सुरेश्वरगजो रम्भादिदेवाङ्गनाः । अश्वः सप्तमुखो विषं हरिधनुः शङ्खो$मृतं चाम्बुधे रत्नानीह चतुर्दश प्रतिदिनं कुर्युः सदा मङ्गलम् ॥). ˚विद्या (pl.) the fourteen lores; (they are:-- षडङ्गमिश्रिता वेदा धर्मशास्त्रं पुराणकम् । मीमांसा तर्कमपि च एता विद्याश्चतुर्दश ॥). -दशी the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight. -दिशम् the four quarters taken collectively. -दिशम् ind. towards the four quarters, on all sides. -दोलः, -लम् a royal litter. -द्वारम् 1 a house with four entrances on four sides. -2 four doors taken collectively. -नवति a. or f. ninety-four. -पञ्च a. (चतुपञ्च or चतुष्पञ्च) four or five. -पञ्चाशत् f. (चतुःपञ्चाशत् or चतुष्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-four. -पथः (चतुःपथः or चतुष्पथः) (-थम् also) a place where four roads meet, a crossway; Ms.4.39,9,264. (-थः) a Brāhmaṇa. -पद or -पद् a. (चतुष्पद) 1 having four feet; यथा चतुष्पत्सु च केसरी वरः Rām.4.11.93. -2 consisting of four limbs. (-दः) a quadruped. (-दी) a stanza of four lines; पद्यं चतुष्पदी तच्च वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा Chand. M.1. -पाटी A river. L. D. B. -पाठी (चतुष्पाठी) a school for Brāhmaṇas in which the four Vedas are taught and repeated. -पाणिः (चतुष्पाणिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पाद्-द (चतुष्पद्-द) a. 1. quadruped. -2 consisting of four members or parts. (-m.) 1 a quadruped. -2 (in law) a judicial procedure (trial of suits) consisting of four processes; i. e. plea, defence, rejoinder, and judgment. -3 The science of archery consisting of ग्रहण, धारण, प्रयोग and प्रतिकारः; यो$स्त्रं चतुष्पात् पुनरेव चक्रे । द्रोणः प्रसन्नो$भिवाद्यस्त्वया$सौ Mb.5.3.12-13; प्रतिपेदे चतुष्पादं धनुर्वेदं नृपात्मजः ibid 192.61. -पार्श्वम् the four sides of a square. -बाहुः an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-हु n.) a square. -भद्रम् the aggregate of the four ends of human life (पुरुषार्थ); i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष. -भागः the fourth part, a quarter. -भावः N. of Viṣṇu. -भुज a. 1 quadrangular. -2 having four arms; Bg.11.46. (-जः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; R.16.3. -2 a quadrangular figure. -3 square. (-जम्) a square. -मासम् a period of four months; (reckoned from the 11th day in the bright half of आषाढ to the 11th day in the bright half of कार्तिक). -मुख having four faces. (-खः) an epithet of Brahmā; त्वत्तः सर्वं चतु- र्मुखात् R.1.22. (-खम्) 1. four faces; Ku.2.17. -2 a house with four entrances. -मण्डलम् a four-fold arrangement (of troops &c.) -मेधः One who has offered four sacrifices, namely अश्वमेध, पुरुषमेध, सर्वमेध, and पितृमेध. -युगम् the aggregate of the four Yugas or ages of the world. -युज् a. Consisting of four; चतुर्युजो रथाः सर्वे Mb.5.155.13. -रात्रम् (चतूरात्रम्) an aggregate of four nights. -वक्त्रः an epithet of Brahmā. -वर्गः the four ends of human life taken collectively (पुरुषार्थ); i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, काम and मोक्षः; चतुर्वर्गफलं ज्ञानं कालावस्थाश्चतुर्युगाः R.1.22. -वर्णः 1. the four classes or castes of the Hindus; i. e. ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र; चतुर्वर्णमयो लोकः R.1.22. -2 four principal colours. -वर्षिका a cow four years old. -विंश a. 1 twenty fourth. -2 having twenty-four added; as चतुर्विंशं शतम् (124). -विंशति a. or f. twenty-four. -विंशतिक a. consisting of twenty-four. -विद्य a. one who has studied the four Vedas. -विद्या the four Vedas. -विध a. of four sorts or kinds, four-fold. -वेद a. familiar with the four Vedas. (-दः) the Supreme Soul. -व्यूङः N. of Viṣṇu. (-हम्) medical science. a. having four kinds of appearance; hence ˚वादिन् 'asserting the four forms of पुरुषोत्तम viz. वासुदेव, संकर्षण, प्रद्युम्न and अनिरुद्ध.' -शालम् (चतुःशालम्, चतुश्शालम्, चतुःशाली, चतुश्शाली) a square of four buildings, a quadrangle enclosed by four buildings; अलं चतु शालमिमं प्रवेश्य Mk.3.7; देवीनां चतुःशालमिदम् Pratimā 6. -षष्टि a. or f. 1 sixty-four. -2 N. for the Ṛigveda consisting 64 Adhyāyas. ˚कलाः (pl.) the sixty-four arts. -सनः N. of Viṣṇu having four embodiments of सनक, सनन्दन, सनत्कुमार and सनातन; आदौ सनात् स्वतपसः स चतुःसनो$भूत् Bhāg.2.7.5. -सप्तति a. or f. seventy-four. -समम् an unguent of four things, sandal, agallochum, saffron and musk; L. D. B. -सीमा the boundaries on all four sides. -हायन, -ण a. four years old; (the f. of this word ends in आ if it refers to an inanimate object, and in ई if it refers to an animal). -होत्रकम् the four priests taken collectively.
candanaḥ चन्दनः नम् [चन्द ण्यन्तात् ल्यु] Sandal, (the tree, the wood, or any unctuous preparation of the wood, held in high estimation as a perfume and refrigerant application); अनलायागुरुचन्दनैधसे R.8.71; मणिप्रकाराः सरसं च चन्दनं शुचौ प्रिये यान्ति जनस्य सेव्यताम् Ṛs.1.2; एवं च भाषते लोकश्चन्दनं किल शीतलम् । पुत्रगात्रस्य संस्पर्शश्चन्दनादतिरिच्यते Pt.5.2; विना मलयमन्यत्र चन्दनं न प्ररोहति 1.41. -2 Anything most excellent of its kind. -3 A kind of monkey; L. D. B. -Comp. -अचलः, -अद्रिः, -गिरिः the Malaya mountain; चन्दनाद्रेस्तदास्कन्दत्रासभ्रश्यदहिच्छलात् Rāj. T.4. 156. -उदकम् sandal-water; -दासः N. of a Character in the Mu. -पङ्कः Sandal-unguent. पयोधराश्चन्दनपङ्कचर्चिताः Ṛs.1.6. -पुष्पम् cloves. -सारः 1 the most excellent sandal-wood; प्राज्ञः सुहृच्चन्दनसारलिप्तः Mb.12.167.41. -2 a kind of alkali (वज्रक्षार).
carama चरम a. [चर्-अमच् Uṇ.5.69] 1 Last, ultimate, final; चरमा क्रिया 'the final or funeral ceremony.' -2 Posterior, back; पृष्ठं तु चरभं तनोः Ak. -3 Old (as age). -4 Outermost. -5 Western, west. -6 Lowest, least. -7 Western; बृसीं चरमशैर्षिकीम् Rām.13.1.3. -मम् ind. At last; at the end. -Comp. -अचलः, -अद्रिः, -क्ष्माभृत् m. the western mountain behind which the sun and moon are supposed to set. -अवस्था the last state (old age). -कालः the hour of death. -वयस् a. old, aged; Māl.6.2.
citriṇī चित्रिणी N. for a woman 'endowed with various talents and excellences,' one of the four divisions into which writers on erotic science class women :-- पद्मिनी, चित्रिणी, शङ्खिनी and हस्तिनी or कारिणी. The Ratimañjarī thus defines चित्रिणीः :-- भवति रसिरसज्ञा नातिखर्वा न दीर्घा तिल- कुसुमसुनासा स्निग्धनीलोत्पलाक्षी । घनकणिनकुचाढ्या सुन्दरी बद्धशीला सकलगुणविचित्रा चित्रिणी चित्रवक्त्रा ॥ 5.
chanda छन्द a. [छन्द्-अच्] 1 Pleasing, fascinating, inviting, alluring. -2 Private, solitary, secret. -3 Praising. -दः m. 1 Wish, desire, fancy, liking, will; विज्ञाप्यतां देवी यस्ते छन्द इति V.3 just as you like; Pt.1.69. एते ते मृत्युना ये चिरमनवसिता ... श्छन्दं मृगयता Pratimā.3.7. -2 Free will, one's own choice, whim, free or wilful conduct; षष्ठे काले त्वमपि दिवसस्यात्मनश्छन्दवर्ती V.2.1; Gīt.1; Y.2.195; स्वच्छन्दम् according to one's free will, independently. -3 (Hence) subjection, control. -4 Meaning, intention, purport. -5 Poison. -6 Appearance, look, shape. -7 Pleasure, delight. -Comp. -अनुवृत्तम्, -त्तिः indulgence of whims, humouring, compliance. -पातनः A religious hypocrite. L. D. B.
tulanam तुलनम् [तुल्-ल्युट्] 1 Weight. -2 Lifting, weighing; तुलनं चाद्रिराजस्य Mk.9.2. -3 Comparing, likening &c. -ना 1 Comparison, equalness with; कुचौ किंचिन्मीलत्कमल- तुलनां कन्दलयतः P. R.2.16. -2 Weighing. -3 Lifting, raising. -4 Rating, assessing, estimating. -5 Examining.
tarṣaḥ तर्षः [तृष्-भावे घञ्] 1 Thirst; किमु नृपफलतर्षः Pratimā 3.21. -2 Desire, wish. -3 The ocean. -4 A boat. -5 The sun.
tvaratā त्वरता Haste; त्वरता मे मनसः Pratimā 3.
dul दुल् 1 U. (दोलयति-ते, दोलित) To swing, shake to and fro, cause to oscillate or move about; कटिं चेद्दोलयेदाशु Ratimañjarī दोलयन्द्वाविवाक्षौ Bh.3.39. -2 To move or shake upwards, throw up; दोलयति धूलिं वायुः Śabdak.
doṣaḥ दोषः [दुष् भावे करणे वा घञ्] 1 (a) A fault, blame, censure, defect, blemish, weak point; पत्रं नैव यदा करीर- विटपे दोषो वसन्तस्य किम् Bh.2.93; Pt.1.242; नात्र कुलपति- र्दोषं ग्रहीष्यति Ś.3. 'will not find fault or take exception'; so पुनरुक्तदोषा R.14.9. विसृज्य शूर्पवद्दोषान् गुणान् गृह्णन्ति साधवः । दोषग्राही गुणत्यागी चालनीव हि दुर्जनः ॥ Udb. (b) An error, a mistake. -2 A crime, sin guilt, offence; जायामदोषामुत संत्यजामि R.14.34; Ms.8.25; Y.3.79; also अधर्मदोष; cf. Rām.3.66.16. -3 Noxious quality, badness, injurious nature or quality; as in आहारदोष; cf. Ms.1.14. -4 Harm, evil, danger, injury; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58; अनुसरति हि शशाङ्कं राहु-दोषे$पि तारा Pratimā1.25. को दोषः 'what harm is there'. -5 Bad or injurious consequence, detrimental effect; तत्किमयमातपदोषः स्यात् Ś.3; अदाता वंशदोषेण कर्मदोषाद्दरिद्रता Chāṇ.49; Ms.1.14. -6 Morbid affection, disease. -7 Disorder of the three humours of the body, or the three humours when in a disordered state, -8 (In Nyāya. &c.) A fault of a definition : (i. e. अव्याप्ति, अतिव्याप्ति and असंभव). -9 (In Rhet.) A fault or defect of composition (such as परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष, रसदोष, and अर्थदोष which are defined and illustrated in the 7th Ullāsa of K. P.). -1 A calf. -11 Refutation. -12 Evening, dusk; cf. दोषा; दोषे हृषीकेश उतार्धरात्रे निशीथ एको$वतु पद्मनाभः Bhāg.6.8.21. -Comp. -अक्षरम् accusation. -आकर a. faulty. -आरोपः charge, accusation. -एकदृश् a. fault-finding, censorious, picking holes. -कर, -कारिन्, -कृत् a. causing evil, hurtful. -गुणम् bad and good qualities; बीजानामुप्तिविच्च स्यात्क्षेत्रदोषगुणस्य च (जानीयात्) Ms.9.33. -ग्रस्त a. 1 convicted, guilty. -2 full of faults or defects. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 malicious, malignant. -2 censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing faults &c. (-ज्ञः) 1 a wise or learned man; R.1.93. -2 a physician. -3 a teacher. -त्रयम् disorder or vitiation of the three humours of the body; (i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ). -दृष्टि a. looking at faults, censorious, -प्रसंगः attaching blame, condemnation, censure. -भक्तिः f. tendency to a disease. -भाज् a. faulty, guilty, wrong, a villain. -भेदः a peculiar modification of the vitiation of three humours. -स्थानम् the seat of disorder of the humours.
dvandvam द्वन्द्वम् [द्वौ द्वौ सहाभिव्यक्तौ; cf. P.VIII.1.15. Sk.] 1 pair, couple. -2 A couple of animals (including even men) of different sexes, i. e. male and female; द्वन्द्वानि भावं क्रियया बिवव्रुः Ku.3.35; Me.45; न चेदिदं द्वन्द्वम- योजयिष्यत् Ku.7.66; R.1.4; Ś.2.15;7.27; अल्पं तुल्य- शीलानि द्वन्द्वानि सृज्यन्ते Pratimā 1. -3 A couple of opposite conditions or qualities, (such as सुख and दुःख; शीत and उष्ण); बलवती हि द्वन्द्वानां प्रवृत्तिः K.135; द्वन्द्वैरयोजयच्चेमाः सुख- दुःखादिभिः प्रजाः Ms. 1.26;6.81; सर्वर्तुनिर्वृतिकरे निवसन्नुपैति न द्वन्द्वदुःखमिह किंचिदकिंचनो$पि Śi.4.64. -4 A strife, contention, quarrel, dispute, fight. -5 A duel; Rām.6. 43.15. -6 Doubt, uncertainty. -7 A fortress, stronghold. -8 A secret. -9 A secret, or lonely place; द्वन्द्वे ह्येतत् प्रवक्तव्यं हितं वै यद्यवेक्षसे Rām.7.13.11. -न्द्वः 1 (In gram.) One of the four principal kinds of compounds, in which two or more words are joined together which, if not compounded, would stand in the same case and be connected by the copulative conjunction `and'; चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P.II.2.29; द्वन्द्वः सामासिकस्य च Bg.1.33; उभय- पदप्रधानो द्वन्द्वः Kāśikā 38. -2 A kind of disease. 3 (in music) A kind of measure. -4 The sign Gemini of the zodiac. -Comp. -आलापः a dialogue between two persons. -गर्भ a. (A बहुव्रीहि compound) having a द्वन्द्व compound within it. e. g. बृहद्रथन्तरे सामनी यस्य इति बृहद्रथन्तरसामा, where बृहद्रथन्तरे is a द्वन्द्व compound; ŚB. on MS.1.6.4. (opp. अनेकपदबहुव्रीहि). -चर, -चारिन् a. living in couples. (-m.) the ruddy goose; दयिता द्वन्द्वचरं पतत्त्रिणम् R.8.56;16.63. -ज, -दोषोत्थ a. 1 produced from morbid affection of two humours. -2 arising from a quarrel. -3 arising from a couple. -दुःखम् pain arising from opposite alternations (as heat and cold &c.); सर्वर्तु- निर्वृतिकरे निवसन्नुपैति न द्वन्द्वदुःखमिह किंचिदकिंचनो$पि Śi.4.64. -भावः antagonism, discord. -भिन्नम् separation of the sexes. -भूत a. 1 forming a couple. -2 doubtful, uncertain. -मोहः trouble caused by doubt. -युद्धम् a duel, a single combat.
dharmaḥ धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.
dharmya धर्म्य a. [धर्मादनपेतः-यत्] 1 Consistent with law, duty or religon, lawful, legal; यो यस्य धर्म्यो वर्णस्य Ms.3.22; 25-26. -2 Religious (as an act); क्रियाणां खलु धर्म्याणां सत्पत्न्यो मूलकारणम् Ku.6.13. -3 Just, righteous, fair; धर्म्याद्धि युद्धाच्छ्रेयो$न्यत्क्षत्रियस्य न विद्यते Bg.2.31; 9.2; Y.3.44; धर्म्यासु कामार्थयशस्करीषु Bk.1.9. -4 Legitimate. -5 Usual. -6 Endowed with particular qualities, as तद्धर्म्य; धर्म्यमणुमेतमाप्य Kaṭh.1.2.13. -7 Relating to Dharma; अध्येष्यते च य इमं धर्म्यं संवादमावयोः Bg.18.7. -Comp. -विवाहः a legal marriage; cf. Ms.3.26.
nandiḥ नन्दिः m., f. [नन्द्-इन्] Joy, pleasure, delight; प्रातिष्ठन्नन्दिमापन्नाः स्वं स्वमाश्रममण्डलम् Bhāg.3.24.25. कौसल्या- नन्दिवर्धनः. -दिः m. 1 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 Of Śiva. -3 N. of an attendant of Śiva. -4 Gambling, gaming; (n. also in this sense). -5 The speaker of a prelude or benediction (in a drama.) -6 Prosperity; मानहा भव शत्रूणां सुहृदां नन्दिवर्धनः Mb.3.162.29. -Comp. -आवर्तः 1 a sort of building in the form of a quadrangle without a western gate; (n. also). -2 Anything so formed (as dish, vessel संपुटिताद्यर्घपात्राणि); Mb.7.82.2. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Śiva; चतुर्थं शिवधर्माख्यं साक्षान्नन्दीशभाषितम् Kūrma P. -ग्रामः N. of a village near Daulatabad where Bharata lived during Rāma's banishment; नन्दिग्रामगतस्तस्य राज्यं न्यासमिवाभुनक् R.12.18. -घोषः 1 N. of the chariot of Arjuna. -2 a sound of joy; सनन्दिघोषां कल्याणीं गुहो नावमुपाहरत् । Rām.2.89.12. -3 the proclamation of a herald. -तूर्यम् a musical instrument played on festive occasions. -देवी also नन्दादेवी N. of one of the loftiest Himalayan peaks. -नागरी N. of a written character, script. -पटहः (see तूर्यम् above); छत्रं सव्यजनं सनन्दिपटहं भद्रासनं कल्पितम् Pratimā 1.3 -पुराणम् N. of an उपपुराण of देवीपुराण. -वर्धनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a friend. -3 the end of a lunar fortnight, i. e. the day of new or full moon. -4 a son. -5 a friend. -6 a particular form of temple.
nāga नाग a. (-गी f.) Serpentine, formed of snakes, snaky. -2 Elephantine. -गः [न गच्छति इत्यगः न अगो नागः] 1 A snake in general, particularly the cobra; नासुरो$यं न वा नागः Ki.15.12. -2 A fabulous serpentdemon or semi-divine being, having the face of a man and the tail of a serpent, and said to inhabit the Pātāla; अनन्तश्चास्मि नागानाम् Bg.1.29; R.15.83. -3 An elephant; दिङ्नागानां पथि परिहरन् स्थूलहस्तावलेपान् Me.14,36; Si.4.63; V.4.25. -4 A shark. -5 A cruel or tyrannical person. -6 (At the end of comp.) Any pre-eminent or distinguished person, e. g. पुरुषनागः . -7 A cloud. -8 A peg projecting from a wall to hang anything upon. -9 N. of several plants as Mesua Roxburghii, Rottlera Tictoria, Piper betel; (Mar. नागचाफा, नागकेशर, पानवेल, नागरमोथा etc.); Bhāg.8.2.18; Rām.7. 42.4. -1 One of the five vital airs of the body, that which is expelled by eructation. -11 The number 'seven'. -12 A trumpet (see नागवेला). -गम् 1 Tin. -2 Lead. -3 One of the astronomical periods (Karaṇas) called ध्रुव -4 The effects of that period on anything done during it. -5 The asterism called आश्लेषा. -6 A captivating act of females (स्त्रीबन्धः), gesticulation; L. D. B. -7 A kind of coitus; Nm. -गी 1 A female Nāga. -2 A female elephant; -Comp. -अङ्गम् Hastināpura. -अङ्गना 1 a female elephant. -2 the proboscis of an elephant. -अञ्चला, -अञ्जना = नागयष्टि q. v. -अञ्जना a female elephant. -अधिपः an epithet of Śeṣa. -अन्तकः, -अरातिः, -अरिः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a peacock. -3 a lion. -अशनः 1 a peacock; Pt.1.159. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 a lion. -आख्यः = नागकेसर q. v. -आननः an epithet of Ganeśa. -आनन्दम् a drama by Śrīharṣa. -आरूढ a. Riding upon an elephant. -आह्वः Hastināpura. -इन्द्रः 1 a lordly or superior elephant; नागेन्द्रहस्तास्त्वचि कर्कशत्वात... कदलीविशेषाः Ku. 1 36. -2 Airāvata, Indra's elephant; कुथेन नागेन्द्रमिवेन्द्रवाहनम् Śi. -3 an epithet of Śeṣa. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Śeṣa. -2 N. of the author of Paribhāṣenduśekhara and several other works. -3 N. of Patañjali. -उदम्, -उदरम् 1 a breast-plate. -2 a peculiar disease of pregnancy (गर्भोपद्रवभेद). -कन्यका, -कन्या a serpent-virgin. -कर्णः the castor-oil plant. -किंजल्कः = नागकेसर q. v. -कुमारी Rubia Munjiṣṭā (Mar. मंजिष्ठ). -केतुः An epithet of Karṇa (?); समरमधि- गतार्थः प्रस्थितो नागकेतुः Karṇabhāra 1.3. -केसरः N. of a tree with fragrant flowers, Mesua Roxburghii; कतकं नक्रनखरं नलदं नागकेसरम् Śiva B.3.14. -रम् a kind of steel. -गर्भम् red lead. -चूडः an epithet of Śiva. -जम् 1 red lead. -2 tin. -जिह्विका red arsenic. -जीवनम् tin. (-नः) orpiment. -दन्तः, -दन्तकः 1 ivory. -2 a peg or bracket projecting from a wall and used to hang things upon; N.18.15. -दन्ती 1 a kind of sun-flower. -2 a harlot. -द्वीपम् N. of a द्वीप in Bharatavarṣa. -नक्षत्रम्, -नायकम् the constellation called Āśleṣā. (-कः) the lord of serpents; अनन्तो वासुकिः पद्मो महापद्मो$पि नक्षकः । कर्कोटः कुलिकः शङ्ख इत्यष्टौ नागनायकाः ॥ Trikāṇdaśeṣa. -नामकम् Tin. -नामन् m. holy basil (तुलसी). -नासा the proboscis of an elephant. -निर्यूहः a large pin or bracket projecting from a wall. -पञ्चमी 1 N. of a festival on the fifth day in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa. -2 the fifth day in the dark half of Āsāḍha. -पतिः an epithet of (1) Airāvata. (2) Śesa. -पदः a mode of sexual enjoyment (रतिबन्ध). पादौ स्कन्धे तथा हस्ते क्षिपेल्लिङ्गं भगे लघु । कामयेत् कामुको नारीं बन्धो नागपदो मतः ॥ Ratimañjarī. -पर्णी the betel plant. -पाशः 1 a sort of magical noose used in battle to entangle an enemy. -2 N. of the noose or weapon of Varuṇa. -पाशकः a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). स्वजङ्घाद्वयमध्यस्थां हस्ताभ्यां धारयन् कुचौ । रमेन्निःशङ्कितो नारीं बन्धो$यं नागपाशकः ॥ Ratimañjarī. -पुरम् 1 Hastināpura. -2 N. of a city in Pātāla. -पुष्पः 1 the Champaka tree. -2 the Punnāga tree. -बन्धः 1 a snake as a chain. -2 N. of a metre, resembling the coilings of a snake. -बन्धकः an elephant-catcher. -बन्धुः the holy fig-tree. -बलः an epithet of Bhīma. -भूषणः an epithet of Śiva. -मण्डलिकः 1 a snake-keeper. -2 a snake-catcher. -मल्लः an epithet of Airāvata. -मारः a species of pot-herb (Mar. माका). -यष्टिः f., -यष्टिका 1 a graduated pole or post for showing the depth of water in a newly-dug pond. -2 a boring-rod driven into the earth. -रक्तम्, -रेणुः red lead. -रङ्गः the orange. -राजः 1 an epithet of Śeṣa. -2 a large elephant; अधस्तान्नागराजाय सोमायोर्ध्वं दिशं ददौ Hariv. -रिपुः (see नागान्तकः) Garuḍa; शार्ङ्गचक्रायुधः खड्गी सर्वनागरिपुध्वजः Mb.13.147.15. -रुकः the orange tree. -लता 1 the penis. -2 the piper betel. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली piper betel. -वेला the hour when a serpent-like instrument is blown; नागवेलायामागन्तव्य...... । यस्मिन् ग्रामे न नागाः...... तस्मिन्नपि स एव कालः । तत्र हि आगमनं क्रियते । ŚB. on MS.1.8.69. -लोकः the world of serpents, the race of serpents collectively, one of the regions below the earth called Pātāla. -वारिकः 1 a royal elephant. -2 an elephant-driver. -3 a peacock. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa. -5 the chief of a herd of elephants. -6 the chief person in an assembly. -वीथी that part of the moon's path which contains the asterisms अश्विनी, भरणी and कृत्तिका; अश्विनी कृत्तिका याम्या नागवीथीति शब्दिता V. P. -संभवम्, -संभूतम् red lead. ...... मञ्जिष्ठां नागसंभवम् Śiva. B.3.19. -साह्वयम् Hastināpura.
nāgaraka नागरक नागरिक a. [नगरे भवः वुञ्] 1 Town-bred, town-born. -2 Polite, courteous, courtly; नागरिकवृत्त्या संज्ञापयैनाम् Ś.5; साधु आर्य नागरिको$सि V.2. -3 Clever, shrewd, cunning (विदग्ध). -कः 1 A citizen. -2 A polite or courteous man, a gallant, one who shows exaggerated attention to his first mistress while he is courting some one else. -3 One who has contracted the vices of a town. -4 A thief. -5 An artist. -6 The chief of the police; V.5; Ś.6. -7 A city-superintendent; cf. नागरिक- प्रणिधिः Kau. A. -8 A kind of coitus; ऊरुमूलोपरि स्थित्वा योषिदूरुद्वयं रमेत् । ग्रीवां धृत्वा कराभ्यां च बन्धो नागरको मतः ॥ Ratimañjarī. -9 (pl.) planets opposite to each other. -कम् 1 Dry ginger. (-रिकम्) The toll levied from a town. -Comp. -वृत्तिः a courtly manner or style; नागरिकवृत्त्या संज्ञापयैनाम् Ś.5.1/2.
nāthaḥ नाथः [नाथ्-अच्] 1 A lord, master; leader; नाथे कुत- स्त्वय्यशुभं प्रजानाम् R.5.13;2.73;3.45; त्रिलोक˚, कैलास˚ &c. भर्तुनाथा हि नार्यः Pratimā 1.25; विजने$पि च नाथवानिवास्मि Bu. Ch.5.69. -2 A husband. -3 A rope passed through the nose of a draft-ox. -4 A possessor. -5 A protector; अनाथाया हि नाथस्त्वं कौसल्याया भविष्यसि Rām.2.53.17. -Comp. -हरिः a beast (पशु).
nidarśana निदर्शन a. 1 Pointing, showing. -2 Proclaiming, declaring announcing. -3 Teaching. -नम् 1 View, insight, looking into, sight, vision; शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत Mb.12.217.14. -2 Pointing to, showing. -3 Proof, evidence; बलिना सह योद्धव्यमिति नास्ति निदर्शनम् Pt.3.23. -4 An instance, example, illustration; ननु प्रभुरेव निदर्शनम् Ś.2; निदर्शनसाराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; R.8.45; जनकस्य नृपेन्द्रस्य तपसः सन्निदर्शनम् Pratimā 4.14. -5 Injunction. -6 Authority, text. -7 A scheme, system. -8 A precept, scriptural authority, an injunction. -9 The third member of an Indian syllogism (usually called उदाहरण q. v.). -ना A figure of speech (in Rhetoric) thus defined:-- निदर्शना । अभवन्वस्तुसंबन्ध उपमापरिकल्पकः K. P.1; e. g. R.1.2.
nibhṛta निभृत a. 1 Placed down, deposited, lowered. -2 Filled with, full of; चिन्तया निभृतः Bhāg.1.32.2. -3 Concealed, hidden, out of sight, unperceived, unobserved; निभृतो भूत्वा Pt.1; नभसा निभृतेन्दुना R.8.15 'with the moon become invisible, about to set or go down'; Ve.6.2; Śi.6.2. -4 Secret, covert; अणुदीर्णवर्णनिभृतार्थमाह्वयत् Si.13.42. -5 (a) Still, silent; निभृतद्विरेफम् (काननम्) Ku.3.42;6.2. (b) Steady, fixed, immovable, motionless; निष्कम्पचामरशिखा निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8. -6 Mild, gentle; अनिभृता वायवः Ki.13.66 'not gentle, violent or strong'; Māl.2.12; Mv.3.14; स्वजननिभृतः सर्वो$प्येवं मृदुः परिभूयते Pratimā 1.18. -7 Modest, humble; अनिभृत- करेषु प्रियेषु Me.7, प्रणामनिभृता कुलवधूरिव Mu.1; वधनिभृत- सिंहाश्च गिरयः Pañch.1.3; अद्यप्रमृति निभृता भवन्ति 2; युक्तं चतुर्भिर्निभृतैस्तुरङ्गैः (रथम्) Bu. Ch.3.8. -8 Firm, resolute. -9 Lonely, solitary; (निभृतनिकुञ्जगृहं गतया Gīt.2. -1 Shut, closed (as a door). -11 True, faithful, firmly attached. -12 Inactive (निष्क्रिय, त्यक्तोद्योग); निभृता नरेन्द्राः Rām. 4.28.43. -ता A kind of riddle; Kāv. -तम् Modesty, humility. -तम् ind. 1 Secretly, covertly, privately, unperceived; Ś.3. Śi.3.74; Ms.9.263. -2 Silently, quietly; K.134. -3 Out of sight, in a corner. -Comp. -आचार a. of resolute conduct, firm. -आत्मन् a. firm, resolute. -स्थित a. standing unperceived.
niryogaḥ निर्योगः 1 Dress, decoration; निर्योगाद् भूषणान्माल्यात् सर्वेभ्यो$र्धं प्रदाय मे Pratimā 1.26. -3 A rope for tying cows; अस्पन्दनं गतिमतां पुलकस्तरूणां निर्योगपाशकृतलक्षणयोर्विचित्रम् Bhāg.1.21.19.
nyaṅgaḥ न्यङ्गः 1 A mark, sign. -2 A kind, sort. -3 Disgrace? एतत्तन्न्यङ्गमस्माकमेष सो$तिमनोरथः Pratijñā 1.1. इक्ष्वाकुकुल- न्यङ्गभूतो भरतः Pratimā 4.
patākā पताका 1 A flag, banner (fig. also); पताकाभिर्वरार्हाभि- र्ध्वजैश्च समलंकृताम् Rām.2.7.3; यं काममञ्जरी कामयते स हरतु सुभगपताकाम् Dk.47. 'let him carry the palm of beauty or good fortune'. -2 A flag-staff. -3 A sign, emblem, mark, symbol. -4 An episode or episodical ineident in a drama; see पताकास्थानक below. -5 Auspiciousness, good fortune or luck. -6 Celebrity, publicity; रम्या इति प्राप्तवतीः पताकाः Śi.3.53. (com. 'अन्यत्र रम्या इत्येवं पताकाः प्राप्तवतीः । प्रसिद्धिं गता इत्यर्थः ।'). -7 A particular high number; तत्र शङ्कुपताके द्वे युगान्तं कल्पमेव च Mb.13.17.63. -Comp. -अंशुकम् a flag. -दण्डः a flag-staff. -स्थानकम् (in dramaturgy) intimation of an episodical incident, when instead of the thing thought of or expected, another of the same character is brought in by some unexpected circumstance (यत्रार्थे चिन्तिते$न्यस्मिंस्तल्लिङ्गो$न्यः प्रयुज्यते । आगन्तुकेन भावेन पताकास्थानकं तु तत् ॥ S. D.299; for its different kins, see 3-34).
parikaraḥ परिकरः 1 Retinue, train, attendants, followers. -2 A multitude, collection, crowd; संध्याकृष्टावशिष्टस्वकर- परिकरस्पृष्टहेमारपङ्क्तिः Ratn.3.5. -3 A beginning, commencement; गतानामारम्भः किसलयितलीलापरिकरः Bh.1.6. -4 A girth, waist-band, cloth worn round the loins; अहिपरिकरभाजः Śi.4.65; परिकरं बन्ध् or कृ 'to gird up one's loins, to make oneself ready, prepare oneself for any action'; बध्नन् सवेगं परिकरम् K.17; कृतपरिकरः कर्मसु जनः Śivamahimna 2; कृतपरिकरस्य भवादृशस्य त्रैलोक्यमपि न क्षमं परिपन्थीभवितुम् Ve.3; G. L.47; बद्धो मानपरिग्रहे परिकरः सिद्धिस्तु दैवे स्थिता Amaru.97; U.5.12. -5 A sofa. -6 (in Rhet.) N. of a figure of speech which consists in the use of significant epithets; विशेषणैर्यत् साकूतैरुक्तिः परिकरस्तु सः K. P.1; e. g. सुधांशुकलितोत्तंसस्तापं हरतु वः शिवः Chandr.5.59. -7 (In dramaturgy) Covet or indirect intimation of coming events in the plot or a drama, the germ or the बीज q. v; see S. D.34. -8 Judgment. -9 A helper, colleague, co-worker.
paricayaḥ परिचयः 1 Heaping up, accumulation. -2 Acquaintance; familiarity, intimacy; पुरुषपरिचयेन Mk.1.56; अतिपरिचयादवज्ञा 'familiarity breeds contempt'; परिचयं चललक्ष्यनिपातने R.9.49; सकलकलापरिचयः K.76. -3 Trial, study, practice, frequent repetition; हेतुः परिचयेस्थैर्ये वक्तुर्गुणनिकैव सा Śi.2.75;11.5; वर्णपरिचयं करोति Ś.5. -4 Recognition; Me.9. -5 Stay; चिरं मातुलपरिचयादविज्ञात- वृत्तान्तो$स्मि Pratimā 3. -Comp. -करुणा increasing love or tenderness; तदिह सुवदनायां तात मत्तः परस्तात् परिचयकरुणायां सर्वथा मा विरंसीः Māl.6.16.
paricita परिचित p. p. 1 Heaped up, accumulated; निजरमणा- रुणचरणारविन्दानुध्यानपरिचितभक्तियोगेन Bhāg.5.7.12. -2 Familiar, intimate or acquainted with; परिचितपरिक्लेश- कृपया Mu.6.12; शश्वत् परिचितविविक्तेन मनसा Ś.5.1. -3 Learnt, practised.
paricitiḥ परिचितिः f. Acquaintance, familiarity, intimacy.
paricchedya परिच्छेद्य a. 1 To be accurately defined, definable; प्रत्यक्षो$प्यपरिच्छेद्यो मह्यादिर्महिमा तव R.1.28. -2 To be weighed or estimated.
parimā परिमा 2 P., 3, 4 Ā. 1 To measure. -2 To measure off, limit. -3 To estimate, determine. -4 To fulfil (a period or course).
parisaṃkhyānam परिसंख्यानम् 1 Enumeration, total, number. -2 Exclusive specification; सांख्यज्ञानं प्रवक्ष्यामि परिसंख्यानदर्शनम् Mb.12.36.26. -3 Correct judgment, proper estimate; Y.3.158.
paryāyaḥ पर्यायः 1 Going or winding round, revolution. -2 Lapse, course, expiration (of time) कालपर्याययोगेन राजा मित्रसहो$भवत् Rām.7.65.17. -3 Regular recurrence or repetition. -4 Turn, succession, due or regular order; पर्यायसेवामुत्सृज्य Ku.2.36; Māl 9.32; Ms.4.87; Mu.3.27. -5 Method, arrangement. -6 Manner, way, method of proceeding. -7 A synonym, convertible term; पर्यायो निधनस्यायं निर्धनत्वं शरीरिणाम् Pt.2.99; पर्वतस्य पर्याया इमे &c. -8 An opportunity, occasion. -9 Creation, formation, preparation, manufacture; लोकपर्याय- वृत्तान्तं प्राज्ञो जानाति नेतरः Mb.12.174.3. -1 Comprehensiveness. -11 A strophe of a hymn. -12 Property, quality. -13 A means, stratagem (उपाय); न पर्यायो$स्ति यत् साम्यं त्वयि कुर्युर्विशांपते Mb.5.73.7. -14 End (अन्त); पर्यायकाले धर्मस्य प्राप्ते कलिरजायत Mb.5.74.12. -15 Contrariety, reverse; कालपर्यायमाज्ञाय मा स्म शोके मनः कृथाः Mb.6.2.5. -16 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech; see K. P.1; Chandr.5.18,19; S. D.733. [Note. पर्यायेण is often used adverbially in the sense of : 1 in turn or succession, by regular gradation, (opp. तन्त्रेण); पर्यायेण क्रियायामेवं दोषः । तन्त्रेण तु क्रियायां भवति क्वचित् संभवः । ŚB. on MS.6.2.2. -2 Occassionally, now and then; पर्यायेण हि दृश्यन्ते स्वप्नाः कामं शुभाशुभाः Ve.2.14]. -3 Alternately; मत्सदृशं किमपि पुरूपं मां च पर्यायेण निर्वर्ण- यन्ती Dk.5. -Comp. -अन्नम् food intended for another. -उक्तम् a figure of speech in Rhetoric; it is a circumlocutory or periphrastic way of speaking, when the fact to be intimated is expressed by a turn of speech or periphrasis; e. g. see Chandr.5.66. or S. D.733. -क्रमः order of succession. -च्युत a. supplanted, superseded. -वचनम्, -शब्दः a synonym. -वाचकः a. expressing a corresponding notion. -शयनम् alternate sleeping and watching. -सेवा service by rotation; पर्यायसेवामुत्सृज्य Ku.2.36.
paśuḥ पशुः [सर्वमविशेषेण पश्यति, दृश्-कु पशादेशः] 1 Cattle (both singly and collectively); प्रजापतिर्हि वैश्याय सृष्ट्वा परिददे पशून् Ms.9.327,331. -2 An animal in general; a being; सर्वथा यत् पशून् पाति तैश्च यद् रमते पुनः तेषामधिपतिर्यच्च तस्मात् पशुपतिः स्मृतः ॥ Mb.7.22.123. -3 A sacrificial animal, such as a goat; an oblation, a victim. -4 A brute, beast; often added to words meaning 'man' to show contempt; a fool; भूतानि चात्मन्यपृथग्दिदृक्षतां प्रायेण रोषो$भिभवेद् यथा पशुम् Bhāg.4.6.46; पुरुषपशोश्च पशोश्च को विशेषः H.1; cf. नृपशु, नरपशु &c. -5 N. of a subordinate deity and one of Śiva's followers. -6 An uninitiated person. -7 The soul, the Supreme Spirit. -8 A sacrifice in which an animal is killed. -9 Fire. -Comp. -अवदानम् a sacrifice of animals. -एकत्वन्यायः the rule that the number is intended to be expressed and enjoined when the sense conveyed by the verb forms the principle matter of a sentence. Thus पशुमालभते means एकत्वपुंस्त्वविशिष्टं पशु- मालभते. This न्याय is established by जैमिनि in MS.4.1. 11-16 and 17 an explained by शबर in his भाष्य thereon discussing the text पशुमालभते. (This न्याय is to be contrasted with ग्रहैकत्वन्याय where the लिङ्ग and वचन are अविवक्षित q. v.). -कर्मन, क्रिया 1 the act of animalsacrifice. -2 copulation. -Comp. -गायत्री a Mantra whispered into the ear of an animal which is about to be sacrificed; it is a parody of the celebrated Gāyatrī q. v.; पशुपाशाय विद्महे शिरश्छेदाय (विश्वकर्मणे) धीमहि । तन्नो जीवः प्रचोदयात्. -घातः slaughter of animals for sacrifice. -घ्न a. slaughtering cattle; वृथापशुध्नः प्राप्नोति प्रेत्य जन्मनि जन्मनि Ms.5.38. -चर्या copulation. -देवता the deity to whom an animal is offered. -धर्मः 1 the nature or characteristics of cattle. -2 treatment of cattle. -3 promiscuous cohabitation; अयं (नियोगः) द्विजैर्हि विद्वद्भिः पशुधर्मो विगर्हितः Ms.9.66. -4 the marrying of widows. -नाथः an epithet of Śiva. -पः a herdsman. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; Me.38,58; पशुपतिरपि तान्यहानि कृच्छ्रादगमयदद्रिसुतासमा- गमोत्कः Ku.6.95. कस्त्वं ? शूली,.........पशुपतिर्नैव दृश्ये विषाणे Subhāṣ. -2 a herdsman, owner of cattle. -3 N. of a philosopher who taught the philosophical doctrine called पाशुपत; see Sarva. S. ad loc. -पालः, -पालकः a herdsman. पालनम्, -रक्षणम् the tending or rearing of cattle -पाशः 1 the cord with which the sacrificial animal is bound. -2 an animal sacrifice. -3 the bonds which enchain the individual soul, the world of sense. -पाश- कम् kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment; स्त्रियमानतपूर्वाङ्गीं स्वपादान्तःपदद्वयम् । ऊर्ध्वांशेन रमेत् कामी बन्धो$यं पशुपाशकः ॥ Ratimañjarī. -प्रेरणम् the driving of cattle. -बन्धः an animal-sacrifice. -बन्धकः a rope for tethering cattle. -मतम् an erroneous or false doctrine. -मारम् ind. according to the manner of slaughtering animals; निष्पिष्यैनं बलाद्भूमौ पशुमारममारयत् Mb.1.154.3; Bhāg. 4.13.41; इष्टिपशुमारं मारितः Ś.6. -यज्ञः, -यागः, -द्रव्यम् an animal-sacrifice. -रज्जुः f. a cord for tethering cattle. -राजः a lion. -लोहितपः a fly. -ष a. Ved. giving cattle. -समाम्नायः a collection of names for animals. -संभवः a. produced by animals (as flesh, honey, butter, etc.); Ms.8.328. -हव्यम् an animal sacrifice; Ms.4.28.
puruṣaḥ पुरुषः [पुरि देहे शेते शी-ड पृषो˚ Tv.; पुर्-अग्रगमने कुषन् Uṇ. 4.74] 1 A male being, man; अर्थतः पुरुषो नारी या नारी सार्थतः पुमान् Mk.3.27; Ms.1.32;7.17;9.2; R.2.41. -2 Men, mankind. -3 A member or representative of a generation. -4 An officer, functionary, agent, attendant, servant. -5 The height or measure of a man (considered as a measure of length); द्वौ पुरुषौ प्रमाणमस्य सा द्विपुरुषा-षी परिखा Sk. -6 The soul; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च Bg.15.16 &c. -7 The Supreme Being, God (soul of the universe); पुरातनं त्वां पुरुषं पुराविदः (विदुः) Śi.1.33; R.13.6. -8 A person (in grammar); प्रथम- पुरुषः the third person, मध्यमपुरुषः the second person, and उत्तमपुरुषः the first person, (this is the strict order in Sk.). -9 The pupil of the eye. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The soul (opp. प्रकृति); according to the Sāṅkhyas it is neither a production nor productive; it is passive and a looker-on of the Prakṛiti; cf. त्वामामनन्ति प्रकृतिं पुरुषार्थप्रवर्तिनीम् Ku.2.13 and the word सांख्य also. -11 The soul, the original source of the universe (described in the पुरुषसूक्त); सहस्रशीर्षः पुरुषः सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -12 The Punnāga tree. -13 N. of the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh signs of the zodiac. -14 The seven divine or active principles of which the universe was formed; तेषामिदं तु सप्तानां पुरुषाणां महौजसाम् Ms.1.19. -षी A woman. -षम् An epithet of the mountain Meru. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the male organ of generation. -अदः, -अद् m. 'a man-eater', cannibal, goblin; अवमेने हि दुर्बुद्धिर्मनुष्यान् पुरुषादकः Mb.3.275.27. -अधमः the vilest of men, a very low or despicable man. -अधिकारः 1 a manly office or duty. -2 calculation or estimation of men; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे न पूरणी तं समुपैति संख्या Ki.3.51. -अन्तरम् another man. -अयणः, -अर्थः 1 any one of the four principal objects of human life; i. e. धर्म अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष. -2 human effort or exertion (पुरुषकार); धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाश्च पुरुषार्था उदाहृताः Agni P.; H. Pr.35. -3 something which when done results in the satisfaction of the performer; यस्मिन् कृते पदार्थे पुरुषस्य प्रीतिर्भवति स पुरुषार्थः पदार्थः ŚB. on MS.4.1.2. -अस्थिमालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -आद्यः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a demon. -आयुषम्, -आयुस् n. the duration of a man's life; अकृपणमतिः कामं जीव्याज्जनः पुरुषायुषम् Ve.6.44; पुरुषायुषजीविन्यो निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1. 63. -आशिन् m. 'a man-eater', a demon, goblin. -इन्द्रः a king. -उत्तमः 1 an excellent man. -2 the highest or Supreme Being, an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa; यस्मात् क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः ॥ Bg.15.18. -3 a best attendant. -4 a Jaina. -5 N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Viṣṇu. -कारः 1 human effort or exertion, manly act, manliness, prowess (opp. दैव); एवं पुरुषकारेण विना दैवं न सिध्यति H. Pr.32; दैवे पुरुषकारे च कर्मसिद्धिर्व्यवस्थिता Y.1.349; cf. 'god helps those who help themselves'; अभिमतसिद्धिर- शेषा भवति हि पुरुषस्य पुरुषकारेण Pt.5.3; Ki.5.52. -2 manhood, virility. -3 haughtiness, pride. -कुणपः, -पम् a human corpse. -केसरिन् m. man-lion, an epithet of Viṣṇu. in his fourth incarnation; पुरुषकेसरिणश्च पुरा नखैः Ś.7.3. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of mankind; Ms.7.211. -तन्त्र a. subjective. -दध्न, -द्वयस् a. of the height of a man. -द्विष् m. an enemy of Viṣṇu. -द्वेषिणी an illtempered woman (who hates her husband). -नाथः 1 a general, commander. -2 a king. -नियमः (in gram.) a restriction to a person. -पशुः a beast of a man, brutish person; cf. नरपशु. -पुङ्गवः, -पुण्डरीकः a superior or eminent man. -पुरम् N. of the capital of Gāndhāra, q. v. -बहुमानः the esteem of mankind; निवृत्ता भोगेच्छा पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9. -मानिन् a. fancying oneself a hero; कथं पुरुषमानी स्यात् पुरुषाणां मयि स्थिते Rām.2.24.35. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -वरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -वर्जित a. desolate. -वाहः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -व्याघ्रः -शार्दूलः, -सिंहः 'a tiger or lion among men', a distinguished or eminent man. उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीः H. -2 a hero, brave man. -समवायः a number of men. -शीर्षकः A kind of weapon used by burglars (a sham head to be inserted into the hole made in a wall); Dk.2.2. -सारः an eminent man; Bhāg.1.16.7. -सूक्तम् N. of the 9th hymn of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda (regarded as a very sacred hymn).
puṣyaḥ पुष्यः 1 The Kali age. -2 The month called पौष. -3 The eighth lunar mansion (consisting of three stars), written also तिष्य. -ष्यम् Ved. -1 The blossom. -2 Foam, scum. -ष्या The asterism called पुष्य. -Comp. -अभिषेकः, -स्नानम् a ceremony of coronating a king &c., when the moon stands in the asterism Puṣya. -नेत्रा f. The night on which the Puṣya planet is seen for all the time. -योगः the moon when in conjunction with Puṣya. -रथः = पुष्परथः q. v. युक्तः पुष्परथश्च Pratimā 1.3. -रागः = पुष्परागः q. v.; Kau. A.2.11.29.
prakāśa प्रकाश a. 1 Bright, shining, brilliant; प्रकाशश्चाप्रकाशश्च लोकलोक इवाचलः R.1.68; 5.2. -2 Clear, visible, manifest; Śi.12.56; नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25. -3 Vivid, perspicuous; नयन्ति तेष्वप्युपपन्ननैपुणा गभीरमर्थं कतिचित् प्रकाशताम् Ki.14.4. -4 Famous, renowned, celebrated, noted; जगत्प्रकाशं यशः R.3.48; पितुः प्रकाशस्य तव द्वितीयः Pratimā4.9. -5 Open, public. -6 Cleared of trees, open; विपिनानि प्रकाशानि शक्तिमत्त्वाच्चकार सः R.4.31. -7 Blown, expanded. -8 (At the end of comp.) Looking like, like, resembling; महावनं चैत्ररथप्रकाशम् Mb. 3.177.17. -शः 1 Light, lustre, splendour, brightness; यथा प्रकाशतमसोः सम्बन्धो नोपपद्यते Smṛiti. -2 (Fig.) Light, elucidation, explanation (mostly at the end of titles of works); काव्यप्रकाश, भावप्रकाश, तर्कप्रकाश &c. -3 Sunshine; मेघान्तरे सूर्य इव प्रकाशः Mb.8.7.16. -4 Display, manifestation; Śi.9.5. -5 Fame, renown, celebrity, glory. -6 Expansion, diffusion. -7 Open spot of air; प्रकाशं निर्गतो$वलोकयामि Ś.4. -8 A golden mirror. -9 A chapter or section (of a book). -1 The gloss on the upper part of a horse's body. -11 Knowledge (ज्ञान); सर्वद्वारेषु देहे$स्मिन् प्रकाश उपजायते Bg.14.11. -12 Laughter. -शम् Bell-metal, brass. -शम् ind. 1 Openly, publicly; प्रतिभू- र्दापितो यत् तु प्रकाशं धनिनो धनम् Y.2.56; Ms.8.193;9.228. -2 Aloud, audibly (used as a stage-direction in drama; opp. आत्मगतम्). -शे ind. Openly, publicly. -2 Visibly. -3 In the presence of. -Comp. -आत्मक a. shining, brilliant. -आत्मन् a. bright, shining. (-m.) an epithet of (1) Viṣṇu; (2) of Śiva; (3) the sun. -इतर a. invisible. -कर a. causing manifestation; करणं त्रयोदशविधं तदाहरणधारणप्रकाशकरम् Sāṅ. K.32. -कर्तृ, -कर्मन् N. of the sun. -क्रयः an open purchase. -नारी a public woman, prostitute, harlot; अलं चतुःशालमिमं प्रवेश्य प्रकाशनारीधृत एष यस्मात् Mk.3.7. -वञ्चकः an open cheat.
praṇayaḥ प्रणयः 1 Espousing, seizing (as in marriage); आबद्ध- कङ्कणकरप्रणयप्रसादमासाद्य Māl.6.14. -2 (a) Love, affection, fondness, attachment, liking, regard; साधारणो$य- मुभयोः प्रणयः स्मरस्यं V.2.16; साधारणो$यं प्रणयः Ś.3; (where in both cases sense 6 may do as well); Ś.6.8;5.23; Ms.17; R.6.12; Bh.2.42. (b) A wish, desire; longing; हरेरतुलविक्रमप्रणयलालसः साहसे Māl.8.7; Ś.7.16. -3 Friendly acquaintance or regard, friendship, intimacy; अजानता महिमानं तवेदं मया प्रमादात् प्रणयेन वापि Bg.11.41; स्नेहस्य तत् फलमसौ प्रणयस्य सारः Māl.1.9. -4 Familiarity, confidence, trust; मया गृहीते सलिले$नेन कृतःप्रणयः Ś.5. -5 Favour, kindness, act of courtesy; अलंकृतो$स्मि स्वयंग्राह प्रणयेन भवता Mk.1;1.45. -6 An entreaty, request, solicitation; तद् भूतनाथानुग नार्हसि त्वं संबन्धिनो मे प्रणयं विहन्तुम् R.2.58; V.4.13. -7 Reverence, obeisance. -8 Final beatitude. -9 A leader. -1 Conduct, guidance. (प्रणयेन confidentially, candidly; without reserve or ceremony; प्रणयात् openly, frankly). -Comp. -अपराधः an offence against friendship or love. -उन्मुख a. 1 disposed or about to declare one's love; विसृज सुन्दरि संगमसाध्वसं तव चिरात् प्रभृति प्रणयोन्मुखे M.4.13. -2 impatient through love. -उपेत a. candid, frank. -कलहः a lover's quarrel, a mock or feigned quarrel; नाप्यन्यस्मात् प्रणयकलहाद् विप्रयोगोपपत्तिः Me. (considered spurious by Malli.). -कुपित a. angry through love, feigning anger; त्वामा- लिख्य प्रणयकुपितां धातुरागैः शिलायाम् Me.17. -क्रोपः feigned anger of a mistress towards her lover, coquettish anger. -पेशल a. soft through affection. -प्रकर्षः excessive love, intense attachment. -भङ्गः 1 breach of friendship. -2 faithlessness. -मानः the jealousy of love. -वचनम् expression of love. -विमुख a. 1 averse from love. -2 disinclined to friendship; सौधोत्सङ्गप्रणय- विमुखो मा स्म भूरुज्जयिन्याः Me.27. -विहतिः, -विघातः non-compliance, refusal (of a request &c.). -स्पृश् a. inspired by love; Māl.5.7.
praṇayin प्रणयिन् 1 Loving, affectionate, kind, attached; यदिन्दावानन्दं प्रणयिनि जने वा न भजते Māl.3.9;6.3. -2 Beloved; dearly loved. -3 Desirous of, longing for, fondly solicitous of; अङ्काश्रयप्रणयिनस्तनयान् वहन्तः Ś.7.17; Me.3; R.9.55;11.3. -4 Familiar, intimate. -m. 1 A friend, companion, favourite; कृतो$क्षसूत्रप्रणयी तया करः Ku.5.11. -2 A husband, lover. -3 A supplicant, humble petitioner, suitor; स्वार्थात् सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V.4.15;1.2. -4 A worshipper, devotee; प्रतिग्रहीतुं प्रणयिप्रियत्वात् त्रिलोचनस्तामुपचक्रमे च Ku.3.66. -नी A mistress, beloved, wife. -2 A female friend.
pratāpaḥ प्रतापः 1 Heat, warmth; अन्यप्रतापमासाद्य यो दृढत्वं न गच्छति (here प्रताप means 'prowess' also); Pt.1.17. -2 Radiance, glowing heat; अमी च कथमादित्याः प्रतापक्षति- शीतलाः Ku.2.24. -3 Splendour, brilliancy. -4 Dignity, majesty, glory; सर्वः प्रायो भजति विकृतिं भिद्यमाने प्रतापे Mv.2.4. -5 Courage, valour, heroism, प्रतापस्तस्य भानोश्च युगपद् व्यानशे दिशः R.4.15. (where प्रताप means 'heat' also); 4.3; शत्रुश्रेणीपतङ्गाञ्ज्वलति रघुपते त्वत्प्रतापप्रदीपः Udb.; यं देशं श्रयते तमेव कुरुते बाहुप्रतापार्जितम् H. -6 Spirit, vigour, energy. -7 Ardour, zeal. -8 Issue of ultimatum; प्रेषणं सन्धिपालत्वं प्रतापो मित्रसंग्रहः Kau. A.1.16.
pratimā प्रतिमा m. Ved. A creator, maker. -मा 1 An image, a likeness, statue, figure, an idol; पुरः परार्ध्यप्रतिमागृहायाः R.16.39. -2 Resemblance, similitude; oft. in comp. in the sense of 'like, similar, or equal to'; देवप्रतिम, अप्रतिम &c.; गुरोः कुशानुप्रतिमात् R.2.49; पतत्पतङ्गप्रतिमस्तपोनिधिः Śi.1.12. -3 A reflection, reflected image; मुखमिन्दु- रुज्ज्वलकपोलमतः प्रतिमाच्छलेन सुदृशामविशत् Śi.9.48,73; R.7. 64;12.1. -4 A measure, extent. -5 The part of an elephant's head between the tusks. -6 A symbol. -Comp. -गत a. present in an idol. -गृहम्, -गेहम् A statue-house; Pratimā 3; R.16.39. -चन्द्रः the reflected moon, reflection of the moon; उवास प्रतिमाचन्द्रः प्रसन्नाना- मपामिव R.1.65; so प्रतिमेन्दुः, प्रतिमाशशाङ्क. -परिचारकः an attendant upon an idol.
prati प्रति (ती) हारः 1 Striking back. -2 A door, gate. -3 A porter, door-keeper; आर्य अदेशकालः प्रतीहारस्य Svapna. 5,6. -4 A juggler. -5 Juggling, a juggling trick. -6 (In gram.) The hard contact of the tongue with the edge of the teeth in pronouncing dental letters. -7 Intimating arrival (आगमननिवेदन); संप्राप्यैते महात्मानो राघवस्य निवेशनम् । विष्ठिताः प्रतिहारार्थम् Rām.7.1.7; see प्रतिहारण. -री A female doorkeeper. -Comp. -भूमिः f. the threshold (of a house &c.); भविष्यतः पत्युरुमा च शंभोः समाससाद प्रतिहारभूमिम् Ku.3.58. -रक्षी a female doorkeeper; पुंवत्प्रगल्भा प्रतिहाररक्षी R.6.2.
priya प्रिय a. [प्रीणाति प्रि-तर्पणे क] (compar. प्रेयस्, superl. प्रेष्ठ) 1 Dear, beloved, liked, welcome, favourite; बन्धुप्रियाम् Ku.1.26; प्रकृत्यैव प्रिया सीता रामस्यासीन्महात्मनः Rām; R.3.29. -2 Pleasing, agreeable; तामूचतुस्ते प्रियमप्यमिथ्या R.14.6. -2 Fond of, liking, loving, devoted or attached to; प्रियमण्डना Ś.4.9.; प्रियारामा वैदेही U.2. -2 Dear, expensive. -5 Ved. Customary, familar, usual. -यः 1 A lover, husband; स्त्रीणामाद्यं प्रणयवचनं विभ्रमो हि प्रियेषु Me.28. -2 A kind of deer. -3 A son-in-law (जामाता); Ms.3.119 (com.). -या 1 A beloved (wife), wife, mistress; प्रिये चारुशीले प्रिये रम्यशीले प्रिये Gīt. 1. -2 A woman in general. -3 Small cardamoms. -4 News, information. -5 Spirituous liquor. -6 A kind of jasmine. -यम् 1 Love. -2 Kindness, service, favour; प्रियमाचरितं लते त्वया मे V.1.16; मत्प्रियार्थं यियासोः Me.22; प्रियं मे प्रियं मे 'a good service done to me'; प्रिय- चिकीर्षवः Bg.1.23; U.3.26; Pt.1.193,365. -3 Pleasing or gladsome news; विवेश भुवमाख्यातुमुरगेभ्य इव प्रियम् R.12. 91; प्रियनिवेदयितारम् Ś.4. -4 Pleasure; प्रियं प्राप्तो दशाननः Rām.7.23.15. -यम् ind. In a pleasing or agreeable manner. -प्रियेण ind. Willingly. -Comp. -अतिथि a. hospitable. -अन्नम् dear food or provisions. -अन्नत्वम् dearth, scarcity; Bṛi. S. -अपायः absence or loss of a beloved object. -अप्रियः a. Pleasant and unpleasant, agreeable and disagreeable (feelings &c.). (-यम्) service and disservice, favour and injury. -अम्बुः the mango tree. (-a.) fond of water. -अर्थम् ind. as a favour. -अर्ह a. 1 deserving love or kindness; U.3. -2 amiable. (-र्हः) N. of Viṣṇu. -असु a. fond of life. -आख्य a. announcing good news. -आख्यानम्, -आख्या- निकम् agreeable news; Pratimā.1. -आत्मन् a. amiable, pleasant, agreeable. -आधानम् a friendly office; आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59. -आलापिन् a. speaking kindly or agreeably. -आसु a. fond of life. -उक्तिः f., -उदितम् a kind or friendly speech, flattering remarks. -उपपत्तिः f. a happy or pleasant occurrence. -उपभोगः enjoyment of a lover or mistress; प्रियोपभोगचिह्नेषु पौरोभाग्यमिवाचरन् R.12.22. -एषिन् a. 1 desirous of pleasing or doing service. -2 friendly, affectionate. -कर a. giving or causing pleasure. -कर्मन् a. acting in a kind or friendly manner. (-n.) the action of a lover. -कलत्रः a husband who is fond of his wife, whe loves her dearly. -कलह a. quarrelsome. -काम a. friendly disposed, desirous of rendering service. -कार a. 1 acting kindly, doing good to, -2 favourable, suitable. -कारक, -कारिन् a. acting or treating kindly. (-m.) a friend, benefactor; प्रियकारक भद्रं ते Pt.4.76. -कृत् m. 1 one who does good, a friend, benefactor. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -जनः a beloved or dear person. -जानिः a husband who dearly loves his wife, a gallant. -जीव a. living long, long-lived. (-वः) Colasanthes Indica (Mar. टेंटू). -जीविता love of life. -तोषणः a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -दत्ता a mystical name of the earth; Mb. -दर्श a. pleasant to look at; प्रियदर्शो दीर्घभुजः कथं कृष्ण युधिष्ठिरः Mb.5.9.21. -दर्शन a. pleasing to look at, of pleasing appearance, good-looking, lovely, handsome; अहो प्रिय- दर्शनः कुमारः U.5.; R.1.47; Ś.3.9; एवमुत्सुको$पि प्रियदर्शनो देवः Ś6. (-नः) 1 a parrot. -2 a kind of date tree. -3 N. of a prince of the Gandharvas; अवेहि गन्धर्वपतेस्तनूजं प्रियंवदं मां प्रियदर्शनस्य R.5.33. -4 A plant growing on trees and stones (Mar. दगडफूल). (-नम्) the sight of a beloved object; अमृतं प्रियदर्शनम् Pt.1.128. (-नी) a bird, Gracula religiosa. -दर्शिन् a. looking kindly upon anything. (-m.) an epithet of king Aśoka. -देवन a. fond of gambling. -धन्वः an epithet of Śiva. -निवेदनम् good tidings. -पुत्रः a kind of bird. -प्रश्नः a kind inquiry (about welfare). -प्रसादनम् propitiation of a husband. -प्राय a. exceedingly kind or courteous; प्रियप्राया वृत्तिः U.2.2. (-यम्) eloquence in language. -प्रायस् n. a very agreeable speech, as of a lover to his mistress. -प्रेप्सु a. wishing to secure one's desired object. -भावः feeling of love; प्रियभावः स तु तया स्वगुणैरेव वर्धितः U.6.31. -भाषणम् kind or agreeable words. -भाषिन् a. speaking sweet words. -मण्डन a. fond of ornaments; नादत्ते प्रियमण्डनापि भवतां स्नेहेन या पल्लवम् Ś.4.9. -मधु a. fond of liquor. (-धुः) an epithet of Balarāma. -रण a. warlike, heroic. -वक्तृ a. flattering, a flatterer. -वचन a. speaking kind or agreeable words. (-नम्) kind, coaxing or endearing words; प्रियवचनकृतो$- पि योषितां दयितजनानुनयो रसादृते (प्रविशति हृदयं न) V.2.22. -वयस्यः a dear friend. -वर्णी the plant called प्रियङ्गु. -वस्तु n. a beloved object. -वाच् a. speaking kindly, affable in address. (-f.) kind or agreeable words. -वादिका a kind of musical instrument. -वादिन् a. speaking kind or pleasing words, a flatterer; सुलभाः पुरुषा राजन् सततं प्रियवादिनः Rām. (-नी) a kind of bird. (Mar. मैना, साळुंखी). -श्रवस् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; प्रगायतः स्ववीर्याणि तीर्थपादः प्रियश्रवाः Bhāg.1.6.34. -संवासः the society of a beloved person. -सखः 1 a dear friend. -2 the Khadira tree. (-खी f.) a female friend, a lady' confidante. -सत्य a. 1 a lover of truth. -2 pleasant though true. -संदेशः 1 a friendly message, the message of a lover. -2 the tree called चम्पक. -संप्रहार a. fond of litigation. -समागमः union with a beloved object or person. -सहचरी a beloved wife. -साहस a. adventurous. -सुहृद् m. a dear or bosom friend. -स्वप्न a. fond of sleep; अकाले वोधितो भ्रात्रा प्रियंस्वप्नो वृथा भवान् R.12. 81. -हित a. at once agreeable and salutary.
pro प्रो (प्रौ) ढ a. [प्र+वह्-क्त वा वृद्धिः] 1 Full-grown, fully developed, matured, ripened, perfected, full, (as moon &c.); प्रौढपुष्पैः कदम्बैः Me.25; प्रौढताली- विपाण्डु &c. Māl.8.1;9.28. -2 Adult, old, grown up; वर्तते हि मन्मथप्रौढसुहृदो निशीथस्य यौवनश्रीः Māl.8; Śi.11.39; Mv.6.4. -3 Thick, dense, pitchy; प्रौढं तमः कुरु कृतज्ञतयैव भद्रम् Māl.7.3; Śi.4.62. -4 Grand, mighty, strong, magnificent; प्रौढं विक्रान्तमासीद् वन इव भवतां शूरशून्ये रणे$स्मिन् Ve.5.37. -5 Violent, impetuous. -7 Proud; अस्त्रदानाद्भुतं काले प्रौढेन मुनिना कृतम् Mv.2.3. -8 Luxuriant. -9 Married. -1 Full of, filled with (at the end of comp). -11 Raised or lifted up. -12 Controverted, discussed. -13 Large, great. -14 Occupied, engaged; कान्तया सपदि को$प्युपगूढः प्रौढपाणिरपनेतुमियेष Śi.1.73. -ढा A bold and grown-up woman, no longer bashful or timid in the presence of her lord, one of the four principal female characters in poetic compositions; आषोडशाद्भवे- द्बाला त्रिंशता तरुणी मता । पञ्चपञ्चशता प्रौढा भवेद् वृद्धा ततः परम् ॥ Ratimañjarī. -Comp. -अङ्गना a bold woman; see above. -आचाराः bold or confident behaviour. -उक्तिः f. a bold or pompous assertion. -जलदः a dense cloud. -दोर्दण्डः a strong and long arm. -पाद a. one whose feet are raised on a bench; शयानः प्रौढपादश्च (नाधीयीत) Ms.4.112. -पुष्प a. having full-grown blossoms; त्वत्सं- पर्कात् पुलकितमिव प्रौढपुष्पैः कदम्बैः Me.25. -प्रताप a. of great or mighty valour. -प्रिया a bold or confident mistress. -ब्राह्मणम् = ताण्ड्यब्राह्मणम्. -मनोरमा N. of a commentary on सिद्धान्तकौमुदी and other works. कुचमर्दनम् a com. on this work. -यौवन a. advanced in youth, in the prime or bloom of youth. -वादः an arrogant or bold assertion, defiant speech. प्रौढ prauḍha (ढि ḍhi) त्वम् tvam प्रौढ (ढि) त्वम् Sublimity or felicity; यत्प्रौढित्वमुदारता च वचसां यच्चार्थतो गौरवम् Māl.1.7. -2 Confidence. -3 Arrogance.
bandhaḥ बन्धः [बन्ध्-घञ्] 1 A tie, bond (in general) (आशा- बन्ध &c.). -2 A hair-band, fillet; रतिविगलितबन्धे केशहस्ते सुकेश्याः (सति) V.4.22; Ś.1.29. -3 A chain, fetter. -4 Fettering, confining, imprisoning, confinement, imprisonment; बन्धं चानिच्छता घोरं त्वयासौ पुरुषर्षभ Rām.5. 21.19; अधार्मिकं त्रिभिर्न्यायैर्निगृह्णीयात् प्रयत्नतः । निरोधनेन बन्धेन विविधेन वधेन च ॥ Ms.8.31. -5 Catching, capturing, catching hold of; गजबन्ध R.16.2. -6 (a) Forming, constructing, arranging; सर्गबन्धो महाकाव्यम् S. D.6. (b) Building, erecting. -7 Feeling, conceiving, cherishing; हे राजानस्त्यजत सुकविप्रेमबन्धे विरोधम् Vikr.18.17; R.6.81. -8 Connection, union, intercourse. -9 Joining or folding together, combining; प्रासादवातायनदृश्यबन्धैः साकेतनार्यो$- ञ्जलिभिः प्रणेमुः R.14.13; अञ्जलिबन्धः &c. -1 A bandage, ligature. -11 Agreement, harmony. -12 Manifestation, display, exhibition; मनसिजतरुपुष्पं रागबन्धप्रवालम् (यौवनम्) R.18.52. -13 Bondage, confinement to this world (opp. मुक्ति which is 'complete emancipation from the trammels of the world'); बन्धं मोक्षं च या वेत्ति बुद्धिः सा पार्थ सात्त्विकी Bg.18.3; बन्धोन्मुक्त्यै खलु मखमुखान् कुर्वते कर्मपाशान् Bv.4.21; R.13.58;18.7. -14 Result, consequence. -15 A position, posture in general; आसनबन्धधीरः R.2. 6; पर्यङ्कबन्धस्थिरपूर्वकायम् Ku.3.45,59. -16 A particular position in sexual intercourse, or a particular mode of sexual enjoyment (these are said in Ratimañjarī to be 16, but other writers increase the number to 84). -17 A border, frame-work. -18 Arrangement of a stanza in a particular shape; e. g. खड्गबन्ध, पद्मबन्ध, मुरजबन्ध (vide K. P.9. ad loc.). -19 A sinew, tendon. -2 The body. -21 A deposit, pledge. -22 An embankment, throwing a bridge across (a river). -23 A disease in which the eyelids cannot be wholly closed. -Comp. -करणम् fettering, imprisoning. -कर्तृ m. a binder, fetterer. -तन्त्रम् a complete army containing the four necessary elements, i. e. elephants, horses, chariots and footmen. -नृत्यम् a kind of dance -पारुष्यम् forced or unnatural construction of words. -मुद्रा impression or mark of fetters. -स्तम्भः a post to which an animal (e. g. an elephat) is tied.
bahu बहु a. (हु or ही f.; compar. भूयस्; super. भूयिष्ठ) 1 Much, plentiful, abundant, great; तस्मिन् बहु एतदपि Ś.4. 'even this was much for him' (was too much to be expected of him); बहु प्रष्टव्यमत्र Mu.3; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47. -2 Many, numerous; as in बह्वक्षर, बहुप्रकार. -2 Frequented, repeated. -4 Large, great. -5 Abounding or rich in (as first member of comp.); बहुकण्टको देशः &c. ind. 1 Much, abundantly, very much, exceedingly, greatly, in a high degree. -2 Somewhat, nearly, almost; as in बहुतृण. (किं बहुन 'why say much', 'in short'; बहु मन् to think or esteem highly, rate high, prize, value; त्वत्संभावितमात्मानं बहु मन्यामहे वयम् Ku.6.2; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7;7. 1; R.12.89; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2. 35; Bk.3.53;5.84;8.12.) -Comp. -अक्षर a. having many syllables, polysyllabic (as a word). -अच्, -अच्क a. having many vowels, polysyllabic. -अनर्थ a. fraught with many evils. -अप्, -अप a. watery. -अपत्य a. 1 having a numerous progeny. -2 (in astrol.) promising a numerous progeny. (-त्यः) 1 a hog. -2 a mouse, rat. (-त्या) a cow that has often calved. -अपाय a. exposed to many risks; स्वगृहो- द्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दुष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभय- कान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.166. -अर्थ a. 1 having many senses. -2 having many objects. -3 important. -आशिन् a. voracious, gluttonous, बह्वाशी स्वल्पसन्तुष्टः सुनिद्रो लघुचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षट् शुनो गुणाः ॥ Chāṇakya. -m. N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -उदकः a kind of mendicant who lives in a strange town and maintains himself with alms got by begging from door to door; cf. कुटीचक. -उपयुक्त a. made to serve a manifold purpose; बहूप- युक्ता च बुद्धिः Dk.2.4. -उपाय a. effective. -ऋच् a. having many verses. (-f.) a term applied to the Ṛigveda. -ऋच a. having many verses. (-चः) one conversant with the Ṛigveda. (-ची) The wife of one who studies the Ṛigveda. Hence ˚ब्राह्मणम् means the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa which belongs to the Ṛigveda; बह्वृचब्राह्मणे श्रूयते ŚB. on MS.6.3.1. -एनस् a. very sinful. -कर a. 1 doing much, busy, industrious. -2 useful in many ways. (-रः) 1 a sweeper, cleaner. -2 a camel. -3 the sun; बहुकरकृतात् प्रातःसंमार्जनात् N.19.13. (-री) a broom. -कारम् abundance; बहुकारं च सस्यानाम् Mb.12.193.21. -कालम् ind. for a long time. -कालीन a. of a long standing, old, ancient. -कूर्चः a kind of cocoa-nut tree. -क्रमः a Krama of more than three words; cf. क्रम. -क्षम a. patient; अतो$त्र किंचिद्भवतीं बहुक्षमां द्विजाति- भावादुपपन्नचापलः Ku.5.4. (-मः) 1 a Buddha. -2 a Jaina deified saint. -क्षारम् Soap; Nigh. Ratn. (-रः) a kind of alkali. -क्षीरा a cow giving much milk. -गन्ध a. strong-scented. (-न्धम्) cinnamon. -गन्धदा musk. -गन्धा 1 the Yūthikā creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -गुण a. having many threads or qualities. -गुरुः One who has read much but superficially; sciolist. -गोत्रज a. having many blood relations. -ग्रन्थिः Tamarix Indica (Mar. वेळु ?). -च्छल a. deceitful. -छिन्ना a species of Cocculus (Mar. गुळवेल). -जनः a great multitude of people. ˚हितम् the common weal. -जल्प a. garrulous, talkative, loquacious. -ज्ञ a. knowing much, well informed, possessed of great knowledge. -तन्त्रीक a. many-stringed (as a musical instrument). -तृणम् anything much like grass; (hence) what is unimportant or contemptible; निदर्शनम- साराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; N.22.137. -2 abounding in grass. -त्वक्कः, -त्वच् m. a kind of birch tree. -द a. liberal, generous. -दक्षिण a. 1 attended with many gifts or donations. -2 liberal, munificent. -दर्शक, -दर्शिन् a. prudent, circumspect; कृत्येषु वाली मेधावी राजानो बहुदर्शिनः Rām.4.2.23. -दायिन् a. liberal, munificent, a liberal donor; Ch. Up. -दुग्ध a. yielding much milk. (-ग्धः) wheat. (-ग्धा) a cow yielding much milk. -दृश्वन् a. greatly experienced, a great observer. -दृष्ट a. very experienced. -दोष a. 1 having many faults or defects, very wicked or sinful. -2 full of crimes of dangers; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58. -दोहना yielding much milk. -धन a. very rich, wealthy. -धारम् 1 the thunderbolt of Indra. -2 a diamond. -धेनुकम् a great number of milch-cows. -नाडिकः the body. -नाडीकः 1 day. -2 pillar; L. D. B. -नादः a conch-shell. -पत्नीकता polygamy. -पत्रः an onion. (-त्रम्) talc. (-त्री) the holy basil. -पद्, -पाद्, -पाद m. the fig-tree. -पुष्पः 1 the coral tree. -2 the Nimba tree. -पर्वन् m. (see -ग्रन्थिः). -प्रकार a. of many kinds, various, manifold. (-रम्) ind. in many ways, manifoldly. -प्रकृति a. consisting of many primary parts or verbal elements (as a compound). -प्रज a. having many children, prolific. (-जः) 1 a hog. -2 the munja grass. -प्रज्ञ a. very wise. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 comprising many statements or assertions, complicated. -2 (in law) involving many counts, as a plaint; बहुप्रतिज्ञं यत् कार्यं व्यवहारेषु निश्चितम् । कामं तदपि गृह्णीयाद् राजा तत्त्वबुभुत्सया Mitā. -प्रत्यर्थिक a. having many opponents. -प्रत्यवाय a. connected with many difficulties. -प्रद a. exceedingly liberal, a munificent donor. -प्रपञ्च a. very diffuse or prolix. -प्रसूः the mother of many children. -प्रेयसी a. having many loved ones. -फल a. rich in fruits. (-लः) the Kadamba tree. (-ली) the opposite-leaved fig-tree. -बलः a lion. -बीजम् the fruit of Anona Reticulata (Mar. सीताफल). (-जा) a kind of Musa (Mar. रानकेळ). -बोलक a. a great talker; Buddh. -भाग्य a. very lucky or fortunate. -भाषिन् a. garrulous, talkative. -भाष्यम् talkativeness, garrulity; उत्थानेन जयेत्तन्द्री वितर्कं निश्चयाज्जयेत् । मौनेन बहुभाष्यं च शौर्येण च भयं त्यजेत् ॥ Mb.12.274.11. -भुजा an epithet of Durgā. -भूमिक a. having many floors or stories. -भोग्या a prostitute. -भोजिन् a. voracious. -मञ्जरी the holy basil. -मत a. 1 highly esteemed or prized, valued, respected; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2.35. -2 having many different opinions. -मतिः f. great value or estimation; कान्तानां बहुमतिमाययुः पयोदाः Ki.7. 15. -मध्यग a. belonging to many; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199. -मलम् lead. -मानः great respect or regard, high esteem; पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9; वर्तमानकवेः कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1; V.1.2; Ku.5.31. (-नम्) a gift given by a superior to an inferior. -मान्य a. respectable, esteemable; Kull. on Ms.2.117. -माय a. artful, deceitful. treacherous; परदेशभयाद्भीता बहुमाया नपुंसकाः । स्वदेशे निधनं यान्ति Pt.1.321. -मार्गः a place where many roads meet. -मार्गगा 1 N. of the river Ganges; तद्युक्तं बहुमार्गगां मम पुरो निर्लज्ज वोढुस्तव Ratn.1.3. -2 a wanton or unchaste woman. -मार्गी a place where several roads meet. -मुख a. 1 much, excessive; अस्या भर्तुर्बहुमुखमनुरागम् Ś.6. -2 Speaking variously. -मूत्र a. suffering from diabetes. -मूर्ति a. multiform, variously shaped. (-र्तिः f.) the wild cotton-shrub. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -मूला Asparagus Racemosus (शतावरी). -मूल्य a. costly, high-priced. (-ल्यम्) a large sum of money, heavy or costly price. -मृग a. abounding in deer. -रजस् a. very dusty. -रत्न a. rich in jewels. -रस a. juicy, succulent. (-सः) sugar-cane. -राशि a. (in arith.) consisting of many terms. (-शिः) m. a series of many terms. -रूप a. 1 many-formed, multiform, manifold. -2 variegated, spotted, chequered; वैश्वदेवं बहुरूपं हि राजन् Mb.14.1.3. (-पः) 1 a lizard, chameleon. -2 hair. -3 the sun. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 of Viṣṇu. -6 of Brahmā. -7 of the god of love. -रूपक a. multiform, manifold. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Brahmā. -रोमन् a. hairy. shaggy. (-m.) a sheep. -लवणम् a soil impregnated with salt. -वचनम् the plural number (in gram.); द्व्यैकयोर्द्विवचनैकवचने, बहुषु बहुवचनम्. -वर्ण a. many-coloured. -वादिन् a. garrulous. -वारम् ind. many times, often. -वारः, -वारकः Cordia Myxa (Mar. भोकर). -वार्षिक a. lasting for many years. -विक्रम a. very powerful, heroic, a great warrior. -विघ्न a. presenting many difficulties, attended with many dangers. -विध a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse. -वी(बी)जम् the custard apple. -वीर्य a. very powerful or efficacious. (-र्यः) N. of various plants (such as Terminalia Bellerica, Mar. बेहडा). -व्ययिन् a. lavish, prodigal, spendthrift. -व्यापिन् a. far-spreading, wide. -व्रीहि a. possessing much rice; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. (where it is also the name of the compound). (-हिः) one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit. In it, two or more nouns in apposition to each other are compouded, the attributive member (whether a noun or an adjective) being placed first, and made to qualify another substantive, and neither of the two members separately, but the sense of the whole compound, qualifies that substantive; cf. अन्य- पदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः. This compound is adjectival in character, but there are several instances of Bahuvrīhi compounds which have come to be regarded and used as nouns (their application being restricted by usage to particular individuals); i. e. चक्रपाणि, शशिशेखर, पीताम्बर, चतुर्मुख, त्रिनेत्र, कुसुमशर &c. -शत्रुः a sparrow. -शल्यः a species of Khadira. -शस्त a. very good, right or happy. -शाख a. having many branches or ramifications. -शिख a. having many points. -शृङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -श्रुत a. 1 well-informed, very learned तस्मिन् पुरवरे हृष्टा धर्मात्मानो बहुश्रुताः Rām. H.1.1; Pt.2. 1; R.15.36. -2 well-versed in the Vedas; गुरुं वा बाल- वृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिनमायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35. (-तिः) the occurrence of the plural in a text. -संख्याक a. numerous. -सत्त्व a. abounding in animals. -संतति a. having a numerous progeny. (-तिः) a kind of bamboo. -सार a. possessed of great pith or essence, substantial. (-रः) the Khadira tree. -साहस्र a. amounting to many thousands. -सूः 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow. -सूतिः f. 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow that often calves. -स्वन a. vociferous. (-नः) an owl. -स्वामिक a. owned by many.
bhāvaḥ भावः [भू-भावे घञ्] 1 Being, existing, existence; नासतो विद्यते भावः Bg.2.16. -2 Becoming, occurring, taking place. -3 State, condition, state of being; लताभावेन परिणतमस्या रूपम् V.4; U.6.23; so कातरभावः, विवर्णभावः &c. -4 Manner, mode. -6 Rank, station, position, capacity; देवीभावं गमिता K. P.1; so प्रेष्यभावम्, किंकरभावम् &c. -6 (a) True condition or state, truth, reality; परं भावमजानन्तः Bg.7.24; इति मत्वा भजन्ते मां बुधा भावसम- न्विताः 1.8. (b) Sincerity, devotion; त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52;2.26. -7 Innate property, disposition, nature, temperament; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U.6.14. -8 Inclination or disposition of mind, idea, thought, opinion, supposition; हृदयनिहितभावा गूढमन्त्रप्रचाराः किमपि विगणयन्तो बुद्धिमन्तः सहन्ते Pt.3.43; Ms.8.25;4.65; निकृष्टोत्कृष्टयोर्भावं यास्तु गृह्णन्ति ताः स्त्रियः Bu. Ch.4.23. -9 Feeling, emotion, sentiment; एको भावः Pt.3.66; Ku.6. 95; निर्विकारात्मके चित्ते भावः प्रथमविक्रिया S. D. (In the dramatic science or in poetic compositions generally, Bhāvas are either स्थायिन् primary, or व्यभिचारिन् subordinate. The former are eight or nine, according as the Rasas are taken to be 8 or 9, each rasa having its own स्थायिभाव. The latter are thirty-three of thirty four in number, and serve to develop and strengthen the prevailing sentiment; for definition and enumeration of the several kinds, see R. G. first ānana, or K. P.4). -1 Love, affection; attachment; द्वन्द्वानि भावं क्रियया विवव्रुः Ku.3.35; कुमुद्वती भानुमतीव भावं (बबन्ध) R.6.36. -11 Purport, drift, gist, substance; इति भावः (often used by commentators); जनको$प्युत्स्मयन् राजा भावमस्या विशेषयन् । प्रतिजग्राह भावेन भावमस्या नृपोत्तम Mb.12,32.18. -12 Meaning, intention, sense, import; अन्योन्यभावचतुरेण सखीजनेन मुक्तास्तदा स्मितसुधामधुराः कटाक्षाः Māl.1.25. -13 Resolution, determination. -14 The heart, soul, mind; तयोर्विवृतभावत्वात् Māl.1.12; भावसंशुद्धिरित्येतत् तपो मानसमुच्यते Bg.17.16; स्व एव भावे विनिगृह्य मन्मथम् Bu. Ch.4.11. -15 Any existing thing, an object, a thing, substance; पश्यन्ती विविधान् भावान् Rām.2.94.18; जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दुकलादयः Māl.1.17,36; R.3.41; U.3.32. -16 A being, living creature. -17 Abstract meditation, contemplation (= भावना q. v.). -18 Conduct, movement. -19 (a) Gesture, behaviour; अहिंसा समता... भवन्ति भावा भूतानाम् Bg.1.5. (b) Amorous gesture or expression of sentiment; gesture of love; कामं प्रिया न सुलभा मनस्तु तद्भावदर्शनाश्वासि Ś.2.1. -2 Birth; तवाहं पूर्वके भावे पुत्रः परपुरंजय Rām.7.14.2. -21 The world, universe. -22 The womb. -23 Will; घोरैर्विव्यधतुर्बाणैः कृतभावावुभौ जये Rām.6.9.38. -24 Superhuman power; मिथो घ्नतं न पश्यन्ति भावैर्भावं पृथग्दृशः Bhāg.1.4.27. -25 Advice, instruction. -26 (In dramas) A learned or venerable man, worthy man, (a term of address); भाव अयमस्मि V.1; तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याः पाठिताः) Māl.1. -27 (In gram.) The sense of an abstract noun, abstract idea conveyed by a word; भावे क्तः. -28 A term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb. -29 (In astr.) An astronomical house. -3 A lunar mansion. -31 An organ of sense. -32 Welfare (कल्याण); भावमिच्छति सर्वस्य नाभावे कुरुते मनः Mb.5.36.16. -33 Protection; द्रोणस्याभावभावे तु प्रसक्तानां यथा$भवत् Mb.7.25.64. -34 Fate, destiny (प्रारब्ध); नातिप्रहीणरश्मिः स्यात्तथा भावविपर्यये Mb.5.77.14. -35 Consciousness of past perceptions (वासना); येभ्यः सृजति भूतानि काले भावप्रचोदितः । महाभूतानि पञ्चेति तान्याहुर्भूतचिन्तिकाः ॥ Mb.12.275.4. -36 Lordship (प्रभुत्व); ते$पि भावाय कल्पन्ते राजदण्डनिपीडिताः Rām.2.67. 32. -37 The six states (अवस्थाषट्क); A, Rām.1.7.31. -Comp. -अनुग a. not forced, natural. (-गा) a shadow. -अन्तरम् a different state. -अद्वैतम् 1 a natural cause. -2 material cause (as thread of a cloth). -3 identity of conception, oneness of view. -अर्थः 1 the obvious meaning or import (of a word, phrase &c.). -2 the subject matter; सर्वेषामपि वस्तूनां भावार्थो भवति स्थितः Bhāg.1.14.57. -आकूतम् (secret) thoughts of the mind; हृदयनिहितं भावाकूतं वमद्भिरिवेक्षणैः Amaru.4. -आख्यः One of the two types of creation according to the Sāṅkhya philosophy; लिङ्गाख्यो भावाख्यस्तस्माद् द्विविधः प्रवर्तते सर्गः Sāṅ. K.52. -आत्मक a. real, actual. -आभासः simulation of a feeling, a feigned or false emotion. -आलीना a shadow. -एकरस a. influenced solely by the sentiment of (sincere) love; ममात्र भावैकरसं मनः स्थितम् Ku.5.82. -कर्तृकः an impersonal verb; Kāśi. on P. II.3.54. -गतिः f. power to convey human feelings; भावगतिराकृतीनाम् Pratimā 3. -गम्भीरम् ind. 1 heartily, from the bottom of the heart. -2 deeply, gravely. -गम्य a. conceived by the mind; ममत्सादृश्यं विरहतनु वा भावगम्यं लिखन्ती Me.87. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 understanding the sense. -2 appreciating the sentiment. -ग्राह्य a. to be conceived with the heart; भावग्राह्यमनीडाख्यं भावाभावकरं शिवम् Śvet. Up.5.14. -चेष्टितम् amorous gesture. -जः 1 love. -2 the god of love. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. knowing the heart. -दर्शिन् a. see भालदर्शिन्. -निर्वृत्तिः the material creation (Sāṅ. phil.); न विना लिङ्गेन भावनिर्वृत्तिः Sāṅ. K.52. -नेरिः a kind of dance. -बन्धन a. enchanting or fettering the heart, linking together the hearts; रथाङ्गनाम्नोरिव भावबन्धनं बभूव यत्प्रेम परस्पराश्रयम् R.3.24. -बोधक a. indicating or revealing any feeling. -मिश्रः a worthy person, a gentleman (used in dramas); प्रसीदन्तु भावमिश्राः Ś.6. -रूप a. real, actual. -वचनम् denoting an abstract idea, conveying the abstract notion of a verb. -वाचकम् an abstract noun. -विकारः a property of a being; षड् भावविकारा भवन्तीति वार्ष्यायणिः । जायते$स्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते$पक्षीयते नश्यति । -वृत्तः an epithet of Brahman. -शबलत्वम् a mixture of various emotions (भावानां बाध्यबाधकभावमापन्नानामुदासीनानां वा व्यामिश्रणम् R. G., vide examples given ad loc.). -शुद्धिः f. purity of mind, honesty, sincerity. -शून्य a. devoid of real love; उपचारविधिर्मनस्विनीनां न तु पूर्वाभ्यधिको$पि भावशून्यः M.3.3. -संधिः the union or co-existence of two emotions (भावसंधिरन्योन्यानभिभूतयोरन्योन्याभिभावनयोग्ययोः सामानाधिकरण्यम् R. G., see the examples there given). -समाहित a. abstracted in mind, devout. -सर्गः the mental or intellectual creation; i. e. the creation of the faculties of the human mind and their affections (opp. भौतिकसर्ग or material creation). -स्थ a. attached; devoted (to one); न वेत्सि भावस्थमिमं कथं जनम् Ku.5.58. -स्थिर a. firmly rooted in the heart; Ś.5.2. -स्निग्ध a. affectionately disposed, sincerely attached; भावस्निग्धैरुपकृतमपि द्वेष्यतां याति किंचित् Pt.1.285. -भावंगम a. charming, lovely.
bhrātṛ भ्रातृ m. [भ्राज्-तृच् पृषो˚; cf. Uṇ.2.96.] 1 A brother. -2 An intimate friend or relation. -3 A near relative in general. -4 A term of friendly address (my good friend); भ्रातः कष्टमहो Bh.3.37;2.34; तत्त्वं चिन्तय तदिदं भ्रातः Moha M.3. -Dual. A brother and sister. [cf. L. frater; Zend bratar, Eng. brother.] -Comp. -गन्धि, -गन्धिक a. having only the name of a brother, a brother in mere name. -गन्धिकः, -गन्धिन् m. a brother in mere name; गत्वा चाह्वय सुग्रीव वालिनं भ्रातृगन्धिनम् Rām.4.12.13. -जः a brother's son. -जाया (also भ्रातुर्जाया) a brother's wife, a sister-in-law; अव्यापन्नामविहतगतिर्द्रक्ष्यसि भ्रातृजायाम् Me.1. -दत्तम् property given by a brother to a sister at the time of her marriage; मातृकं भ्रातृदत्तं वा स्तेना स्याद्यदि तं हरेत् Ms.9.92. -द्वितीया the second day of the bright half of Kārtika (when sisters invite their brothers to their houses and entertain them, who in their turn give them presents; the day seems to have been so called on account of Yamunā having entertained her brother Yama on that day; cf. यमद्वितीया). -पुत्रः (also भ्रातुष्पुत्रः) a brother's son. (-त्री) a niece. -वधूः a brother's wife. -भगिन्यौ a brother and sister. -श्वशुरः elder brother of the husband. -हत्या fratricide.
mahā महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw
meya मेय a. [मा-मि-वा यत्] 1 Measured. -2 Capable of being estimated; तथा धरिममेयानां शतादभ्यधिके वधः Ms. 8.321. -3 Discernible, capable of being known (ज्ञेय).
maitra मैत्र a. (-त्री f.) [मित्र-अण्] 1 Belonging to a friend. -2 Given by a friend. -3 Friendly, well-disposed, amicable, kind; कुर्यादन्यन्न वा कुर्यान्मैत्रो ब्राह्मण उच्यते Ms.2. 87; अद्वेष्टा सर्वभूतानां मैत्रः करुण एव च Bg.12.13. -4 Relating to the god Mitra (as a Muhūrta); Ku.7.6 (com. 'आर्द्रः सार्द्रस्तथा मैत्रः शुभो वासव एव च' इति बृहस्पति- स्मरणात्); मैत्रे मुहूर्ते प्रययौ प्रयागवनमुत्तमम् Rām.2.89.21 (com. उदयात् तृतीयमुहूर्ते). -त्रः 1 A high or perfect Brāhmaṇa; परिनिष्ठितकार्यस्तु स्वाध्यायेनैव ब्राह्मणः । कुर्यादन्यत्र वा कुर्यान्मैत्रो ब्राह्मण उच्यते ॥ Mb.12.6.12. -2 N. of a particular mixed tribe; Ms.1.23. -3 The anus; Ms.12. 72 (com.). -4 A friend. -त्री 1 Friendship, good will. -2 Intimate connection or association, union, contact; प्रत्यूषेषु स्फुटितकमलामोदमैत्रीकषायः Me.31. -3 The lunar mansion called अनुराधा; तार्थयात्रां हलधरः ...... मैत्र- नक्षत्रयोगे स्म Mb.9.35.14. -त्रम् 1 Friendship. -2 Voiding or evacuation of excrement; मैत्रं प्रसाधनं स्नानम् (पूर्वाह्ण एव कुर्वीत) Ms.4.152. -3 A prayer addressed to Mitra; अजातशत्रुः कृतमैत्रो हुताग्निः Bhāg.1.13.3. -4 The lunar mansion अनुराधा (मैत्रभम् in the same sense). -Comp. -चित्तम् benevolence. -नक्षत्रम् the अनुराधा constellation.
yavanikā यवनिका यवनी 1 A Yavana female, a Greek or Mahomedan woman; यवनी नवनीतकोमलाङ्गी Jag; यवनीमुख- पद्मानां सेहे मधुमदं न सः R.4.61; (from dramas it appears that Yavana girls were formerly employed as attendants on kings particularly to be in charge of their bows and quivers; cf. एष बाणासनहस्ताभिर्यवनीभिः परिवृत इत एवागच्छति प्रियवयस्यः Ś.2; प्रविश्य शार्ङ्गहस्ता यवनी Ś.6; प्रविश्य चापहस्ता यवनी V.5. &c.). -2 A curtain; काञ्चुकीयो यवनिकास्तरणं करोति Pratimā 2; cf. जवनिका. -3 A veil; पश्यामस्तावद् रूपसादृश्यम् । संक्षिप्यतां यवनिका.
yavasam यवसम् Grass, fodder, meadow grass; नागेन्द्रा यवसाभि- लाषविमुखाः Pratimā 2.2; Kau. A.1.4; यवसेन्धनम् Pt.1; Y.3.3; Ms.7.75; (गां) यवसमिच्छतीम् Bhāg. 1.17.3.
rāddha राद्ध p. p. [राध्-कर्तरि कर्मणि वा क्त] 1 Propitiated, pleased, conciliated. -2 Effected, accomplished, achieved, performed; राद्धं निःश्रेयसं पुंसाम् Bhāg.3.9.41. -3 Dressed, cooked (as food). -4 Prepared; equipped; स यो मनुष्याणां राद्धः समृद्धो भवति Bṛi. Up.4.3.33. -5 Obtained, got. -6 Successful, fortunate, happy. -7 Perfect in magical power. -8 Fallen to the lot of. -Comp. -अन्तः a proved or established fact, a demonstrated conclusion or truth, an ultimate conclusion, doctrine; dogma; सर्ववैनाशिकराद्धान्तो नितरामनपेक्षितव्य इतीदानीमुपपादयामः Ś.B.; समस्ततन्त्रराद्धान्ते भवान् भागवततत्त्ववित् Bhāg.12.11.1. -अन्तित a. demonstrated, established by proof, logically proved. -अन्नम् dressed food.
līna लीन p. p. [ली-क्त] 1 Clung or adhered to, stuck to. -2 Lurking, hid, concealed. -3 Resting or reclining on; कार्या सैकतलीनहंसमिथुना स्रोतोवहा मालिनी Ś.6.17. -4 Melted, dissolved; लीनेव प्रतिबिम्बितेव ...... सा नश्चेतसि कीलितेव Māl.5.1. -5 Completely absorbed or swallowed up in, intimately united with; नद्यः सागरे लीना भवन्ति. -6 Devoted or given up to. -7 Disappeared, vanished; (see ली).
vaktavya वक्तव्य pot. p. [वच्-तव्य] 1 Fit to be said, told, spoken or declared; तत्तर्हि वक्तव्यं न वक्तव्यम् (frequently occurring in Mbh.) -2 To be spoken about. -3 Reprehensible, blamable, censurable. -4 Low, vile, base. -5 Accountable, responsible. -6 Dependent; कामवक्तव्य- हृदया भर्तृनाथाश्चरन्ति याः Rām.2.117.26. -व्यम् 1 Speaking, speech. -2 A precept, rule, dictum. -3 Blame, censure, reproach; एवमेतत् । वक्तव्यं परिहर्तव्यं च Pañcharātram 2; वक्तव्यं किञ्चिदस्मासु Pratimā 3.6. -Comp. -हृदय a. one whose heart is dependent on.
varṇaḥ वर्णः [वर्ण्-अच् Uṇ.3.1] 1 A colour, hue; अन्तः- शुद्धस्त्वमपि भविता वर्णमात्रेण कृष्णः Me.51. -2 A paint, dye, paint-colour; see वर्ण् (1). -3 Colour, complexion, beauty; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; त्वय्यादातुं जलमवनते शार्ङ्गिणो वर्णचौरे Me.48; R.8.42. -4 Look, countenance; मध्यस्थवर्ण इव दृश्यते Madhyamavyāyoga 1; किं त्वं शङ्कितवर्ण इव Chārudatta 4; अवदातिका परशङ्कितवर्णेव दृश्यते Pratimā 1. -5 A class of men, tribe, caste (especially applied to the four principal castes, ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र); वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण Vārt; न कश्चिद्वर्णानामपथमपकृष्टो$पि भजते Ś.5. 1; R.5.19. -6 A class, race, tribe, kind, species; as in सवर्णम् अक्षरम्; ब्रह्मणा पूर्वसृष्टं हि कर्मभिर्वर्णतां गतम् Mb.12. 188.1. -7 (a) A letter, character, sound; न मे वर्ण- विचारक्षमा दृष्टिः V.5; Ki.14.3. (b) A word, syllable; S. D.9. -8 Fame, glory, celebrity, renown; राजा प्रजा- रञ्जनलब्धवर्णः R.6.21. -9 A good quality, merit, virtue; त्रिवर्णा वर्णिता$स्माभिः किं भूयः श्रोतुमिच्छसि Bhāg.11.3.16. -1 Praise; स्वगुणोच्चगिरो मुनिव्रताः परवर्णग्रहणेष्वसाधवः Śi.16. 29. -11 Dress, decoration. -12 Outward appearance, form, figure. -13 A cloak, mantle. -14 A covering, lid. -15 The order or arrangement of a subject in a song (गीतक्रम); अभिध्यायन्वर्णरतिप्रमोदानतिदीर्घे जीविते को रमेत Kaṭh.1.28; उपात्तवर्णे चरिते पिनाकिनः Ku.5.56 'celebrated in song, made the subject of a song.' -16 The housings of an elephant. -17 A quality, property; जङ्गमानामसंख्येयाः स्थावराणां च जातयः । तेषां विविधवर्णानां कुतो वर्णविनिश्चयः ॥ Mb.12.188.9. -18 A religious observance. -19 An unknown quantity. -2 The number 'one'. -21 Application of perfumed unguents to the body. -22 Gold. -23 A musical mode. -र्णा Cajanus Indicus (Mar. तूर). -र्णम् 1 Saffron. -2 A coloured unguent or perfume. -Comp. -अङ्का a pen. -अधिपः a planet presiding over a caste or class. -अनुप्रासः alliteration. -अन्तरम् 1 another caste. ˚गमनम् the passing into another caste. -2 change of sound. -अपसदः an outcast. -अपेत a. devoid of any cast, outcast, degraded; वर्णा- प्रेतमविज्ञातं ...... कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -अवकृष्टः a Śūdra; अपि वर्णावकृष्टस्तु नारी वा धर्मकाङ्क्षिणी Mb.12.24.34. -अर्हः a kind of bean. -अवर a. inferior in caste. -आगमः the addition of a letter; भवेद्वर्णागमाद्धंसः Sk. -आत्मन् m. a word. -आश्रमाः the (four) castes and stages of life; वर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी विचक्षणः प्रस्तुतमाचचक्षे R.5.19. ˚गुरुः N. of Śiva. ˚धर्मः the duties of caste and order. -उदकम् coloured water; वर्णोदकैः काञ्चनशृङ्गमुक्तै- स्तमायताक्ष्यः प्रणयादसिञ्चन् R.16.7. -कविः N. of a son of Kubera. -कूपिका an ink-stand. -क्रमः 1 the order of castes or colours. -2 alphabetical order or arrangement. -गत a. 1 coloured. -2 algebraical. -गुरुः a king, prince. -ग्रथणा a method (artificial) of writing verses. -चारकः a painter. -ज्येष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa. -तर्णकम्, -तर्णिका woollen cloth used as a mat. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तूलिः, -तूलिका, -तूली f. a pencil, paint-brush. -द a. colouring. (-दम्) a kind of fragrant yellow wood. -दात्री turmeric. -दूतः a letter. -दूषक a. violating the distinctions of castes; यत्र त्वेते परिध्वंसा जायन्ते वर्णदूषकाः Ms.1.61. -धर्मः the peculiar duties of a caste. -नाथः the planetary regent of a caste. -पत्रम् a pallet. -परिचयः skill in song or music. -पातः the omission of a letter. -पात्रम् a paint-box. -पुष्पम् the flower of the globe-amaranth. -पुष्पकः the globeamaranth. -प्रकर्षः excellence of colour. -प्रसादनम् aloe-wood. -बुद्धिः the notion connected with particular letters or sounds. -भेदिनी millet. -मातृ f. a pen, pencil. -मातृका N. of Sarasvatī. -माला, -राशिः the alphabet. -रे(ले)खा, -लेखिका chalk. -वर्तिः, -वर्तिका f. 1 a paint-brush; फलकमादाय मणिसमुद्गकाद्वर्णवर्तिकामुद्धृत्य Dk.2.2. -2 a pencil. -वादिन् m. a panegyrist. -विक्रिया enmity against the castes. -विपर्ययः the substitution or change of letters; (भवेत्) सिंहो वर्णविपर्ययात् Sk. -विलासिनी turmeric. -विलोडकः 1 a house-breaker. -2 a plagiarist (lit. word-stealer). -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains (opp. मात्रावृत्त). -व्यव- -स्थितिः f. the institution of caste, caste-system. -शिक्षा instruction in letters. -श्रेष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa; वर्णश्रेष्ठो द्विजः पूज्यः H.4.21. -संयोगः marriage between persons of the same caste. -संसर्गः confusion of castes, marriage with members of other castes; Ms.8.172. -संहारः an assemblage of different castes. -संकरः 1 confusion of castes through intermarriage; स्त्रीषु दुष्टासु वार्ष्णेय जायते वर्ण- संकरः Bg.1.41. -2 mixture or blending of colours; चित्रेषु वर्णसंकरः K. (where both senses are intended); Śi.14.37. -संघातः, -समाम्नायः the alphabet. -स्थानम् an organ of utterance. -हीन a. outcast.
vāyuḥ वायुः [वा उण् युक् च Uṇ.1.1] 1 Air, wind; वायुर्विधूनयति चम्पकपुष्परेणून् K. R.; आकाशात्तु विकुर्वाणात् सर्वगन्धवहः शुचिः । बलवाञ्जायते वायुः स वै स्पर्शगुणो मतः ॥ Ms.1.76. (There are seven courses of wind one above the other :- आवहः प्रवह- श्चैव संवहश्चोद्वहस्तथा । विवहाख्यः परिवहः परावह इति क्रमात् ॥). -2 The god of wind, the deity supposed to preside over wind, (who is the regent of the north-west quarter). -3 A life-wind or vital air, of which five kinds are enumerated:-- प्राण, अपान, समान, व्यान and उदान. -4 Morbid affection or vitiation of the windy humour. -5 Breathing, breath. -6 A mystical N. of the letter य. -Comp. -अधिक a. gouty; Buddh. -आस्पदम् the sky, atmosphere. -कुम्भः a part of the elephant's face in the middle of Pratimāna; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -केतुः dust. -कोणः the north-west. -गण्डः flatulence (caused by indigestion). -गति a. swift as wind, very fleet. -गीत a. ('sung by the wind') universally known; अत्र गाथा वायुगीताः कीर्तयन्ति पुराविदः Ms.9.42. -गुल्मः 1 a hurricane, storm. -2 a whirl-pool. -गोचरः 1 the range of the wind. -2 the north-west. -ग्रन्थिः a swelling caused by the disturbance of the air in the body. -ग्रस्त a. 1 affected by wind, flatulent. -2 gouty. -जातः, -तनयः, -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः, -सूनुः epithets of Hanumat or Bhīma. -दारः, -दारुः a cloud. -दिश् the north-west. -देवम् the lunar mansion स्वाति. -निघ्न a. affected by wind, crazy, mad, frantic. -निवृत्तिः f. 1 a lull, calm. -2 cure of windy distempers (such as gout &c.). -परमाणुः a primary aerial atom. -पुराणम् N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas. -फलम् 1 hail. -2 the rain-bow. -भक्षः, -भक्षणः, -भुज् m. 1 one who feeds only on air (as an ascetic). -2 a snake; cf. पवनाशन. -भूत a. going everywhere at will. -मण्डलम् a whirl-wind. -मरुल्लिपिः (मरुत् + लिपिः) a particular mode of writing. -मार्गः the atmosphere. -रुग्ण a. broken down by wind; फुल्ला- सनाग्रविटपानिव वायुरुग्णान् R.9.63. -रोषा night. -वर्त्मन् m., n. the sky, atmosphere. -वाहः smoke. -वाहनः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva. -वाहिनी a vein, an artery, a vessel of the body. -वेग, -सम a. swift as wind. -सखः, -सखिः m. fire. -स्कन्धः the region of the wind.
vicar विचर् 1 P. To wander about, raom over (oft. with acc.); इष्टान् देशान् विचर जलद Me.117; विचचार दावम् R.2.8; Ku.3.31. -2 To do, perform, practise. -3 To act, deal, behave. -4 To deviate from the right path, go about wantonly; यन्मे माता प्रलुलुभे विचरन्त्य- पतिव्रता Ms.9.2. -5 To pass through, pervade. -6 To attack, march against. -7 To associate or have intercourse with. -8 To go badly, fail. -9 To commit a mistake; हविषि व्यचरत्तेन वषट्कारं गृणन् द्विजः Bhāg.9.1.15. -1 To graze or feed upon. -Caus. 1 To think, reflect or meditate upon; विचारमाणस्य विशुद्धभावना A. Rām.7. 5.45. -2 To discuss, call in question, debate; आज्ञा गुरूणां ह्यविचारणीया R.14.46. -3 To calculate, estimate, take into account, consider; परेषामात्मनश्चैव यो विचार्य बलाबलम् Pt.3; सुविचार्य यत्कृतम् H.1.2. -4 To hesitate, doubt. -5 To examine, investigate. -6 To seduce.
vijanman विजन्मन् a. or m. A bastard, one born illegitimately; Ms.1.23. -n. Birth.
vidheya विधेय pot. p. 1 To be done or performed. -2 To be enjoyed or prescribed. -3 (a) Dependent on, at the disposal of; अथ विधिविधेयः परिचयः Māl.2.13. (b) Subject to, influenced or controlled by, subdued or overpowered by (usually in comp.); निद्राविधेयं नरदेव- सैन्यम् R.7.62; संभाव्यमानस्नेहरसेनाभिसंधिना विधेयीकृतो$पि Māl.1; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा प्रसादमधिगच्छति Bg.2.64; भ्रातुः सौहार्देन विधेयीकृतो$स्मि Mv.7; Mu.3.1; Śi.3.2; R.19.4; आज्ञाविधेया वयम् Pañch.1.57; विभीषणविधेयाः खलु राक्षसाः Pratimā 7. -4 Obedient, tractable, compliant, submissive; अविधेयेन्द्रियः पुंसां गौरिवैति विधेयताम् Ki. 11.33. -5 To be predicated (in gram. &c.); अत्र मिथ्या- महिमत्वं नानुवाद्यं अपि तु विधेयम् K. P.7. -6 A functionary, one who is in charge of anything; त्वं तस्य भव वश्यश्च विधेयश्च सदानघ Rā.2.3.9. -यम् 1 What ought to be done, a duty; विधीयतां तत्र विधेयमुत्तरम् Ki.1.25;16.62. -2 The predicate of a proposition. -यः A servant, dependant. -Comp. -अविमर्शः a fault of composition which consists in assigning to the predicate a subordinate position or in expressing it imperfectly (अविमृष्टः प्राधान्येनानिर्दिष्टो विधेयांशो यत्र K. P.7; see examples ad loc.) -आत्मन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञ a. one who knows one's duty; स भृत्यो यो विधेयज्ञः Pt.1.337. -पदम् 1 the object to be accomplished. -2 the predicate; नात्रैषा वचनव्यक्तिः ये यजमाना इत्युद्देशपदम् ऋत्विजः इति विधेयपदम् ŚB. on MS. 6.6.2.
viśrambhaḥ विश्रम्भः 1 Trust, confidence, familiar confidence, perfect intimacy or familiarity; विश्रम्भादुरसि निपत्य लब्ध- निद्राम् U.1.49; Māl.3.1. -2 A confidential matter, secret; विश्रम्भेष्वभ्यन्तरीकरणीया K. -3 Rest, relaxation. -4 An affectionate inquiry. -5 A love-quarrel, an amorous dispute. -6 Killing. -Comp. -आलापः, -कथा, -भाषणम् confidential or familiar conversation. -पात्रम्, -भूमिः, -स्थानम् an object of confidence, a confidant, trusty person. -प्रवण a. trustful; विश्रम्भप्रवूणः पुरा मम पिता नीतः कथाशेषताम् Mu.5.21. -भृत्यः confidential servant.
vṛṣaḥ वृषः 1 A bull; असंपदस्तस्य वृषेण गच्छतः Ku.5.8; Me.54; R.2.35; Ms.9.123. -2 The sign Taurus of the zodiac. -3 The chief or best of a class, the best of its kind; (often at the end of comp.); मुनिवृषः, कपिवृषः &c. -4 The god of love. -5 A strong or athletic man. -6 A lustful man, a man of one of the four classes into which men are divided in erotic works; बहुगुणबहुबन्धः शीघ्रकामो नताङ्गः । सकलरुचिरदेहः सत्यवादी वृषो ना ॥ Ratimañjarī 37. -7 An enemy, adversary. -8 A rat. -9 The bull of Śiva. -1 Morality, justice; justice personified; वृषो हि भगवान् धर्मः Ms.8.16. -11 Virtue, a pious or meritorious act; न सद्गतिः स्याद् वृषवर्जितानां Kīr. K.9.62 (where वृष means a 'bull' also). -12 N. of Karṇa. -13 N. of Viṣṇu. -14 N. of a particular drug. -15 The principal die. -16 Water. -17 A particular form of a temple. -18 Ground suitable for the foundation of a house. -19 A male, any male animal. -षम् 1 A peacock's plumage. -2 A woman's apartment. -Comp. -अङ्कः 1 an epithet of Śiva; उमावृषाङ्कौ शरजन्मना यथा (ननन्दतुः) R.3.23. -2 a pious or virtuous man. -3 the marking-nut plant. -4 a eunuch. ˚जः a small drum. -अञ़्चनः an epithet of Śiva. -अन्तकः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -आहारः a cat. -इन्द्रः an excellent bull. -उत्सर्गः setting free a bull on the occasion of a funeral rite, or as a religious act generally; एकादशाहे प्रेतस्य यस्य चोत्सृज्यते वृषः । प्रेतलोकं परित्यज्य स्वर्गलोकं च गच्छति ॥ -दंशः, -दंशकः a cat; अन्तरिक्षे वराहस्य वृषदंशस्य चोभयोः (प्रणादम्) Mb.6.2.25. -दर्भ a. lowering the pride of Indra (इन्द्रदर्पहन्ता); वृषदर्भो वृषाकपिः Mb.12.43.1. -ध्वजः 1 an epithet of Śiva; येन बाणमसृजद्वृषध्वजः R.11.44. -2 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -3 a pious or virtuous man. -नाशनः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a bull set at liberty. -पर्वन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of a demon who with the aid of Śukra, preceptor of the Asuras, maintained struggle with the gods for a long time. His daughter Śarmiṣṭhā was married by Yayāti; see Yayāti and Devayānī. -भासा the residence of Indra and the gods; i. e. Amarāvatī. -राजकेतनः N. of Śiva. -लक्षणा a masculine girl (unfit for marriage). -लोचनः a cat. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -शत्रुः N. of Viṣṇu. -सानुः 1 man. -2 death. -सृक्किन् m. A wasp. -सेनः N. of Karṇa; Mb.12.27.2. -स्कन्ध a. having shoulders as lusty as those of a bull; वपुर्वष- स्कन्धसुबन्धुरांसकम् U.6.25; R.12.34.
vedaḥ वेदः [विद्-अच् घञ् वा] 1 Knowledge. -2 Sacred knowledge, holy learning, the scripture of the Hindus. (Originally there were only three Vedas :- ऋग्वेद, यजुर्वेद and सामवेद, which are collectively called त्रयी 'the sacred triad'; but a fourth, the अथर्ववेद, was subsequently added to them. Each of the Vedas had two distinct parts, the Mantra or Samhitā and Brāhmaṇa. According to the strict orthodox faith of the Hindus the Vedas are a-pauruṣeya, 'not human compositions', being supposed to have been directly revealed by the Supreme Being, Brahman, and are called Śruti' i. e. 'what is heard or revealed', as distinguished from 'Smṛiti', i. e. 'what is remembered or is the work of human origin'; see श्रुति, स्मृति also; and the several sages, to whom the hymns of the Vedas are ascribed, are, therefore, called द्रष्टारः 'seers', and not कर्तारः or सृष्टारः 'composers'.) -3 A bundle of Kuśa grass; पद्माक्षमालामुत जन्तुमार्जनं वेदं च साक्षात्तप एव रूपिणौ Bhāg. 12.8.34; Ms.4.36. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A part of a sacrifice (यज्ञांग). -6 Exposition, comment, gloss. -7 A metre. -8 Acquisition, gain, wealth (Ved). -9 N. of the number 'four'. -1 The ritual (वेदयतीति वेदो विधिः); Karma-kāṇda; वेदवादस्य विज्ञानं सत्याभासमिवानृतम् Mb.12.1. 2 (see Nīlakaṇtha's commentary). -11 Smṛiti literature; आम्नायेभ्यः पुनर्वेदाः प्रसृताः सर्वतोमुखाः Mb.12.26.9. -Comp. -अग्रणीः N. of Sarasvatī. -अङ्गम् 'a member of the Veda', N. of certain classes of works regarded as auxiliary to the Vedas and designed to aid in the correct pronunciation and interpretation of the text and the right employment of the Mantras in ceremonials; (the Ved- āṅgas are six in number :-- शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चयः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव वेदाङ्गानि ष़डेव तु ॥; i. e. 1 शिक्षा 'the science of proper articulation and pronunciation'; 2 छन्दस् 'the science of prosody'; 3 व्याकरण 'grammar'; 4 निरुक्त 'etymological explanation of difficult Vedic words'; 5 ज्योतिष 'astronomy'; and 6 कल्प 'ritual or ceremonical'). A peculiar use of the word 'वेदाङ्ग' in masculine gender may here be noted; वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogiyājña- valkya-Smṛti 12.34. -अधिगमः, -अध्ययनम् holy study, study of the Vedas; काम्यो हि वेदाधिगमः कर्मयोगश्च वैदिकः Ms.2.2. -अधिपः 1 one who presides over the Veda; ऋग्वेदाधिपतर्जीवो यजुर्वेदाधिपो भृगुः । सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदपः ॥ -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अध्यापकः a teacher of the Vedas, a holy preceptor. -अनध्ययनम् Remissness in the Vedic study; Ms.3.63. -अन्तः 1 'the end of the Veda', an Upaniṣad (which comes at the end of the Veda). Also -अन्तम् (See quotation from बृहद्योगियाज्ञ- वल्क्यस्मृति under -अङ्ग above). -2 the last of the six principal Darśanas or systems of Hindu philosophy; (so called because it teaches the ultimate aim and scope of the Veda, or because it is based on the Upaniṣads which come at the end of the Veda); (this system of philosophy is sometimes called उत्तरमीमांसा being regarded as a sequel to Jaimini's पूर्वमीमांसा, but it is practically quite a distinct system; see मीमांसा. It represents the popular pantheistic creed of the Hindus, regarding, as it does, the whole world as synthetically derived from one eternal principle, the Brahman or Supreme Spirit; see ब्रह्मन् also). ˚गः, ˚ज्ञः a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अन्तिन् m. a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अभ्यासः 1 the study of the Vedas; वेदाभ्यासो हि विप्रस्य तपः परमिहोच्यते Ms.2.166. -2 the repetition of the sacred syllable Om. -अर्थः the meaning of the Vedas. -अवतारः revelation of the Vedas. -अश्र a. quadrangular. -आदि n., -आदिवर्णः, -आदिवीजम् the sacred syllable. Om. -उक्त a. scriptural, taught in the Vedas. -उदयः N. of the sun (the Sāma Veda being said to have proceeded from him). -उदित a. scriptural, ordained by the Vedas; वेदोदितं स्वकं कर्म नित्यं कुर्यादतन्द्रितः Ms. 4.14. -कार the composer of the Veda. -कौलेयकः an epithet of Śiva. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Brahman; कमण्डलुं वेदगर्भः कुशान् सप्तर्षयो ददुः Bhāg.8.18.16. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; तथा दहति वेदज्ञः कर्मजं दोषमात्मनः Ms.12.11. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three Vedas collectively. -दर्शिन् a. one who discerns the sense of the Veda; तपोमध्यं बुधैः प्रोक्तं तपो$न्तं वेददर्शिभिः Ms.11.234. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by the Vedas. -निन्दकः 1 an atheist, a heretic, an unbeliever (one who rejects the divine origin and character of the Vedas). -2 a Jaina or Buddhist. -निन्दा unbelief, heresy; Ms.11.56. -पारगः a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the Vedas. -पुण्यम् a merit acquired by the study of the Veda. वेदपुण्येन युज्यते Ms.2.78. -बाह्य a. contrary to the Veda. (-ह्यः) a sceptic. -मातृ f. 1 N. of a very sacred Vedic verse called Gāyatree q. v. -2 N. of सरस्वती, सावित्री and गायत्री; सूतश्च मातरिश्वा वै कवचं वंदमातरः Mb.5.179.4. -भूतिः (embodiment of the Veda) an honourable title before the names of learned Brāhmaṇas. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् a Vedic text. -वदनम् grammar. -वादः see वेदः (1); तदुक्तं वेदवादेषु गहनं वेददर्शिभिः Mb.12.238.11 (com.); Vedic discussion; यामिमां पुष्पितां वाचं प्रवदन्त्यविपश्चितः । वेदवादरताः Bg. 2.42. -वासः a Brāhmaṇa. -वाह्य a. contrary to, or not founded on, the Veda. -विद् m. 1 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -वद्वस् a. conversant with the Vedas; ब्राह्मणान् वेदविदुषो यज्ञार्थं चैव दक्षिणाम् Ms. 11.4. -विहित a. enjoined by the Vedas. -व्यासः an epithet of Vyāsa who is regarded as the 'arranger' of the Vedas in their present form; see व्यास. -शास्त्रम् the doctrine of the Vedas; Ms.4.26. -श्रुतिः Vedic revelation. -संन्यासः givig up the ritual of the Vedas. -संमत, -संमित a. sanctioned by the Vedas.
śaṅkhinī शङ्खिनी 1 A woman of one of the four classes into which writers on erotic science divide women; the Ratimañjarī thus describes her :-- दीर्घातिदीर्घनयना वर- सुन्दरी या कामोपभोगरसिका गुणशीलयुक्ता । रेखात्रयेण च विभूषित कण्ठदेशा सम्भोगकेलिरसिका किल शङ्खिनी सा ॥ cf. चित्रिणी, हस्तिनी, and पद्मिनी also. -2 A female spirit, or a kind of fairy. -3 Mother of pearl. -4 A particular vein. -Comp. -फलः the Śirīṣa tree.
śaśaḥ शशः 1 A hare, rabbit; Ms.3.27;5.18. -2 The spots on the moon (which are popularly considered to resemble the form of a hare). -3 One of the four classes into which men are divided by erotic writers; thus defined;-- मृदुवचनसुशीलः कोमलाङ्गः सुकेशः सकलगुणनिधानं सत्यवादी शशो$यम् Śabdak.; see Ratimañjarī 35 also. -4 The Lodhra tree. -5 Gum-myrrh. -6An antelope. -Comp. -अङ्कः 1 the moon; रामाभिधानमपरं जगतः शशाङ्कम् Pratimā 4.1. -2 camphor. ˚अर्धमुख a. crescent-headed (as an arrow). ˚मूर्तिः an epithet of the moon. -लेखा the digit of the moon, lunar crescent. -अदः 1 a hawk, falcon. -2 N. of a son of Ikṣvāku, father of पुरंजय. -अदनः a hawk, falcon. -ऊर्णम्, -लोमन् n. the hair of a rabbit, hair-skin. -धरः 1 the moon; उत्पातधूमलेखाक्रान्तेव कला शशधरस्य Māl.9.49; प्रसरति शशधर- बिम्बे Gīt.7. -2 camphor. ˚मौलिः an epithet of Śiva. -पदम् a hare's track (easily got over). -प्लुतकम् a scratch with a finger-nail. -भृत् m. the moon. ˚भृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् n. a particular measure. -लक्ष्मणः an epithet of the moon. -लाञ्छनः 1 the moon; यदि स्यात् पावकः शीतः प्रोष्णो वा शशलाञ्छनः Pt.4.51; Ku. 7.6. -2 camphor. -बि(वि)न्दु 1 the moon. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -विषाणम्, -शृङ्गम् a hare's horn; used to denote anything impossible, an utter impossibility; कदाचिदपि पर्यटञ् शशविषाणमासादयेत् Bh.2.5; शशशृङ्ग- धनुर्धरः; see खपुष्प. -स्थली the country between the Ganges and Yamunā, the Doab.
śāstram शास्त्रम् [शिष्यते$नेन शास्-ष्ट्रन्] 1 An order, a command, rule, precept; अतिक्रामति यः शास्त्रं पितुर्धर्मार्थदर्शिनः Mb.5.148. 21. -2 A sacred precept or rule, scriptural injunction; तस्माच्छास्त्रं प्रमाणं ते कार्याकार्यव्यवस्थितौ Bg.16.24. -3 A religious or sacred treatise, sacred book, scripture; see comps. below. -4 Any department of knowledege, science; इति गुह्यतमं शास्त्रम् Bg.15.2; शास्त्रेष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19; often at the end of comp. after the word denoting the subject, or applied collectively to the whole body of teaching on that subject; वेदान्तशास्त्र, न्यायशास्त्र, तर्कशास्त्र, अलंकार- शास्त्र &c. -5 What is learnt, knowledge; Śi.5.47. -6 A work, treatise; तन्त्रैः पञ्चभिरेतच्चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रकम् Pt.1. -7 Theory (opp. प्रयोग or practice); इमं मां च शास्त्रे प्रयोगे च विमृशतु M.1. -8 The material and spiritual science together; तत्त्वाभेदेन यच्छास्त्रं तत्कार्यं नान्यथाविधम् Mb. 12.267.9. -Comp. -अतिक्रमः -अननुष्ठानम् violation of sacred precepts, disregard of religious authority. -अनुष्ठानम्, -अनुसारः conformity to or observance of sacred precepts. -अन्वित a. conformable to doctrine or rule. -अभिज्ञ a. versed in the Śāstras. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of the sacred precept. -2 a scriptural precept or statement. -आचरणम् 1 observance of sacred precepts. -2 the study of Śāstras. (-णः) 1 one versed in scriptures. -2 a student of Vedas. -आवर्तलिपिः a particular mode of writing. -उक्त a. prescribed by sacred laws, enjoined by the Śāstras, lawful, legal. -कारः, -कृत् m. 1 the author of a Śāstra or sacred book. -2 an author in general. -3 a sage, saint. -कोविद a. versed in the Śāstras. -गण्डः a superficial reader of books, superficial scholar. -चक्षुस् n. grammar (as being the 'eye', as it were, with which to understand any Śāstra). -चारणः one who deserves sacred precepts. -ज्ञ, -दर्शिन्, -विद् a. 1 well-versed in the Śāstras. -2 a mere theorist. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of sacred books, conversancy with scriptures. -तत्त्वम् truth as taught in the Śāstras, scriptural truth. ˚ज्ञः an astronomer. -दृष्ट a. stated or enjoined in sacred books; तदहं प्रष्टुमिच्छामि शास्त्रदृष्टेन कर्मणा Rām. -दृष्टिः f. scriptural point of view. -m. an astrologer. -प्रसंगः 1 the subject of the Śāstras. -2 any discussion on scriptural points. -योनिः the source of the Śāstras. -वक्तृ an expounder of sacred books or knowledge. -वर्जित a. free from all rule or law. -वादः a precept or statement of the Śāstras. -विधानम्, -विधिः a sacred precept, scriptural injunction. -विप्रतिषेधः, -विरोधः 1 mutual contradiction of sacred precepts, inconsistency of precepts. -2 any act contrary to sacred precepts. -विमुख a. averse from study; Pt.1. -विरुद्ध a. contrary to the Śāstras, illegal, unlawful. -व्युत्पत्तिः f. intimate knowledge of the sacred writings, proficiency in the Śāstras. -शिल्पिन् m. the country of Kāśmīra. -सिद्ध a. established by sacred authority.
śiras शिरस् n. [शॄ-असुन् निपातः Uṇ.4.193] 1 The head; शिरसा श्लाघते पूर्वं (गुणं) परं (दोषं) कण्ठे नियच्छति Subhās. -2 Skull. -3 A peak, summit, top (as of a mountain); हिमगौरैरचलाधिपः शिरोभिः Ki.5.17; Śi.4.54. -4 The top of a tree. -5 The head or top of anything; तेनाहृतो महातालो वेपमानो बृहच्छिराः Bhāg.1.15.33; शिरसि मसीपटलं दधाति दीपः Bv.1.74. -6 Pinnacle, acme, highest point. -7 Front, forepart, van (as of an army); पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26; U.5.3. -8 Chief, principal, head (usually at the end of comp.). -9 N. of the verse in the गायत्री (from आपो ज्योतिः to स्वरोम्); cf. T. Ar.1.27; Bhāg 5.9.5. -Comp. -अस्थि n. (शिरोस्थि) the skull. -कपालिन् m. an ascetic who carries about a human skull. -क्रिया presentation of the head. -गृहम् (शिरोगृहम्) a room on the top of a house, turret, garret. -ग्रहः (शिरोग्रहः) affection of the head, headache. -छेदः, -छेदनम् (शिरश्छेदः &c.) beheading, decapitation. -तापिन् m. an elephant. -त्रम्, -त्राणम् 1 a helmet; च्युतैः शिरस्त्रैश्चषकोत्तरेव R.7.49,66; अपनीत- शिरस्त्राणाः 4.64. -2 a head-dress. -धरा, -धिः, ध्रः (शिरोधरा, -धिः, -ध्रः) the neck; तेषां शिरोधरान् धूताञ्छरध्वज- धनूंषि च Rām.7.7.17; निकृत्तबाहूरुशिरोध्रविग्रहम् Bhāg.1. 59.16; Śi.4.52;5.65; cf. कम्बुशिरोधिः Chaitanyachandro- daya 3. -पीठम् the back of the neck. -पीडा headache. -पुष्पम् an ornament for the head; स्फुरितारुणवर्णेन शिर- ष्पुष्पेण शोभिताम् Śiva B.2.53. -प्रणामः bending the head. -प्रदानम् giving up the head or life. -प्रावरणम् a turban. -फलः the cocoa-nut tree. -भूषणम् (शिरोभूषणम्) an ornament for the head. -मणिः (शिरोमणिः) 1 a jewel worn on the head. -2 a crest-jewel. -3 a title of respect conferred on learned men. -मर्मन् m. (शिरोमर्मन्) a hog. -मालिन् m. (शिरोमालिन्) an epithet of Śiva. -रत्नम् (शिरोरत्नम्) a jewel worn on the head. -रुजा (शिरोरुजा) head-ache. -रुह् m., -रुहः (शिरोरुह्- रुहः) (also शिरसिरुह्-हः) the hair of the head; शिरोरुहैः स्नानकषायवासितैः स्त्रियो निदाधं शमयन्ति कामिनाम् Ṛs. 1.4; Ku.5.9; R.15.16. -रोगः a disease of the head; अथातः शिरोरोगविज्ञानीयमध्यायं व्याख्यास्यामः Suśr. -वर्तिन् a. (-शिरोवर्तिन्) being at the head. (-m.) a chief, any one at the head of affairs. -वल्ली (शिरोवल्ली) the crest of a peacock. -वृत्तम् (शिरोवृत्तम्) pepper. -वेष्टः, वेष्टनम् (शिरोवेष्टः, -ष्टनम्) a head-dress, turban; शिरोवेष्टनव्याजतस्ते मुखेन्दोः Sūkti.35. -शूलम् head-ache. -रथः 1 leader, chief. -2 a plaintiff. -a. imminent. -स्थानम् main apartment; गतेष्वस्मासु राजा नः शिरःस्थानानि पश्यतु Pratimā 1.31. -हारिन् m. (शिरोहारिन्) an epithet of Śiva.
śulkaḥ शुल्कः ल्कम् [शुल्क्यते अतिसृज्यते कर्मणि घञ्] 1 A toll, tax, customs, duty; particularly levied at ferries, passes, roads &c.; कः सुधीः संत्यजेद्भाण्डं शुल्कस्यैवातिसाध्वसात् H.3.125; Ms.8.159; Y.2.47. -2 Gain, profit. -3 Money advanced to ratify a bargain. -4 Purchase price (of a girl); money given to the parents of a bride; पीडितो दुहितृशुल्कसंस्थया R.11.38; न कन्यायाः पिता विद्वान् गृह्णीयाच्छुल्कमण्वपि Ms.3.51;8.24;9.93,98; Pratimā 1.15. -5 A nuptial present. -6 Marriage settlement or dowry. -7 Present given by the bride-groom to his bride. -8 A dog; Uṇ.3.42. -9 Price, value. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः a superintendent of tolls, taxes or revenue; Kau. A.2. -खण्डनम् defrauding (government) of its due revenue; also -मोषणम्. -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् m. a toll-collector. -दः 1 the giver of a nuptial present. -2 an affianced suitor; तान् शुल्कदान् वित्तवतः कान्तान् मेने$र्थकामुकाः Bhāg.11.8.24. -शाला, -स्थानम् a toll-station, custom-house; शुल्कस्थाने परिहरन्न- काले क्रयविक्रयी Ms.8.4.
śūlika शूलिक a. [शूल-ठन्] 1 Having a pike. -2 Roasted on a spit. -कः A hare. -2 A cock. -3 One who impales criminals. -4 The illegitimate son of a Brāhmaṇa or Kṣatriya and a Śūdra woman. -कम् Roasted meat.
śobhanīya शोभनीय a. Handsome, lovely; भट्टिनि, सर्वशोभनीयं सुरूपं नाम Prātimā 1.
śraddhā श्रद्धा 1 Trust, faith, belief, confidence. -2 Belief in divine revelation, religious faith; श्रद्धा वित्तं विधिश्चेति त्रितयं तत्समागतम् Ś.7.29; R.2.16; अयतिः श्रद्धयोपेतो योगात् चलितमानसः Bg.6.37;7.21;17.3. -3 Sedateness, composure of mind. -4 Intimacy, familiarity. -5 Respect, reverence. -6 Strong or vehement desire; तथापि वैचित्र्य- रहस्यलुब्धाः श्रद्धां विधास्यन्ति सचेतसो$त्र Vikr.1.13; युद्धश्रद्धा- पुलकित इव प्राप्तसख्यः करेण Mu.6.18. -7 The longing of a pregnant woman. -Comp. -जाड्यम् blind faith.
śrāddha श्राद्ध a. [श्रद्धा हेतुत्वेनास्त्यस्य अण्] Faithful, believing. -द्धम् 1 A funeral rite or ceremony performed in honour of the departed spirits of dead relatives; श्रद्धया दीयते यस्मात्तस्माच्छ्राद्धं निगद्यते; it is of three kinds:-- नित्य, नैमित्तिक, and काम्य; यः संगतानि कुरुते मोहाच्छ्राद्धेन मानवः Ms.3. 14. -2 An obsequial oblation, a gift or offering at a Śrāddha; विहाय शोकं धर्मात्मा ददौ श्राद्धमनुत्तमम् Mb.14.62. 1; सर्वं श्रद्धया दत्तं श्राद्धम् Pratimā 5. -Comp. -कर्मन् n., -क्रिया a funeral ceremony. -कृत् m. the performer of a funeral rite. -दः the offerer of a Śrāddha or funeral oblation. -दिनः, -नम् the aniversary of the death of a relative in whose honour a Śrāddha is performed. -देवः, -देवता 1 a deity presiding over funeral rites. -2 an epithet of Yama. -3 a Viśvadeva q. v. -4 a Pitṛi or progenitor. -भुज् a. eating food prepared at a श्राद्ध; श्राद्धभुग्वृषलीतल्पं तदहर्यो$धिगच्छति Ms.3.25. -भुज्, -भोक्तृ m. a deceased ancestor. -मित्रः making friends through a श्राद्ध; cf. श्राद्धम् (1) above; स स्वर्गाच्च्यवते लोकाच्छ्राद्धमित्रो द्विजाधमः Ms.3.14.
saṃyogaḥ संयोगः 1 (a) Conjunction, union, combination, junction, association, intimate union; संयोगो हि वियोगस्य संसूचयति संभवम् Subhāṣ. (b) Endowment with, possesssion of. -2 Conjunction (as one of the 24 guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas). -3 Addition, annexation. -4 A set; आभरणसंयोगाः Māl.6. -5 Alliance between two kings for a common object. -6 (In gram.) A conjunct consonant; हलो$नन्तराः संयोगः P.I.1.7. -7 (In astr.) The conjunction of two heavenly bodies. -8 An epithet of Śiva. -9 (In phil.) Contact (direct material). -1 Carnal contact. -11 Matrimonial relation. -12 Agreement of opinion. -13 Sum, total amount. -Comp. -पृथक्त्वम् severalty of conjunction. This circumstance accounts for one and the same thing being नित्य as well as नैमित्तिक. In one case it would be नित्य, in the other it would be नैमित्तिक; (एकस्य तूभयत्वे संयोगपृथक्त्वम् MS. 4.3.5; न संयोगपृथक्त्वात् MS.12.1.24.); e. g. दधि is नित्य in दध्ना जुहोत्ति, but नैमित्तिक in दध्ना इन्द्रियकामस्य जुहुयात्. This न्याय is discussed and established in MS.4.3.5.7. -विधिः the Vedānta, propounding the union of जीव and ब्रह्म; Mb.12.2.11 (com.). -विभागाः (m. pl.) conjunctions and disjunctions; यदि शब्दं संयोगविभागा एवाभिव्यञ्जन्ति न कुर्वन्ति etc.; ŚB. on MS.1.1.13. -विरुद्धम् any eatables causing disease by being mixed.
saṃveśanam संवेशनम् 1 Coition, sexual union. -2 Going to bed; संवेशनोत्थापनयोः Pratimā. -3 A seat, bench.
saṃsaktiḥ संसक्तिः f. 1 Close, adherence, intimate union or junction; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम् Ki.7.27. -2 Close contact, proximity. -3 Intercourse, intimacy, intimate acquaintance; संसक्तिं मृशमपि भूरिशो$वधूतै: Śi.8.67. -4 Tying, fastening together. -5 Devotion, addiction (to anything).
saṃsūcanam संसूचनम् 1 Showing plainly, proving. -2 Informing, telling. -3 Hinting, intimating; अर्थस्य संसूचनम्. -4 Reproaching, accusing.
saṃsargaḥ संसर्गः 1 Commixture, junction, union. -2 Contact, company, association, society; न संसर्गं व्रजेत् सद्भिः प्राय- श्चित्ते$कृते द्विजः Ms.11.47; संसर्गमुक्तिः खलेषु Bh.2.62; Ś.1.3. Proximity, touch. -4 Intercourse, familiarity. -5 Copulation, sexual union; नानागन्धर्वमिथुनैः पानसंसर्गकर्कशैः Rām.4.67.45; प्रत्याहारेण संसर्गान् ध्यानेनानी- श्वरान् गुणान् Ms.6.72. -6 Co-existence, intimate relation. -7 Confusion. -8 A particular conjunction of celestial bodies. -9 A particular combination of two humours which produces diseases. -1 Point of intersection. -11 Duration; Mb.3. -Comp. -अभावः one of the two main kinds of non-existence, relative non-existence, which is of three kinds; प्रागभाव antecedent, प्रध्वंसाभाव emergent, and अन्यन्ताभाव absolute, non-existence. -दोषः the fault or evil consequences resulting from association, especially with bad people. -विद्या 1 learning by social intercourse; Kau. A.1.12. -2 Social science.
saṃsṛṣṭa संसृष्ट p. p. 1 Commingled, mixed or united tegether, conjoined. -2 Associated or connected together as partners. -3 Composed. -4 Reunited. -5 involved in. -6 Created. -7 Cleanly dressed. -8 Accomplished, performed. -ष्टम् Intimacy, friendship. -Comp. -भावः near relationship, friendship. -रूप a. adulterated.
saṃstu संस्तु 2 P. 1 To praise. -2 To extol, celebrate. -3 To praise in chorus. -4 To be acquainted with, be familiar or intimate with (chiefly in p. p. in this sense); अनेकशः संस्तुतमप्यनल्पा नवं नवं प्रीतिरहो करोति Śi.3.31; Ki.3.2; see संस्तुत.
saṃstavaḥ संस्तवः 1 Praise, eulogium; न वशं योषितो यान्ति न दानैर्न च संस्तवैः Pt.4.89. -2 Acquaintance, intimacy, familiarity; गुणाः प्रियत्वे$धिकृता न संस्तवः Ki.4,25; नवैर्गुणैः संप्रति संस्तवस्थिरं तिरोहितं प्रेम घनागमश्रियः 4.22; Śi.7.31. -3 Agreeing together, harmony. -Comp. -प्रीतिः love through acquaintance.
saṃstuta संस्तुत p. p. 1 Praised, eulogized. -2 Praised together. -3 Agreeing together, harmonious. -4 Intimate, familiar; संकल्पनिर्वृतिषु संस्तुत एष दासः Māl.7.2. -5 Intended, aimed at; जयन्ति महतां संस्तुतापलापिन्यः कल्याणिन्यो नीतयः Māl.1.23/24. -6 Equal to; श्वविङ्बराहोष्ट्रखरैः संस्तुतः पुरुषः पशुः Bhāg.2.3.19.
sakhyam सख्यम् [सख्युर्भावः यत्] 1 Friendship, intimacy, alliance; मुमूर्च्छ सख्यं रामस्य समानव्यसने हरौ R.12.57; तस्यैव मे सौहृदसख्यमैत्री Bhāg.1.81.36; समानशीलव्यसनेषु सख्यम् Subhāṣ. -2 Equality. -सख्यः A friend.
saṃketaḥ संकेतः 1 An intimation, allusion. -2 A sign, gesture, hint; Mu.1. -3 An indicatory sign, mark, token. -4 Agreement, convention; संकेतो गृह्यते जातौ गुणद्रव्यक्रियासु च S. D.12. -5 Engagement, appointment, assignation (made by a mistress or lover); नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -6 A place of meeting (for lovers), rendezvous; सा स्वैरिण्येकदा कान्तं संकेतं उपनेष्यति Bhāg.11. 8.23; कान्तार्थिनी तु या याति संकेतं साभिसारिका Ak. -7 Condition, provision. -8 A short explanatory rule (in gram.) -Comp. -गृहम्, -निकेतनम्, -स्थानम् a place of appointment or assignation, rendezvous. -वाक्यम् watchword.
saṃkṣipta संक्षिप्त p. p. 1 Heaped together. -2 Compressed, contracted; एकप्रकारसंक्षिप्तं कोसलराज्यम् Pratimā 1; एकशरीर- संक्षिप्ता पृथिवी रक्षितव्या. -3 Abridged, curtailed, shortened. -4 Diminished, lessened. -5 Brief, concise, short. -6 Restrained. -7 Thrown, despatched -8 Seized; grasped.
saṃgata संगत p. p. 1 Joined or united with, come together, associated with; तदा गन्तव्यमनिशं भवद्भिरिह संगतैः Rām. 7.36.58. -2 Assembled, collected, convened, met together. -3 Joined in wedlock, marrried. -4 Sexually united. -5 Fitted together, appropriate, harmonious; शृणुतमिदानीं संगतार्था न वेति Ś.3. -6 In conjunction with (as planets). -7 Shrunk up, contracted; see गम् with सम्. -तम् Union, meeting, alliance; संगतं श्रीसरस्वत्योर्भूत- ये$स्तु सदा सताम् V.5.24; Ś.5.24; Ki.14.22. -2 Association, company. -3 Acquaintance, friendship, intimacy; यतः सतां संनतगात्रि संगतं मनीषिभिः साप्तपदीनमुच्यते Ku. 5.39. -4 A harmonious or consistent speech, wellreasoned remarks. -Comp. -गात्र a. having shrivelled limbs. -सन्धिः a peace concluded after friendship.
saciḥ सचिः 1 A friend. -2 Friendship; intimacy. -f. The wife of Indra; see शची.
saṃdānakam संदानकम् A pigeon's nest; अपनीतकपोतसंदानकम् Pratimā 3.
saṃdhā संधा 1 Union, association. -2 Intimate union, close connection. -3 State, condition. -4 An agreement, a promise, stipulation, compact; ततार संघामिव सत्यसंधः R.14. 52; Mv.7.8. -5 Limit, boundary; यत्रस्त्वं कर्मसंधानां साधूनां गृहमेधिनाम् Bhāg.6.5.42. -6 Fixity, steadiness. -7 Twilight. -8 Distillation (for संधान q. v.). -9 Steady continuance in any state.
saṃniviś संनिविश् 6 Ā. 1 To enter into, enter deeply. -2 To encamp, sit down. -3 To have intercourse or intimate connection with. -Caus 1 To place, put. -2 To install or place on; धातोः स्थान इवादेशं सुग्रीवं संन्यवेशयत् R.12.58. -3 To unite, join, collect. -4 To introduce, insert, put in. -5 To lodge, locate, station, encamp. -6 To devolve upon, commit to, consign. -7 To found (a town &c.). -8 To fix the mind on. -9 The contemplate, reflect upon.
samave समवे 2 P. 1 To assemble, come together; समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. -2 To be related or connected in an intimate relation.
samavāyaḥ समवायः 1 Combination, union, conjunction, aggregate, collection; तेषां समवाये एकदेशकालकतृत्वे ... एकतन्त्रत्वं भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.1; सर्वाविनयानामेकैकमप्येषामायतनं किमुत समवायः K.; बहूनामप्यसाराणां समवायो हि दुर्जयः Pt.1. 331; Bhāg.6.9.34. -2 A number, multitude, heap. -3 Close connection, cohesion; कर्तृदेशकालानामचोदनं प्रयोगे नित्यसमवायात् MS.4.2.23. -4 (In Vaiś. phil.) Intimate union, constant and inseparable connection, inseparable inherence or existence of one thing in another, one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; उक्तं समवाये पारदौर्बल्यम् MS.8.4.17; नित्यसंबन्धः समवायः Tarka K. -5 Conjunction of heavenly bodies; समालोक्यैकतामेव शशिनो भास्करस्य च । समवायं तु तं रौद्रं दृष्ट्वा शक्रो$न्वचिन्तयत् ॥ Mb.3. 224.16. -Comp. -संबन्धः intimate and inseparable relation.
samavāyin समवायिन् a. 1 Closely or intimately connected. -2 Multitudinous. -m. (with पुरुष) the individual soul; अनादिरात्मा संभूतिर्विद्यते नान्तरात्मनः । समवायी तु पुरुषो मोहेच्छाद्वेष- कर्मजः ॥ Y.3.125. -Comp. -कारणम् inseparable cause, the material cause (one of the three kinds of कारण mentioned in Vaiśeṣika phil.).
samaveta समवेत p. p. 1 Come together, met, united, joined; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. -2 Intimately united, or inherent, inseparably connected. -3 Comprised or contained in a larger number. -Comp. -अर्थं a. significant, instructive.
samudra समुद्र a. Sealed, bearing a seal, stamped; समुद्रो लेखः; समुद्रे नाप्नुयात् किंचिद्यदि तस्मान्न संहरेत् Ms.8.188. -द्रः 1 The sea, ocean. -2 An epithet of Śiva. -3 The number 'four'. -4 N. of an immensely high number; शतं खर्वसहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28. 37. -5 A particular configuration of stars and planets. -द्रा 1 The plant zedoary. -2 The Śamī tree. -Comp. -अन्तः, -न्तम् 1 the sea-shore. -2 nutmeg. -अन्ता 1 the cotton-plant. -2 the earth. -अम्बरा the earth. -अरुः, -आरुः 1 a crocodile. -2 a large fabulous fish. -3 Rāma's bridge; cf. रामसेतु. -कफः, -फेनः the cuttle fish-bone. -काञ्ची the earth. -कान्ता, -पत्नी a river. -कुक्षिः the shore of the sea. -ग a. sea-faring. (-गः) 1 a sea-trader. -2 a seaman, a sea-farer; so समुद्रगामिन्-यायिन् &c. (-गा) a river. -गृहम् 1 a summer-house built in the midst of water; Pratimā 2. -2 a bath-room. -चुलुकः an epithet of Agastya. -दयिता a river. -नवनीतम् 1 the moon. -2 ambrosia, nectar. -नेमिः, -मी the earth. -पर्यन्त a. seabound. -महिषी the Ganges; नय मां भयवन् साधो समुद्रमहिषीं प्रियाम् Mb.3.187.19. -मेखला, -रसना, -वसना the earth. -यानम्1 a sea-voyage. -2 a vessel, ship, boat; समुद्रयानकुशला देशकालार्थदर्शिनः । स्थापयन्ति तु यां वृद्धिम् ... Ms.8.157. -यात्रा a sea-voyage. -यायिन् a. see समुद्रग. -योषित् f. a river; विभूषिताः कुञ्जसमुद्रयोषितः Ki.8.9; also समुद्रवल्लभा. -वह्निः submarine fire. -वेला 1 the oceantide. -2 an ocean-wave. -3 the sea-coast line. -सुभगा the Ganges. समुद्रि samudri (द्री drī) य y समुद्र्य samudrya समुद्रि (द्री) य समुद्र्य a. Marine, oceanic, maritime.
sāgama सागम a. Legitimate.
sāptapada साप्तपद a. (-दी f.), साप्तपदीन a. [cf. P.V.2.22] Formed by walking together seven steps, or by talking together seven words; यतः सतां संनतगात्रि संगतं मनी- षिभिः साप्तपदीनमुच्यते Ku.5.39 (where the latter sense appears better); सतां साप्तपदं मैत्रमित्याहुर्विबुधा जनाः Pt.2.43; 4.13. -दम्, -दीनम् 1 Circumambulation of the nuptial fire by the bride and bridegroom in seven steps (which makes the marriage tie irrevocable). -2 Friendship, intimacy.
sāyujyam सायुज्यम् 1 Intimate union, identification, absorption, especially into a deity (one of the four states of Mukti); सायुज्यं सलोकतां जयति य एवमेतत् साम वेद Bṛi. Up.1.3.22. -2 Similarity, likeness.
sītā सीता [सि-त पृषो˚ दीर्घः] 1 A furrow, track or line of a ploughshare. -2 (Hence) A tilled or furrowed ground, ploughed land; वृषेव सीतां तदवग्रहक्षताम् Ku.5.61. -3 Husbandry, agriculture; as in सीताद्रव्य q. v. -4 N. of the daughter of Janaka, king of Mithilā, and wife of Rāma.; जनकानां कुले कीर्तिमाहरिष्यति मे सुता । सीता भर्तार- मासाद्य रामं दशरथात्मजम् ॥ Rām.1.67.22. [She was so called because she was supposed to have sprung from a furrow made by king Janaka while ploughing the ground to prepare it for a sacrifice which he had instituted to obtain progeny, and hence also her epithets, 'Ayonijā', 'Dharāputrī' &c. She was married to Rāma and accompanied him to the forest. While there she was once carried off by Rāvaṇa who tried to violate her chastity, but she scornfully rejected his suit. When Rāma came to know that she was in Lankā, he attacked ther place, killed Rāvaṇa and his host of demons, and recovered Sītā. She had, however, to pass through the terrible ordeal of fire before she could be received by her husband as his wife. Though thus convinced of her chastity, he had afterwards to abandon her, when far advanced in pregnancy, because the people continued to suspect her fidelity. She however, found a protector in the sage Vālmīki, at whose hermitage she was delivered of Kuśa and Lava, and who brought them up. She was ultimately restored to Rāma by the sage.] -5 N. of a goddess, wife of Indra. -6 N. of Umā -7 N of Lakṣmī. -8 N. of one of the four fabulous branches (the eastern branch) of the Ganges. -9 Spirituous liquor. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of agriculture. -द्रव्यम् implements of agriculture, tools of husbandry; सीताद्रव्यापहरणे शस्त्राणा- मौषधस्य च Ms.9.293. -पतिः N. of Rāmachandra. -फलः the custard-apple tree. (-लम्) its fruit.
su सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con
sūc सूच् 1 U. (सूचयति-ते, सूचित) 1 To pierce. -2 To point out, indicate, show, manifest, prove; त्वां सूचयिष्यति तु माल्यसमुद्भवो$यं (गन्धः) Mk.1.35; Me.21; प्रस्निग्धाः क्वचिदिङ्गुदीफलभिदः सूच्यन्त एवोपलाः Ś.1.14. -3 To betray, divulge, reveal; स जातु सेव्यमानो$पि गुप्तद्वारो न सूच्यते R.17. 5. -4 To hint, intimate, suggest. -5 To gesticulate, act, indicate by gestures or signs; वामाक्षिस्पन्दनं सूचयति; रथवेगं सूचयति &c. -6 To trace out, spy, ascertain. -With अभि to show, indicate; अमन्यत नलं प्राप्तं कर्मचेष्टाभि- सूचितम् Mb.
sūcaka सूचक a. (-चिका f.) [सूच्-ण्वुल्] 1 Indicative, indicating, proving, showing. -2 Betraying, informing; स विनाशं व्रजत्याशु सूचको$शुचिरेव च Ms.4.71;11.5. -कः 1 A piercer. -2 A needle, any instrument for perforating or sewing. -3 An informer, a tale-bearer, traducer, spy; नृपं संसूचयेत् ज्ञात्वा सूचकः स उदाहृतः Śukra.4. 589 -4 narrator, teacher, an instructor. -5 The manager or chief actor of a company. -6 A Buddha. -7 A Siddha. -8 A villain, scoundrel -9 A demon, goblin. -1 A dog. -11 A crow. -12 A cat. -13 A kind of fine rice. -Comp. -वाक्यम् the information given by an informer. सूचनम्, -ना [सूच्-भावे ल्युट्] 1 The act of piercing or perforating, boring, perforation. -2 Pointing out, indication, intimation. -3 Informing against, betraying, calumniating, traducing. -4 Gesticulation, indicating by proper signs or gestures. -5 Hinting, hint. -6 Information. -7 Teaching, showing, describing -8 Spying out, spying, seeing, ascertaining. -9 Villainy, wickedness. -1 Hurting, killing.
sūcita सूचित p. p. [सूच्-क्त] 1 Pierced, bored, perforated. -2 Pointed out, shown, intimated, indicated, hinted. -3 Made known or indicated by signs or gestures. -4 Communicated, told, revealed. -5 Ascertained, known.
sūcin सूचिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Piercing, perforating. -2 Pointing out, intimating, indicating. -3 Informing against. -4 Spying out. -m. 1 A spy, an informer; Mb.13.9. 9. -2 A kind of an arrow; न सूची कपिशो नैव न गवास्थि- र्गजास्थिजः Mb.7.189.12.
sopadha सोपध a. 1 Full of fraud or deceit, deceitful. -2 What is given away with an end in view; Dānasāgara, Bibl. Ind.274, Fas.1 p.45. -3 With penultimate letter.
sauvarṇika सौवर्णिक a. Made of gold; Pratimā 1. -कः A goldsmith.
sphur स्फुर् 6 P. (स्फुरति, स्फुरित) 1 (a) To throb, palpitate (as eyes &c.); शान्तमिदमाश्रमपदं स्फुरति च बाहुः कुतः फल- मिहास्य Ś.1.16; स्फुरता वामकेनापि दाक्षिण्यमवलम्ब्यते Māl. 1.8; अभिमतफलशंसी चारु पुस्फोर बाहुः Bk.1.27; स्फुरति हृदयं वाहय रथम् Pratimā 3.1. (b) To shake, tremble, quiver, vibrate in general; स्फुरदधरनासापुटतया U.1.29; 6.33. -2 To twitch, struggle, become agitated; हतं पृथिव्यां करुणं स्फुरन्तम् Rām. -3 To start, dart, spring forward; पुस्फुरुर्वृषभाः परम् Bk.14.46. -4 To spring back, rebound (as a bow.). -5 To spring or break forth, shoot out, spring up, rise forth; धर्मतः स्फुरति निर्मलं यशः Ku.3.68. -6 To start into view, become visible or manifest, appear clearly, become displayed; मुखात् स्फुरन्तीं को हर्तुमिच्छति हरेः परिभूय दंष्ट्राम् Mu.1.8; रचितरुचिरभूषां दृष्टिमोषे प्रदोषे स्फुरति निरवसादां कापि राधां जगाद Gīt.11. -7 To flash, scintillate, sparkle, glitter, gleam, shine; स्फुरतु कुचकुम्भयोरुपरि मणिमञ्जरी रञ्जयतु तव हृदयदेशम् Gīt.1; (तया) स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; R.3.6;5.51; Me.15,27. -8 To shine, distinguish oneself, become eminent; जातस्तु गण्यते सो$त्र यः स्फुरत्यन्वयाधिकम् Pt.1.27. -9 To flash on the mind, rush suddenly into memory. -1 To go tremulously. -11 To bruise, destroy. -Caus. (स्फारयति-ते, स्फोरयति-ते) 1 To cause to throb or vibrate. -2 To cause to shine, irradiate. -3 To throw, cast. -With अप to shine forth or out. अभि 1 to spread or be diffused, expand. -2 to become known.
hastinī हस्तिनी 1 A female elephant. -2 A kind of drug and perfume. -3 A woman of a particular class, one of the four classes into which writers on erotical science divide women (described as having thick lips, thick hips, thick fingers, large breasts, dark complexion, and libidinous appetite); the Ratimañjarī thus describes her:-- स्थूलाधरा स्थूलनितम्बबिम्बा स्थूलाङ्गुलिः स्थूलकुचा सुशीला । कामोत्सुका गाढरतिप्रिया च नितान्तभोक्त्री (नितम्ब- खर्वा) खलु हस्तिनी स्यात् (करिणी मता सा) 8.
Macdonell Search
37 results
ajñāna n. ignorance; inadvertence: ab. inadvertently; non-intelligence: name of primeral matter as the ultimate material cause; a. ignorant, foolish, inexperienced.
ananyagāmin a. going to no other; -guru, a. having no other father, fa therless; -kitta, a. thinking exclusively of (lc.); -ketas, a. id.; -ga, a. legitimately born; -gâni, a. having no other wife; -drishti, a. looking at nothing else; -nâtha, a. having no other protector; -nârî-kamanîya, fp. not to be desired by another woman; -nârî-sâmâ nya, a. having communion with no other wo man; -para, a. intent on nothing else; -pa râyana, a. devoted to no one else; -pûrva, a. not married to any one else before; -pûrvikâ, f. not married before; -prati kriya, a. having no other expedient; -bhâg, a. devoted to no one else; -manas, a. think ing of no one else; -mânasa, a. id.; -ruki, a. liking nothing else; -vishaya, a. relating to nothing else; -vyâpâra, a. occupied with no thing else; -sarana, a. having no other re fuge; -sâsana, a. under no one else's com mands; -samtati, a. without other offspring; -sama, a. like no one else, unequalled; -sâ dhârana, a. (î) common to no one else; -sâ mânya, a. unequalled; -½adhîna, a. depending on no other; -½apatya, a. having no other off spring; -½âsrita, pp. not transferred to another.
antarajña a. discriminating: -tâ, f. discrimination; -tara, cpv. very intimate with (g.); -tás, ad. within; prp. within (g.); from within (--°ree;); -patita, pp. vanished,=not coming into consideration; -pûrusha, m. soul; -prabhava, a. of intermediate origin, i. e. of mixed caste; -prepsu, des. a. wishing to obtain an opportunity; -stha, a. being within (g., --°ree;); inner; m. surety; witness; -sthita, pp. standing within (--°ree;).
antaraṅga a. inner; intimate; akin; n. internal organ, heart.
antara a. intimate; inner; other; n. interior; interval, distance; entrance; time, while; opportunity, weak point; difference, species, peculiarity; surety; --°ree;=other, dif ferent, special, peculiar: -m,ad. inwards, within; further; into the midst of (g., --°ree;); in. between, within, during, after (ac., --°ree;); with out, except; on account of, with regard to (ac., g.); ab. out of, after (--°ree;); lc. (also pl.) in, within; meanwhile, on the way; during, after (--°ree;); between, among (g., --°ree;); (e)tasmin --, (t)atra --, meanwhile.
antama spv. next; intimate, very dear; last; m. neighbour.
abhyantara a. inner, being within; contained in (g., lc., --°ree;); intimate; initiated, conversant with (lc.); akin; belonging to; essential to (--°ree;); secret; n. interior; interval of time: -m, ad.within; into (--°ree;); lc. at in tervals; in the space of, within (--°ree;).
aryamya a. intimate.
aryaman m. intimate, comrade; N. of one of the Âdityas, chief of the Pitris; groomsman; sun.
upakṣepa m. mention, intimation; -na, n. id.
upanyāsa a. procuring; m. ad junction; procurement; incidental mention, intimation; statement, declaration; discus sion; kind of alliance or peace: -m, ad. while alleging (--°ree;).
upanyasana n. adduction of a topic; preaching; -ta, pp. (√ 2. as) intima tion, remark.
upadhā f. fraud; intrigue; moral test; penultimate or preceding letter (gr.); (&asharp;)-na, a. putting on; n. placing upon; cushion, pillow; -nîya, n. cushion; -yin, a. making a pillow of (--°ree;).
kupaṭa m. poor garment; -patu, a. stupid; -pathita, pp. who has learnt (his part) badly; -pati, m. bad husband; bad king; -parigñâta, pp. ill-comprehended; -parîk sha-ka, a. estimating badly; m. bad estimator; -parîkshita, pp. ill-investigated; -pâtra, n. unworthy person; -putra, m. bad son; -puru sha, m. contemptible man; coward.
tālpa a. born in the nuptial bed; le gitimate.
dharmya a. lawful, legal, legitimate; permitted by the sacred tradition, customary; just, honest; befitting (g.).
dharmāraṇya n. forest for the performance of religious duties; hermit-wood; N. of a forest in Madhyadesa; N. of a city; -½artha-yukta, pp. according with the good and the useful; -½âsrita, pp.just, virtuous; -½âsana, n. judgment-seat; -½asti-kâya, m. category of virtue (with the Jains); -½âhrita, pp. legitimately acquired.
niṣpanda panda ] a. motionless: î kri, render motionless; -parikara, a. not having made the necessary preparations; -parikaya, a. not becoming intimate; -pari- kkhada, a. having no retinue; -paryanta,a. unlimited.
paraspara a.: ac. each other; in. by or with each other; g. of each other; °ree;--, -tas, -m, ad. each other, mutually; -gña, a. knowing one another, intimate; -vyâvritti, f. mutual exclusion; -sthita, pp.standing op posite each other; -½âdin, a. devouring one another; -½amisha-tâ, f. condition of being one another's prey; -½âsraya, m. mutual de pendence, petitio principii; a. mutual; -½upa-kâra, m. mutual benefit.
paricaya m. 1. accumulation; 2. acquaintance, knowledge; intimacy; fami liarity with, practice of (in.±samam, g., lc., --°ree;); repetition or frequency of (--°ree;): -vat, a. well-known; -kara, m.companion; attendant, servant; -kárana, m. attendant; n. service; attendance on (--°ree;); -karanîya, fp. to be tended; applicable; -karitavya, fp. to be tended, served, or honoured; -karya, fp. to be tended or honoured:â, f. attendance, service, devotion, homage; -kâra-ka, m. as sistant, attendant, servant: ikâ, f. female attendant, waiting-maid; -kârana, n. at tendance; -kâr-in, a. attending on, doing homage to (--°ree;): (-i)-tâ, f. abst.n.; -kiti, f. acquaintance, intimacy with (--°ree;); -kintanî ya, fp. to be maturely considered; -kumb ana, n. passionate kissing.
parisaṃvatsara m. full year; a. a full year old; waiting a full year; -sakhya, n. true friendship; -samkhyâ, f. complete tale or enumeration; full number, totality, sum, number; exhaustive statement (i. e. excluding everything not specified): -na, n. complete enumeration, full number; exhaustive statement; just examination or estimate; -samghushta, pp. resonant on all sides; -samâpti, f. conclusion, completion, end; extension to (lc. or ad. with prati); -sara, a. adjacent; bordering on (--°ree;); m. neighbourhood, region, proximity; -sarpana, n. creeping about; walking about; running to and fro, continual change from place to place; -sarpin, a. moving about; -sâdhana, n. accomplishment; settlement, exaction (of debts); -sântvana, n. consoling: pl. blandish ments; -sâraka, n. N. of a place on the Sarasvatî.
puṣpita pp. flowering, blossom ing, blooming, flowery; having flower-like marks, spotted; in full bloom (fig.); flowery (talk=empty words); provided with (in. or --°ree;): -palâsa-pratima, a.resembling a flower ing Palâsa tree (i. e. covered with red spots).
pratibaddha pp. connected: -tâ, f. connexion with (--°ree;); -banddhri, m. hinderer, obstructor: -tâ, f. obstruction; -bandha, m. connexion; investment, siege; hindrance, impediment; stoppage, suspension; logical impediment, obstructive argument; support: in. by employing all kinds of obstacles: -ka, a. (ikâ) hindering, obstructing, -vat, a. beset with obstacles; -bandhi-kalpanâ, f. assump tion liable to alegitimate contradiction; -bandhin, a. liable to be impeded or checked; --°ree;, impeding, obstructing; -bandhi-tâ, f. state of checking, obstruction; -bala, 1. n. hostile army; 2. a. having equal strength, being a match for (g.), equally strong in (--°ree;); capable of, adequate to (inf. or d. of vbl. n.); m. well-matched adversary; -bâdhaka, a. repelling (--°ree;); -bâdhana, n. warding off, re pulsion (of, g.; ac.1); -bâhu, m. fore-arm.
bahutama spv. remotest: â bahutamât purushât, down to the remotest descendant; -tara, cpv. more numerous, more, than (ab.); more extensive, greater (fire); too or very much; several: etad eva½asmâkam bahutaram -yad, it is already a great thing for us that --; -m, ad. more; repeatedly; -tara-ka, a. very much or numerous; -tarâm, (ac. f.) ad. highly, greatly, very; -tâ, f. abundance, multitude; -titha, a.(having many tithis or lunar days), long (time); much, manifold: -m, ad. greatly; e&zip;hani, on many a day=for many days; -trina, n. almost grass, a mere straw; -trish- na, a. suffering from great thirst; -trivarsha, a.almost three years old; -tva, n. multiplicity, multitude; majority, opinion of the majority; plural; -dakshiná, a. accompanied by many gifts (sacrifice); -dâna, n. bounteous gift; 2. a. (á) munificent; -dâyin, a. id.; -drisvan,m. great observer, very learned man; -devata, a. addressed to many deities (verse); -devatyã, a. belonging to many gods; -daivata, a. relating to many gods; -dosha, 1. m. great harm or disadvantage; 2. a. having many drawbacks (forest); -dhana, a. possessing much wealth, very rich: -½îsvara, m. very wealthy man; -dh&asharp;, ad. in many ways, parts, or places; variously; many times, repeatedly; very: -kri, multiply; spread abroad;-nâman, a. having many names; -patnîka, a. having many wives: -tâ, f. polygamy; -pada, a. many footed; -parná, a. many-leaved; -pasu, a. rich in cattle; -pâda, a. many-footed; hav ing several pâdas (verse); -putra, a.having many sons or children; -pushpa-phala½upe ta, pp. having many flowers and fruits; -pra kâra, a. manifold: -m, ad. variously; repeatedly; -prakriti, a. consisting of several nominal bases (compound); -praga, a.rich in children; -pragña, a. very wise; -pra- gñâna-sâlin, a. possessed of much knowledge; -pratigña, a. involving several charges or counts (leg.); -prapañka, a. of great diffuseness, prolix; -pralâpin, a. garrulous; -bhâshin, a. id.; -bhâshya, n. loquacity; -bhug, a. eating much; -bhûmika, a. consisting of many stories (building); -bhoktri, m. great eater; -bhogyâ, f. harlot; -bhog aka, a. eating much; -bhog-in, a. id.: (-i) tâ, f.voracity; -bhauma, a. many-storied (building); -mati, f. high opinion, esteem, respect; -matsya, n. place abounding in fish; -madhya-ga, a. belonging to many; -mantavya, fp. to be highly thought of, prized or esteemed; -mâna, m. high opinion or regard, esteem, respect, for (lc. of prs. or thing, rarely g. of prs.); attaching great im portance to (lc.): -purah-saram, ad. with respect; -mânin, a. held in esteem, respected; -mânya, fp. to be highly thought of, estimable; -mâya, a. having many wiles, artful, treacherous; -mitra, a. having many friends; -mukha, a. many-mouthed, talking of many things; -mûla-phala½anvita, pp. furnished with many roots and fruits; -mûlya, 1. n. large sum of money; 2. a. of great price, costly; -yâgín, a. having offered many sacrifices; -ragas, a. very dusty and having much pollen; -ratna, a. abounding in jewels.
bhavabhaṅga m. annihilation of mundane existence; -bhâva, m. love of the world; -bhâvana, a. bestowing welfare: â, f. regarding anything as good fortune (--°ree;); -bhîru, a. fearing rebirth; -bhûti, f. for tunate existence; m. N. of a dramatic poet, author of the Mâlatîmâdhava, the Mahâvîra karita, and the Uttararâmakarita, who lived in the eighth century a.d.; -bhoga, m. plea sures of the world; -manyu, m. resentment against the world; -maya, a. proceeding from Siva; -mokana, a. releasing from mundane existence; -sarman, m. N.; -sa&ndot;gin, a. at tached to worldly existence; -samtati, f. continuous series of transmigrations; -sâyu- gya, n. union with Siva (after death); -sâra, m. ocean of existence.
manana n. thinking, cogitation, reflexion; homage: -vat, a. attended with homage, -yukta, pp. id.; -anîya, fp. estimable.
maitrī f. goodwill (towards, lc.); friendship, intimate association; close con tact, union (with, --°ree;, of inanimate objects); equality, similarity with (--°ree;); Goodwill (per sonified as daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma): -paksha-pâta, m. partiality for any one's friendship; -pûrva, a. preceded by friendship; -bhâva, m. friendship; -maya, a. humane.
viśyāparṇa a. conducted with out the Syâparnas (sacrifice); -srabdha, pp. (√ srambh) confident: °ree;-or -m, ad. confi dently, unhesitatingly; -srama, m. rest, re laxation; -sramana, n.resting, relaxation; -srambha, m. cessation (rare); confidence, in (lc., --°ree;, rarely g.); familiarity, intimacy: -m kri, gain the confidence of (g.): ab. or °ree;--, confidentially; kasmai visrambham katha yâmi, whom shall I make a confidant of? -kathâ, f. confidential or familiar conversa tion, -kathita, (pp.) n. pl. id.; -srambhana, n. confidence; gaining the confidence of (--°ree;); -srambhanîya, fp. inspiring any one (g.) with confidence;-srambha-tâ, f. confidence; -srambha-bhritya, m. confidential servant; -srambha-samkathâ, f. familiar or confiden tial conversation; -srambha½âlâpa, m. id.; -srambhin, a. trusting, placing confidence in (--°ree;); enjoying confidence; confidential (conversation); (ví)-sravas, a. famous; m. N. of a Rishi, son of Pulastya and father of Kubera, Râvana, etc.; -srânana, n. be stowal, gift, of (g., --°ree;); sacrifice of (life); -srânta, pp.(√ sram) rested etc.; -srânti, f. rest, repose, relaxation; cessation, end (rare): -bhûmi, f. means of relaxation; -srâma, m. rest, repose, relaxation (ord. mg.); heaving sigh after exertion; resting-place (rare); cessation, relaxation, abatement: -bhû, f. resting-place, -vesman, n. resting-chamber, -sthâna, n. resting-place of a person=means of recreation; -srâva, m. noise; renown.
saṃsādhana n. preparation; per formance, accomplishment; -sâdhya, fp. to be accomplished; -obtained; conquerable; -sâra, m. transmigration, perpetual succes sion of births, cycle of existence, mundane existence (with all its sorrows): â samsârât, from the beginning of the world: -mandala, m. n. cycle of mundane existence, -mârga, m. path of life, -sâgara, m. ocean of worldly existence; -sârin, a. far-extending, compre hensive (intellect); transmigratory; m. living or human being; -siddhi, f. completion, ac complishment, fulfilment, success; perfection, in (--°ree;); -sûkana, n. manifestation, utterance (of a speech); -sríg, f. concussion (of battle; RV.1); -sriti, f.=-sâra, transmigration, etc.; -srishta, pp. √ srig; n. intimacy: -m kar, enter on intimate relations with (lc.); (sám) srishti, f. union (V.); combination of two figures of speech in one passage (C.); -srish- tin, a. again living in common after the partition of property.
saṃsakta pp. √ sañg: -tâ, f. con dition of having stuck, -yuga, a. yoked, harnessed, -vadana½âsvâsa, a. having her breath cleaving to her mouth, with suppressed breath; -sakti, f. intimate union, close contact, with (--°ree;); -sa&ndot;ga, m. connexion; -sa&ndot;gin, a. (-î) attached or adhering to, intimately associated with: -î-tva, n. close connection with (--°ree;); -sád, f. (sitting together), as sembly; court (of a king or of justice); company, multitude; -sarana, n. going about; transmigration, mundane existence (as a series of transmigrations); -sarga, m. union, connexion, contact, with (in., g., --°ree;); indulgence orparticipation in, contamination with (--°ree;); contact with the world of sense, sensual indulgence (pl.); social contact, as sociation, intercourse, with (in. ± saha, g., lc., --°ree;); sexual intercourse with (in. + saha, g., --°ree;): -vat, a. coming in contact or con nectedwith (--°ree;); -sargi-tâ, f. social relations; -sargin, a. connected, with (--°ree;); possessed of (--°ree;); -sargana, n. commingling, combina tion, with (in.); attaching to oneself, con ciliation of (g.); -sárpa, m. N. of the thir teenth month (V., C.); -sarpana, n. ascent, of (g.); creeping, gliding motion; -sarpad dhvaginî-vimarda-vilasad-dhûlî-maya, a. (î) filled with dust rising through the tramp of a marching army; -sarp-in, a. creeping along; swimming about; gliding over, ex tending to (--°ree;): (-i)-tâ, f. extension to (--°ree;); -sava, m. simultaneous Soma sacrifice of two neighbouring adversaries (Br., S.).
saṃgata pp. (√ gam) apposite etc.; m. alliance based on mutual friendship; n. meeting, with (in., g., lc., --°ree;); association, intercourse, intimacy, with (in., g., --°ree;); agree ment: -½artha, a.having a suitable sense.
samavāptakāma a. having gained one's desire; -ava½aya, m. coming together, encounter, with (g., --°ree;); meeting, assembly, crowd; collection, aggregate; contact, combination; conjunction (of heavenly bodies); collision; close connexion, intimate union, concomitance, inherence; course, duration (rare, E.): in., ab. in combination; -m (or â-n) kri, combine, flock together; -avây-in, a. consisting of a combination (of humours); concomitant, inherent in (--°ree;); w. purusha, m. soul combined with a body, incarnate or individual soul.
saṃbaddham ad. moreover, in ad dition; -bandha, m. collection (rare); con nexion, relation (with, to, in. ± saha, --°ree;); connexion by marriage, matrimonial alliance, relationship, friendship, intimacy (with, in. ± saha, lc., --°ree;); kinsman; friend, ally; --°ree; often incorr. for sambaddha: -ka, n. rela tionship etc.; bad reading for -ga; -bandh in, a. connected, -with, relating or belonging to (g., --°ree;); united with, possessing (--°ree;, rare); related, connected by marriage; m. relation, connexion: (-i)-tâ, f. belonging; connexion with, relation to (in., --°ree;); relationship, con nexion by marriage, (-i)-tva, n. connexion with, relation to (in., --°ree;); -bâdhá, m. C.: throng, crowd; contracted space; pressure, distress, affliction (V., E.): a. (C.) narrow, contracted; crammed with (in.); --°ree;, crowded, thronged or blocked up with, abounding in, full of; -buddhi, f. calling to any one; (end ing of) the vocative singular; -bodha, m. knowledge, understanding; -bodhana, a. awakening (rare); n. perceiving, noticing; recognising; reminding; calling, to any one (g.); (ending of) the vocative singular; -bodhya, fp. to be enlightened or instructed.
sāyujya n. [sa-yug] intimate union, communion, esp. with a god (in., g., lc., --°ree;) after death.
suvitta a. having abundant wealth, rich; -vidagdha, pp. very cunning; -vidátra, a. noticing kindly, benevolent, propitious (V.); n. benevolence, favour (V.); -vidatr-íya, a. id. (RV.1); (sú)-vidita, pp.well-known; -vidyâ, f. good knowledge; -vidha, a. of a good kind; -vidhâna, n. good order or arrangement: -tas, ad. duly; -vidhi, m. suitable manner: in. suitably; -vinîta, pp. well-trained (horses); well-bred; -vipula, a.very great, abundant, etc.; (sú)-vipra, a. very devout (RV.1); -vimala, a. very clear or pure; -virûdha, pp. (√ ruh) fully developed; -visada, a. very distinct or intelligible; -visâla, a. very ex tensive; m. N. of an Asura;-visuddha, pp. perfectly pure; -visvasta, pp. full of confi dence, quite unconcerned; -vistara, m. great extent; great diffuseness: ab. very fully, in great detail: -m yâ, be filled (treasury); a. very extensive or large; very great, intense, or intimate etc.: -m, ad. in great detail, at full length; very vehemently; -vistîrna, pp. very extensive or great: -m, ad. in a very detailed manner; -vismaya, a. greatly sur prised or astonished; -vismita, pp. id.; -vi hita, pp. well carried out or fulfilled; well provided, with (in.); -vihvala, a. greatly exhausted, perturbed or distressed; -vîthî patha, m. a certain entrance to a palace; -v&isharp;ra, V. a. very mighty, heroic; having, abounding, or consisting in, retainers or heroes; m. hero (V.); -v&isharp;rya, n. manly vigour, heroism (V., very rare in E.): pl. heroic deeds; abundance of brave men, host of heroes (V.); a. (C.) very efficacious (herb); -v-riktí, f. [for su½rikti: √ rik] excellent praise, hymn (RV.); a. praising excellently (RV.); praiseworthy (V.); -vriksha, m. fine tree; -vrigána, a. dwelling in fair regions (RV.1); -vrít, V. a. (revolving=) running well (car); -vritta, pp. well-rounded; well conducted, virtuous (esp. of women; ord. mg.); composed in a fine metre; n. good conduct: â, f. N.: (a)-tâ, f. round shape and good conduct; -vriddha, pp. very old (family); -vrídh, a. glad, joyful (RV.); -vega, a. run ning, moving, or flying very fast; -vena, m. N.; -véda, a. easy to find or obtain (V.); -vesha, a. beautifully dressed or adorned: -vat, a. id.; -vyakta, pp. very clear or bright; quite distinct: -m, ad. quite clearly, manifestly; -vyasta, pp. thoroughly dis persed (army); -vyâhrita, (pp.) n. fine say ing; -vratá, a. ruling well (V.); fulfilling one's duties well, very virtuous (C.: often vc.); quiet, gentle (of animals; C., rare); m. N.; -samsa, a. (RV.) blessing bountifully (god); saying good things, pronouncing bless ings (men); -sákti, f. easy possibility, easy matter (RV.1); -sám&ibrevcirc;, in. ad. carefully, dili gently (V.);-saraná, a. granting secure refuge (RV.); -sárman, a. id. (V.); very pleasant (C.); m. frequent N.; -sasta, pp. well-recited (Br.); -sastí, f. good hymn of praise (V.); a. praiseworthy (RV.); -sânta, pp. very calm (water);-sâsita, pp. well controlled, well-disciplined (wife); -sikha, a. having a bright flame (lamp); -sithilî-kri, greatly relax; -siprá (sts. -sípra), a. having beautiful cheeks (RV.); (sú)-si-sv-i, a. √ sû: cp. sisu] growing well (in the womb; RV.1); (sú)-sishti, f. excellent aid (RV.1); -sishya, m. good pupil; -sîghrá, °ree;-or -m, ad. very swiftly; -sîta, a. quite cool or cold; -sîtala, a. id.; -s&isharp;ma, a. [√ sî] pleasant to recline on (Br., rare); -sîma-kâma, a. [hav ing deep-seated love] deeply in love; -sîla, n. good disposition; a. having a good dispo sition, good-tempered; m. N.: -guna-vat, a. having good nature and other good quali ties, -tâ, f. good nature, -vat, a. good natured; -subha, a. very fine (arm); very auspicious (day); very noble (deed); -séva, a. very kindly, loving, tender, or dear (V.); very prosperous (path; Br.); -sóka, a. shin ing brightly (RV.1);-sobhana, a. very hand some or beautiful; most excellent; -skandrá, a. very brilliant (V.); -srávas, a. very famous (V., P.); hearing well or gladly (V.); m. N.; N. of a Nâga; -srânta, pp. greatly exhausted; -sr&isharp;, a.splendid; rich; (sú)-sruta, pp. very famous (RV.1); C.: correctly heard; gladly heard; m. N. of a celebrated medical writer; N. of a son of Padmodbhava; -sronî, a. f. hav ing beautiful hips; -slakshna, a. very smooth, soft,or delicate; -slishta, pp. well-joined or united; well-ratified, very close (alliance); very convincing (argument): -guna, a. hav ing a well-fastened band: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -slesha, a. attended with a close embrace, with a euphonious coalescence of words, or with the rhetorical figure termed slesha; (sú-)-sloka, a. sounding, speaking etc. well (V., P.); famous (P.); -slok-ya, n. fame or well-sounding speech.
susakhi m. (nm. â) good friend; -samkruddha, pp. greatly enraged; -sam gatâ, f. N.; -samgama, m. pleasant (place of) meeting; -samgrihîta, pp. well-controlled or governed (kingdom); -sakiva, m.good minister; a. having a good minister; -saggî kri, make perfectly ready; -samkita, pp. well-gathered, carefully accumulated: -m sam-ki, collect carefully; -sattra, n. good hospital; -sattva, a. very resolute; -sadrisa, a.(î) very like (g.); -samtushta, pp. per fectly satisfied; -samtosha, a. easy to satisfy; -samdîpta, pp. flaming brightly; -samdrís, a. fair to see; -samdha, a. true to one's word; -sanna, pp. [√ sad] completely at an end, foiled; -sama, a. perfectly level or smooth; (sú)-samâhita, pp. [√ dhâ] well laden (waggon, Br.); C.: well-adorned; very attentive or intent, thoroughly concentrated; (sú)-samiddha, pp. [√ idh] well-kindled;(sú)-samriddha, pp. [√ ridh] V.: quite per fect; C.: very abundant; very wealthy; -samriddhi, f. great wealth; -sampad, f. affluence, great prosperity; (sú)-sampish- ta, pp. completely shattered (car; RV.1); -sampratapta, pp. thoroughly harassed; -sambaddha, pp. intimately connected; -sambhriti, f. due collection of requisites; -sambhrama, m. great agitation or confu sion, excessive haste; -sambhrânta, pp. completely bewildered; (sú)-sarva, a. quite complete (Br.); -sahâya, a. having a good companion or assistant: -vat, a. id.; -sâdh ana, a. easy to prove; -sâdhita, pp. well trained; -sâdhya, fp. easy to control, amen able; -sâman, n.very conciliatory words; -sârathi, a. having a good charioteer; -sita, a. pure white; -siddha, pp. well-cooked; very efficacious, of great magical power; completely supplied with (in.): -½artha, a. having completely attained one's object; -sî ma, a. having a good parting (woman).
svāgata pp. welcome; legitimately come by or acquired (property); n. greeting of &open;welcome,&close; welcome; welfare, health (rare): -m te (astu), I wish you welcome: -prasna, m. enquiry as to health.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
37 results0 results70 results
akalpa indraḥ pratimānam ojasā (AVP. indro 'pratimānam ojaḥ) # RV.1.102.6c; AVP.3.36.3c.
agnir vanaspatir indro vasumān rudravān ādityavān ṛbhumān vibhumān vājavān bṛhaspatimān viśvadevyāvān somas tam apanudantu # Kś.10.7.14. Cf. agner vanaspater etc.
agniḥ svastimān # Aś.2.10.7.
agner vanaspater indrasya vasumato rudravato ādityavata ṛbhumato vibhumato vājavato bṛhaspatimato viśvadevyāvataḥ somasyojjitim # Kś.10.7.14. Cf. agnir vanaspatir etc.
atimanyate bhrātṛvyān nainaṃ bhrātṛvyā atimanyante tasmān matto mattam atimanyate 'dhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.10.
adhare padyantām apratimanyūyamānāḥ # AVś.13.1.31d.
anenāśvena medhyeneṣṭvāyaṃ rājāpratidhṛṣyo 'stu # TB.3.8.5.2; Apś.20.4.2; ... rājā vṛtraṃ vadhyāt TB.3.8.5.1; Apś.20.4.1; ... rājā sarvam āyur etu TB.3.8.5.4; Apś.20.4.4; ... rājāsyai viśo bahugvai bahvaśvāyai bahvajāvikāyai bahuvrīhiyavāyai bahumāṣatilāyai bahuhiraṇyāyai bahuhastikāyai bahudāsapuruṣāyai rayimatyai puṣṭimatyai bahurāyaspoṣāyai rājāstu TB.3.8.5.2; Apś.20.4.3. See prec.
apacitimān bhūyāsam # śB.11.2.7.11. P: apacitimān Kś.3.3.5.
apāṃ yo agre pratimā babhūva # AVś.9.4.2a.
apsu stīmāsu vṛddhāsu # AVś.11.8.34a.
aryo vā puṣṭimad vasu # RV.10.86.3d; AVś.20.126.3d.
indram ādityavantam ṛbhumantaṃ vibhumantaṃ vājavantaṃ bṛhaspatimantaṃ (Aś. -vantaṃ) viśvadevyāvantam āvaha # KB.12.7; Aś.5.3.10; śś.6.9.13.
indro divaḥ pratimānaṃ pṛthivyāḥ # RV.10.111.5a.
ṛṣabhaṃ pratimāsarat # AVP.5.31.6d.
etat tān pratimanvāno asmin # Lś.9.10.12c. See etat tvātra.
etat tvātra pratimanvāno (Aś. -vanvāno) asmi (Aś. asmin) # VS.23.52c; Aś.10.9.2c; śś.16.6.4c; Vait.37.2c. See etat tān.
eyam agan vāśitā tāṃ pratīmaḥ # AVP.6.10.9a.
o ṣu tvā vavṛtīmahi # RV.1.138.4d.
kartā naḥ svastimataḥ # RV.1.90.5c.
kāsīt pramā pratimā kiṃ nidānam # RV.10.130.3a.
kim aṅga vā matimat kṣama tena # Vait.37.2b.
kuhvā ahaṃ devayajyayā puṣṭimān paśumān (Apś. also puṣṭimatī paśumatī) bhūyāsam (Mś. -yajyayā pratiṣṭhāṃ gameyam) # Apś.4.13.2,3; Mś.1.4.3.1.
kṛṇutaṃ no adhvaraṃ śruṣṭimantam # RV.1.93.12d.
kṛdhī no adya varivaḥ svastimat # RV.9.84.1c.
gharma madhumataḥ pitṛmato vājimato bṛhaspatimato viśvadevyāvataḥ # Vait.14.7.
cakṛṣe bhūmiṃ pratimānam ojasaḥ # RV.1.52.12c.
jāmir vadharyuḥ pratimānimīta # AVP.6.2.4d. Cf. jāmyai dhuryaṃ.
no 'vatāṃ matimantā mahivratā # TB.2.8.9.2d.
tāsāṃ yā sphātimattamā (AVP. sphātir uttamā) # AVś.3.24.6c; AVP.5.30.8c.
tāsv adhvaryav ādhāvendrāya somam ūrjasvantaṃ payasvantaṃ madhumantaṃ vṛṣṭivaniṃ vasumate rudravata ādityavata ṛbhumate vibhumate vājavate bṛhaspatimate viśvadevyāvate # śś.6.7.10. See next.
tīkṣṇeṣavo brāhmaṇā hetimantaḥ # AVś.5.18.9a; AVP.9.18.2a.
tṛtīyasya savanasya ṛbhumato vibhumato vājavato bṛhaspatimato (Mś. -vato) viśvadevyāvatas tīvrā3ṃ (Mś. tīvraṃ) āśīrvata indrāya somān prasthitān preṣya # Kś.10.5.9; Mś.2.5.1.32. See next.
tokavat puṣṭimad vasu # RV.3.13.7b; MS.4.11.2b: 164.5; KS.2.15b; AB.2.40.7; 41.9; śB.11.4.3.19b; Kś.5.13.3b.
trivarūthaṃ svastimat (RV. svastaye) # RV.6.46.9b; AVś.20.83.1b; SV.1.266b; KS.9.19b.
triviṣṭidhātu pratimāṇam ojasaḥ # RV.1.102.8a.
tvaṃ ha tyad apratimāṇam ojaḥ # RV.8.96.17a; AVś.20.137.11a.
tvaṃ bhuvaḥ pratimānaṃ pṛthivyāḥ # RV.1.52.13a; Aś.9.5.16.
tvaṣṭrīmatī (TS.Apś. tvaṣṭīmatī) te sapeya # TS.1.2.5.2; 6.1.8.5; Apś.10.23.7; 15.8.17; TA.4.7.5; 5.6.12. Cf. tvaṣṭṛmantas.
tviṣīmān asmi jūtimān # AVś.12.1.58c.
daśa rathān praṣṭimataḥ # RV.6.47.24a.
na tasya pratimā asti # VS.32.3a.
na vaḥ pratimai sukṛtāni vāghataḥ # RV.3.60.4c.
nahi tvā pūṣann atimanya āghṛṇe # RV.1.138.4f.
nahī nv asya pratimānam asti # RV.4.18.4c.
nārvāg indraṃ pratimānāni debhuḥ # RV.10.89.5d; TS.2.2.11.3d; TA.10.1.9d; N.5.12d.
nāsya śatrur na pratimānam asti # RV.6.18.12c.
ni ṣū namātimatiṃ kayasya cit # RV.1.129.5a.
payasvān agne rayimān puṣṭimāṃś ca # HG.2.14.4b.
parjanyo vṛṣṭimāṃ (MS.JB. -maṃ) iva # RV.8.6.1b; 9.2.9c; AVś.20.138.1b; SV.2.396c,657b; VS.7.40b; TS.1.4.20.1b; MS.1.3.24b: 38.9; KS.4.8b; JB.3.137c,244b; TB.3.5.7.4b.
puṇyam ayaṃ brāhmaṇa upahavakāmo vadatīmaṃ hotar upahvayasva # Mś.2.4.1.50. See taṃ hotar.
pūṣā jñātimān sa māmuṣyai pitrā mātrā bhrātṛbhir jñātimantaṃ karotu svāhā # śG.1.9.9. Cf. next.
pūṣṇo 'haṃ devayajyayā prajaniṣīya prajayā paśubhiḥ (KSṃś. -yajyayā puṣṭimān paśumān bhūyāsam) # KS.5.1; 32.1; Apś.4.10.1; Mś.1.4.2.6.
prajāpatiprasūtāḥ svastīmaṃ saṃvatsaraṃ samaśnuvāmahai # KB.19.2.
pratimā asi (MS. pratimāsi) # MS.4.9.4: 124.7; TA.4.5.5.
pratimāsi # see pratimā asi.
pra parjanyam īrayā vṛṣṭimantam # RV.10.98.8d; MS.4.11.2d: 167.11; KS.2.15d.
pra sakṣati pratimānaṃ pṛthivyāḥ # AVś.5.2.7d. See pra sākṣate.
pra sākṣate pratimānāni bhūri # RV.10.120.6d; AVś.20.107.9d; AVP.6.1.6d; N.11.21d. See pra sakṣati.
bhagasya dhārām avase pratīmaḥ # AVP.5.31.8d; 7.15.9c.
bhayaṃ śitīmabhyām (KSA. -madbhyām) # TS.5.7.19.1; KSA.13.9.
meḍiṃ na tvā vajriṇaṃ bhṛṣṭimantam # SV.1.327a.
ya ātmānam atimātram # AVś.8.6.13a.
yajñasya tvā pramayābhimayā parimayonmayā (Apś. pratimayā) parigṛhṇāmi # MS.1.4.11: 60.9; Apś.4.5.4; 9.13.6. P: yajñasya tvā pramayābhimayā Mś.1.4.1.14. See next two.
yajñasya tvā pramayābhimayonmayā pratimayā parigṛhṇāmi # KS.5.4; 32.4. See prec. and next.
yajñasya tvā pramayonmayābhimayā pratimayā # Aś.3.13.15. See prec. two.
yajñasya pramābhimonmā pratimā vedyāṃ kriyamāṇāyām # KS.34.14.
yat krīḍatha maruta ṛṣṭimantaḥ # RV.5.60.3c; TS.3.1.11.5c; MS.4.12.5c: 193.14.
yad iti mām atimanyadhvam # HG.1.14.4a. See yadi māṃ.
yadi mām atimanyādhvai # ApMB.2.22.10a (ApG.8.23.7). See yad iti.
yūyaṃ dhattha rājānaṃ śruṣṭimantam # RV.5.54.14d.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"tima" has 36 results
timaṇṇāa southern grammarian who wrote a short treatise on the pratyaharas like अण्, इण् et cetera, and others in the grammar of Panini.
aglopaelision of the vowel a, i,u , r or l ( अ, इ, उ, ऋ or लृ ) which prevents Sanvadbhāva confer, compare सन्वल्लघुनि चङ्परेSनग्लोपे P. VII.4.93, as also नाग्लोपिशास्वृदिताम् VII.4.2 where the elision prevents the shortening of the penultimate vowel if it is long.
anīyarkṛt affix, termed कृत्य also forming the pot. passive voice. participle. of a root; confer, compare तव्यत्तव्यानीयरः P.III.1.96. exempli gratia, for example see the forms करणीयं, हरणीयं, the mute र् showing the acute accent on the penultimate vowel,
anuṣaṅga(1)literally attaching, affixing: augment, अनुषज्यते असौ अनुषङ्गः; (2) a term for the nasal letter attached to the following consonant which is the last, used by ancient grammarians; confer, compare अव्यात्पूर्वे मस्जेरनुषङ्गसंयेगादिलोपार्थम् confer, compare P.I.1.47 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 and M.Bh. thereon; confer, compare थफान्तानां चानुषङ्गिणाम् Kat. IV. 1.13. The term अनुषङ्ग is defined in the kātantra grammar as व्यञ्जनान्नः अनुषङ्ग. The term is applied to the nasal consonant न् preceding the last letter of a noun base or a root base; penultimate nasal of a root or noun base: Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.1.12.
apitnot marked with the mute letter प्, A Sārvadhātuka affix not marked with mute प् is looked upon as marked with ड् and hence it prevents the guṇa or vṛddhi substitution for the preceding vowel or for the penultimate vowel if it be अ. e. g. कुरुतः तनुतः, कुर्वन्ति where no guṇa takes place for the vowel उ confer, compare सार्वधातुकमपित्. P.I.2.4.
abhyāhataomission of any sound; a fault of utterance. अम् (1)a technical brief term in Panini's grammar including vowels, semivowels, the letter ह् and nasals; (2) a significant term for the accusative case showing change or substitution or modification: confer, compare अं विकारस्य Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.28 explained as अमिति शब्दे विकारस्याख्या भवति । अमिति द्वितीय विभक्तेरुपलक्षणम् । (3) augment अ applied to the penultimate vowel of सृज् & दृश् (P. VI.1.58, 59 and VII.1.99) (4) substitute tor Ist person. singular. affix मिप्, by P.III.4.101 (5) Acc. singular. case affix अम् .
it(1)a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217,ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.
uṅa technical term for उपधा, the penultimate letter in the Jainendra Vyākaraṇa; confer, compare इदुदुङः Jain. V. 4.28.
udupadhatvapossession of short उ as the penultimate letter, e. g. इदुदुपधस्य चाप्रत्ययस्य P.VII.3.41.
upadhāpenultimate letter, as defined in the rule अलोन्त्यात्पूर्वं उपघा P. I. 1.65, exempli gratia, for example see ह्रस्वोपध, दीर्घोपध, लघूपध, अकारोपध et cetera, and others; literally उपधीयते निधीयते सा that which is placed near the last letter.
upadhālopina word or a noun which has got the penultimate letter omitted; confer, compare अन उपधालेपिनोन्यतरस्याम् P. IV. 1. 28.
upāntaliterally near the last; penultimate. The word is generally found used in the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa.
kit(1)marked with the mute letter क् which is applied by Pāṇini to affixes, for preventing guṇa and vṛddhi substitutes to the preceding इक् vowel (इ, उ, ऋ or लृ); confer, compareक्ङिति च, Pāṇ. I.1.5; (2) considered or looked upon as marked with mute indicatory क् for preventing guna; confer, compare असंयोगाल्लिट् कित् and the following P.I.2.5 et cetera, and others The affixes of the first type are for instance क्त, क्त्वा, क्तिन् and others. The affixes of the second type are given mainly in the second pada of the first Adhyāya by Pāṇini. Besides the prevention of guṇa and wrddhi, affixes marked with कु or affixes called कित्, cause Saṁprasāraṇa (see P. VI.1.15,16), elision of the penultimate न् (P.VI.4.24), elision of the penultimate vowel (P. VI.4.98,100), lengthening of the vowel (VI.4.15), substitution of ऊ (VI.4.19,21), elision of the final nasal (VI. 4.37), substitution of अI (VI.4.42). The taddhita affixes which are marked with mute क् cause the Vṛddhi substitute for the first vowel in the word to which they are addedition
kyapkṛt afix य applied to the roots व्रज् and यज् in the sense of 'verbal activity' and to the roots अजू with सम्, षद् with नि et cetera, and others to form proper nouns e. g. व्रज्या, इज्या, समज्या, निषद्या et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. III. 3.98 and 99; (2) kṛtya affix य in the sense of 'should be done' applied to the roots वद्, भू and हन् (when preceded by certain words put as upapada), as also to roots with penultimate ऋ and the roots मृज्, इ, स्तु and others; e. g. ब्रह्मोद्यम् , ब्रह्मभूयम् , इत्यम् , स्तुत्यम् et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1. 106,121.
guṇabhāvina vowel, liable to take the guna substitute e. g. इ, उ, ऋ, लृ and the penultimate अ; confer, compare यत्र क्ङित्यनन्तरो गुणभाव्यस्ति तत्रैव स्यात् । चितम् । स्तुतम् । इह तु न स्याद्भिन्नः भिन्नवानिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.5.
ghinuṇkrt affix इन् causing the substitution of Vrddhi for the preceding vowel, as also to the penultimate vowel अ, applied to the eight roots शम्,तम्, दम् et cetera, and others, as also to संपृच्, अनुरुध् et cetera, and others and कस्, लष् लप्, et cetera, and others. e. g. शमी,तमी, दमी, संपर्की, संज्वारी, प्रलापी et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. III.2.141-145.
(1)third letter of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व, and अल्पप्राण; (2) mute letter applied to affixes by Panini to show the elision of the टि part (confer, compare P. 1. 1.64.) of the preceding word viz. the penultimate vowel and the consonant or consonants following it; cf, टेः ; ( लोप: डिति प्रत्यये परे ) VI.4.143. The syllable ति of विंशति is also elided before an affix markwith the mute letter ड्.
ḍāverb-ending आ, causing elision of the penultimate vowel as also of the following consonant, substituted for the 3rd person. sing, affix तिप् of the first future; exempli gratia, for example क्रर्ता ; confer, compare P.II.4.85; (2) case ending आ substituted in Vedic Literature for any case affix as noticed in Vedic usages; exempli gratia, for example नाभा पृथिव्याम्: confer, compare P. VII.1.39
ṇamulkrt affix अम्, causing vrddhi to the final vowel or to the penultimate अ, (!) added to any root in the sense of the infinitive in Vedic Literature when the connected root is शक्: exempli gratia, for example अग्निं वै देवा विभाजं नाशक्नुवन; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 4.14; (2) added to any root to show frequency of a past action, when the root form ending with णमुल् is repeated to convey the sense of frequency : exempli gratia, for example भोजं भोजं व्रजति, पायंपायं व्रजति, confer, compare Kas on P. III. 4.22; (3) added to a root showing past action and preceded by the word अग्रे, प्रथम or पूर्व, optionally along with the krt affix क्त्वा; exempli gratia, for example अग्रेभोजं or अग्रे भुक्त्वा व्रजति; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4.24;(4) added in general to a root specified in P.III.4.25 to 64, showing a subordinate action and having the same subject as the root showing the main action, provided the root to which णमुल् is added is preceded by an antecedent or connected word, such as स्वादुम् or अन्यथा or एवम् or any other given in Panini's rules; confer, compare P. III.4.26 to III.4.64; exempli gratia, for example स्वादुंकारं भुङ्क्ते, अन्यथाकारं भुङ्क्ते, एवंकारं भुङ्क्ते, ब्राह्मणवेदं भोजयति, यावज्जीवमधीते, समूलकाषं कषति, समूलघातं हन्ति, तैलपेषं पिनष्टि, अजकनाशं नष्टः et cetera, and others; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4.26-64. When णमुल् is added to the roots कष्, पिष्, हन् and others mentioned in P. III. 4. 34 to 45, the same root is repeated to show the principal action. The word ending in णमुल् has the acute accent (उदात) on the first vowel (confer, compare P.VI.I. 94) or on the vowel preceding the affix; confer, compare P. VI.1.193.
ṇit(1)an affix with the mute con.sonant ण् added to it to signify the substitution of vrddhi for the preceding vowel or for the penultimate अ or for the first vowel of the word if the affix applied is a taddhita affix; confer, compare P. VII.2.115117: e. g. अण्, ण, उण्, णि et cetera, and others: (2) an affix not actually marked with the mute letter ण् but looked upon as such for the purpose of vrddhi; e. g. the Sarvanamasthana affixes after the words गो and सखि, confer, compare P. VII.1.90, 92.
tulyādhikaraṇahaving got the same substratum; denoting ultimately the same object; expressed in the same case the same as samanadhikarana in the grammar of Panini, confer, compare Kat. II.5.5.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
nirūḍhopadhaa word, the penultimate vowel in which is picked up and taken back, as for instance the penultimate अ of हन् in the word अंहस् confer, compare अंहतिश्च अंहश्च अंहुश्च हन्तेर्निरूढोपधाद्विपरीतात् Nirukta of Yāska.IV. 25.
nukaugment न् (l) affixed to the words अन्तर्वत् and पतिवत् before the feminine affix ङीप् e. g. अन्तर्वत्नी, पतिवत्नी, confer, compare P. IV. 1.32; (2) affixed to the root ली before the causal affix णिच् , e. g. विलीनयति, confer, compare P. VII. 3.39; (3) affixed to the reduplicative syllable of roots ending in a nasal consonant and having the penultimate अ as also of the roots जप्, जभ् , दह् , दश्, भञ्ज्, पश्, चर्, and फल् in the intensive; e. g. जङ्गम्यते, तन्तन्यते, यंयमीति, जङ्गमीति, जञ्जप्यते, दन्दह्यते, दन्दशीति. चञ्चूर्यते, पम्फु लीति confer, compare P. VII 4.85, 86, 87.
pacādia class of roots headed by the root पच् to which the kŗt. affix अ ( अच् ) is added in the sense of 'an agent'; e. g. श्वपचः, चोरः, देवः et cetera, and others The class पचादि is described as अाकृतिगण and it is usual with commentators to make a remark पचाद्यच् when a kŗt affix अ is seen after a root without causing the vŗddhi substitute to the preceding vowel or to the penultimate vowel अ. confer, compare अज्विधिः सर्वधातुभ्यः पठ्यन्ते च पचादय: । अण्बाधनार्थमेव स्यात् सिध्यन्ति श्वपचादघ: Kāś. on P. III. 1.134.
mit(1)characterized by the mute letter म्; augments So characterized such as नुम् , अम् and the like, are inserted after the last vowel of a word to which they are to be added; confer, compare मिदचोन्त्यात् परः P. I. 1.47; (2) a technical term applied to the fifty-five roots which are headed by the root घट् and which belong to the first corjugation, to the roots ज्वळ et cetera, and others, as also to the roots जन्, जू, क्नूस्, रञ्ज् and roots ending in अम्. These roots are not really characterized by the mute letter म्, but they are given the designation मित्. The use of the designation मित् is (a) the shortening of the penultimate vowel which : has been lengthened by Vrddhi , before the causal sign णि and (b) ; the optional lengthening of the ; penultimate vowel before the affix ) चिण् and णमुल्, For a complete list ] of 'mit' roots see Dhaatupaatha.
yavādia class of words headed by the word यव, the taddhita affix मत् after which does not get the consonant मृ changed into व् although the affix मत् be added to a word ending in म् or अ, or having म् or अ as the penultimate letter; e. g. यवमान् , ऊर्मिमान् , भूमिमान् et cetera, and others: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.VIII.2.9. This यवादिगण is looked upon as आकृतिगण
ramaugment र inserted after the vowel अ of the root भ्रस्ज्, when the letterर् which is already present in भ्ररुज् (before अ) and the penultimate स् are dropped; the result is that the word भर्ज्, in short, becomes substituted in the place of भ्रस्ज्: confer, compare भ्रस्जो रोपधयो रमन्यतरस्याम्P.VI. 4.47, and भ्रस्जो रोपधयोर्लोप अागमो रम् विधीयते as Bharadvajiya Varttika thereon
rikan augment added optionally with रुक् and रीक् to the reduplicative syllable of the frequentative root from a primitive root which ends in ऋ or has a penultimate ऋ; e. g. चरिकर्ति, नरिनर्ति भरिभ्रत् et cetera, and others; confer, compare रुग्रिकौ च लुकि, P.VII. 4.9l and ऋतश्च VII.4.92.
rit(1)characterized by the mute consonant र् signifying the acute accent for the penultimate vowel;confer, compare उपोत्तमं रिति P. VI. I. 217; ( 2 ) the same as रिफित or रेफि, a visarga which is changeable into र् when euphonically combined; confer, compare विसर्जनीयो रिफितः V.Pr.I.160; confer, compare also भाव्युपधं च रिद्विसर्जनीयान्तानि रेफेण ; V.Pr. VII.9. The terms रिफित, रेफि and रित् are given in the Padapatha to a पद or word which ends in a Visarga which has originated from र् in the Samhitapatha; e. g. the Visarga in कः, प्रात: et cetera, and others; confer, compare R.Pr.I.30 to 32.
rīkaugment री added optionally with रुक् and रिक् to the reduplicative syllable ( अभ्यास ) of the frequentative base of roots having ऋ as their penultimate vowel; exempli gratia, for example वरीवृश्च्यते वरीवृश्चीति, नरीनर्ति, चरीकर्ति; cf रीगृदुपधस्य च P.VII. 4.90.
vuñ(ID taddhita affix. affix अक causing vṛddhi to the vowel of the first syllable of that word to which it is added, as prescribed, (a) to the words denoting an offspring as also to the words उक्ष, उष्ट्र et cetera, and othersin the sense of 'a group'; e. g. अोपगवकम् , औष्ट्रकम् , कैदारकम् et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.IV.2.39, 40; (b) to the words राजन्य and others in the sense of 'inhabited country' ; e. g. राजन्यकः देवनायकः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. IV.2.53, (c) to the words headed by अरीहण such as द्वुघण, खदिर्, मैत्रायण, काशकृत्स्न et cetera, and others in the quadruple senses; exempli gratia, for example अारीहणकम् , द्रौबणकम् , confer, compare P.IV.2.80, (d) to the word धन्व meaning a desert, to words with य् or र for their penultimate, to words ending in प्रस्थ, पुर and वह as also to words headed by धूम, नगर, अरण्य कुरु, युगन्धर et cetera, and others, under certain conditions in the miscellaneous senses; e. g. सांकाश्यकः,पाटलिपुत्रकः, माकन्दकः, आङ्गकः, वाङ्गकः, धौमकः, नागरकः, अारण्यकः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.IV.2.121-130,134,135, 136; (e) to the words शरद् , आश्वयुजी, ग्रीष्म, वसन्त, संवत्सर,अाग्रहायणी and others in the specific senses given: confer, compare P. IV. 3.27, 45, 46, 49, 50; (f) to words denoting descendence or spiritual relation, words meaning families and warrior clans, words कुलाल and others, words meaning clans, and students learning a specific Vedic branch in specific senses prescribed : e. g. आचार्यक, मातामहक, ग्लौचुकायनक, कालालक, काठक, कालापक et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 3.77, 99, 118, 126; (g) to the words शाकल, उष्ट्र, उमा and ऊर्णा in the specially given senses; exempli gratia, for example शाकलः, संघः, औप्ट्रकः, औमम् और्णम्, confer, compareP.IV.3.188,157,158; (h) to words with य् as the penultimate, and a long vowel preceding the last one, to words in the dvandva compound, and to the words मनोज्ञ, कल्याण and others in the sense of 'nature' or 'profession';e.g रामणीयकम् गौपालपशुपालिका, गार्गिका, काठिका etc; confer, compare P. V.1.132,133,134: (2) kṛt affix अक added to the roots निन्द् हिंस् and others, and to the roots देव् and कृश् with a prefix before,in the sense of a habituated,professional or skilled agent; exempli gratia, for example. निन्दकः, परिक्षेपकः, असूयकः, परिदेवकः, आक्रोशकः et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III.2. 146, 147.
vyaṅgya(1)suggested sense as contrasted with the denoted sense; (2) the supreme or ultimate suggested sense viz. Sphota which is the ultimate sense of every sentence.
śabdatattvaliterally the essence of a word; the ultimate sense conveyed by the word which is termed स्फोट by the Vaiyakaranas. Philosophically this Sabdatattva or Sphota is the philosophical Brahman of the Vedantins, which is named as Sabdabrahma or Nadabrahma by the Vaiykaranas,and which appears as the Phenomenal world of the basis of its own powers such as time factor and the like; confer, compare अनादिनिधनं ब्रह्म शब्दतत्वं यदक्षरम् ! विवर्ततेर्थभावेन प्रक्रिया जगतो यतः ॥ vakyapadiya, I.1: cf। also Vakyapadiya II.31.
ṣyaṅtaddhita affix. affix य (taking Samprasarana change i e. ई before the words पुत्र and पति and बन्धु in the Bahuvrihi compound) added, instead of the affix अण् or इञ्, in the sense of offspring, (l) to words having a long ( गुरु ) vowel for their penultimate , only in the formation of feminine bases, exempli gratia, for example कारीषगन्ध्या कौमुद्गन्ध्या, वाराह्या; कारीषगन्धीपुत्रः, कारीषगन्धीपति:, कारीषगन्धबिन्धुः ( Bah. compound): cf P.IV.1.78; (2) to words expressive of family names like पुणिक, मुखर et cetera, and others as also to the words क्रौडि, लाडि, व्याडि आपिशलि et cetera, and others and optionally to the words दैवयज्ञि and others in the formation of feminine bases; e. g. पौणिक्या, मौखर्या, क्रौड्या, व्याड्या, अापिशल्या et cetera, and others: confer, compare P. IV.1.79, 80, 81.
sattāexistence, supreme or universal existence the Jati par excellence which is advocated to be the final sense of all words and expressions in the language by Bhartrhari and other grammarians after him who discussed the interpretation of words. The grammarians believe that the ultimate sense of a word is सत्ता which appears manifold and limited in our everyday experience due to different limitations such as desa, kala and others. Seen from the static viewpoint, सत्ता appears as द्रब्य while, from the dynamic view point it appears as a क्रिया. This सत्ता is the soul of everything and it is the same as शव्दतत्त्व or ब्रह्मन् or अस्त्यर्थ; confer, compare Vakyapadiya II. 12. The static existence, further, is . called व्यक्ति or individual with reference to the object, and जाति with reference to the common form possessed by individuals.
Vedabase Search
445 results
abhimataḥ the ultimate goalSB 4.24.54
abhimatāt intimately connectedSB 3.28.40
abhiprāyaḥ by whom the ultimate purposeSB 5.1.7
ācakṣate they estimateSB 5.24.2
adhikṛtā legitimateSB 10.55.12
mamatā-adhikya increase of intimacyCC Madhya 19.231
mamatā-adhikye on account of greater intimacyCC Madhya 19.227
adhīśaḥ the ultimate controllerSB 11.6.17
adhīśam the ultimate masterSB 10.60.43
ādyaḥ the ultimate origin of everythingSB 10.16.26
dīptimān tāmratapta-ādyāḥ Dīptimān, Tāmratapta and othersSB 10.61.18
utsmaya-ādyaiḥ by intimate friendly dealings, laughing and jokingSB 3.15.20
agneḥ or to the fire (because ultimately the body is burned)SB 10.10.11
mārga-agra the ultimate goalSB 3.25.6
aikāntika the ultimateSB 6.3.31
aikāntikasya ultimateBG 14.27
ajñāya unto a foolish person not conversant with the ultimate goal of lifeSB 6.9.50
akalpanāya for his ultimate abandonment of material motivesSB 10.87.2
bāndhava āmāra my very intimate friendCC Madhya 15.195
tat-antāḥ the ultimate goal of such activitiesSB 7.15.28
antam the ultimate fulfillmentSB 10.32.13
antarańga intimateCC Madhya 13.54
antarańga intimate friendCC Antya 3.19
antarańga very intimate and confidential associatesCC Antya 6.11
antarańga very intimateCC Antya 16.44
dharma-eka-antasya for one who is engaged in the ultimate occupational serviceSB 1.2.9
ante at the ultimate endSB 6.9.45
ante ultimatelySB 11.21.43
ante ultimatelySB 12.2.43
anuṣańga by intimate contactSB 11.12.12
apavargayoḥ and of ultimate liberationSB 10.81.19
āpavargyasya ultimate liberationSB 1.2.9
aprasańgataḥ without intimate connectionsSB 3.27.7
indriya-artha sense gratification as the ultimate goal of lifeSB 4.22.13
puruṣa-artha of the ultimate goal of lifeSB 4.30.21
artha-pratyayaḥ regarding as the ultimate goal of lifeSB 5.3.13
sva-artha-gatim the ultimate goal of life, or their own real interestSB 7.5.31
sva-artha-kāmayoḥ of one's ultimate goal and benefitSB 7.15.65
pañcama-puruṣa-artha the fifth and ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 23.101
yathā-artha mūlya kari' estimating the proper priceCC Antya 9.54
sva-arthaḥ the ultimate goal of lifeSB 6.16.63
parama-artham giving the ultimate goal of lifeSB 5.12.11
artham for the ultimate goal of lifeSB 8.6.13
niḥśreyasa-arthāya for the ultimate perfectionSB 3.26.2
śreyaḥ-arthī one who desires the ultimate benefit of lifeSB 11.23.18-19
mamatā-āspadāḥ false seats or abodes of intimate relationship ('mineness')SB 7.7.44
āśraya the ultimate shelterCC Adi 2.93
āśrayaḥ the ultimate shelter, the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Adi 2.91-92
āśrayam and ultimate restSB 3.7.28
atha Brahmaloka, the ultimate in material enjoymentSB 7.15.54
ati-gāḍhena in great intimacySB 1.15.28
ati-pāram to the ultimate end of spiritual existenceSB 5.13.20
atipāram the ultimate endSB 5.12.16
ātma-tattvam knowledge of self, the ultimate truthSB 2.1.2
ātma-gatiḥ the ultimate goal of spiritual lifeSB 4.23.12
ātma-saṃrodhaḥ the ultimate stage, samādhi, in which the soul is completely separated from illusionSB 11.16.24
ātma-sāttvam intimacy with YouSB 11.29.4
ātma-bhūtam who is the ultimate SoulSB 12.12.56
prāṇa-gaṇa-ātmane the ultimate source of lifeSB 5.18.28
ātmane to the ultimate soulSB 10.16.42-43
guṇa-ātmane who is the ultimate controller of the modes of natureSB 12.10.31-32
ātmatvāt because of being intimately related as the SupersoulSB 7.6.19
ātyantikaḥ ultimateSB 12.7.17
ātyantikaḥ the ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 19.174
ātyantikam the ultimateSB 1.15.46
ātyantikam ultimateSB 12.4.34
ātyantikī the ultimateSB 5.17.3
jana-atyaye for the ultimate destruction of the entire creationSB 10.3.20
avasitum to estimateSB 10.14.2
avastutvāt because of being ultimately unrealitySB 7.15.63
para-ayaṇam the ultimate shelterSB 10.80.10
para-ayanam the ultimate shelterSB 11.13.39
bahirańga-jñāne thinking outside My intimate relationshipCC Antya 4.170
bahu-mataḥ in great estimationBG 2.35
bali-sakhaḥ a very intimate friend of Bali MahārājaSB 8.11.13
balite pāre can estimateCC Antya 9.108
parama bāndhava intimate friendsCC Madhya 3.189
bāndhava āmāra my very intimate friendCC Madhya 15.195
bandhu-rūpiṇā as if an intimate friendSB 1.15.5
bhāva-bandhuḥ the intimate loving friendSB 12.8.40
bhadraśravasaḥ ūcuḥ the ruler Bhadraśravā and his intimate associates saidSB 5.18.2
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
bhakta-sańge with His intimate associatesCC Antya 1.110
dīptimān bhānuḥ Dīptimān and BhānuSB 10.90.33-34
bhartuḥ tyāga-viśańkitām very much afraid of being forsaken by her husband because of giving birth to an illegitimate sonSB 9.20.37
bhāva-bandhuḥ the intimate loving friendSB 12.8.40
bhāvam intimate affection and loveSB 1.5.39
bhavat-jana from Your intimate devoteesSB 4.9.10
bhṛtya marma very intimate servantCC Adi 11.23
ātma-bhūtam who is the ultimate SoulSB 12.12.56
brahma-nadyām on the bank of the river intimately related with Vedas, brāhmaṇas, saints, and the LordSB 1.7.2
brahma-śiraḥ the topmost or ultimate (nuclear)SB 1.7.19
brahma-dhruk the ultimate truth in BrahmanSB 2.7.22
bṛhat tat that ultimate causeSB 6.4.32
phala-buddhayaḥ thinking to be the ultimate fruitsSB 11.21.27
svānām ca of His own relatives, the gopīs and other intimate friendsSB 10.11.8
caramaḥ the ultimateSB 3.4.12
caramaḥ ultimateSB 3.11.1
caramaḥ the ultimateSB 10.87.17
caramam ultimateSB 3.30.33
caramayā ultimateSB 3.28.36
dāyam legitimate shareSB 3.1.11
dharma-eka-antasya for one who is engaged in the ultimate occupational serviceSB 1.2.9
dharma-jijñāsayā with a desire to know the supreme, ultimate religious principle (devotional service)SB 6.12.23
brahma-dhruk the ultimate truth in BrahmanSB 2.7.22
dīptimān DīptimānSB 8.13.15-16
dīptimān tāmratapta-ādyāḥ Dīptimān, Tāmratapta and othersSB 10.61.18
dīptimān bhānuḥ Dīptimān and BhānuSB 10.90.33-34
satya-dṛk one who has actually realized the ultimate truthSB 7.13.44
dṛṣṭvā estimatingSB 6.1.8
dyutimat DyutimānSB 8.13.19
dharma-eka-antasya for one who is engaged in the ultimate occupational serviceSB 1.2.9
ekadā one time (estimated to have been when Kṛṣṇa was one year old)SB 10.7.18
saṃyama-ekāntāḥ the ultimate aim of subjugatingSB 7.15.28
ekāntataḥ ultimatelySB 4.29.34
etena by this estimationSB 5.21.2
ati-gāḍhena in great intimacySB 1.15.28
prāṇa-gaṇa-ātmane the ultimate source of lifeSB 5.18.28
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
nāhika gaṇana there is no estimationCC Madhya 21.30
mamatā-gandha-hīna not even the smallest quantity of intimacyCC Madhya 19.218
prabhura nija-gaṇe very intimate associates of the LordCC Antya 6.60
gatayaḥ progress to the ultimate goal (Viṣṇu)SB 2.6.27
parīṣṭa-gataye unto Him who is the ultimate goal, the highest success of lifeSB 6.9.45
gati ultimate goalSB 3.5.14
ātma-gatiḥ the ultimate goal of spiritual lifeSB 4.23.12
gatiḥ the ultimate destinationSB 4.24.54
gatiḥ the ultimate goal of lifeSB 4.30.30
gatiḥ the ultimate goalSB 4.30.36
gatiḥ the ultimate destinationSB 10.23.45
gatiḥ the ultimate goalSB 10.87.40
gatiḥ the ultimate goalSB 11.16.10
gatim the ultimate goal of lifeSB 4.31.31
sva-artha-gatim the ultimate goal of life, or their own real interestSB 7.5.31
gatim the ultimate destinationSB 10.86.58
gatim ultimate destinationSB 10.87.42
guṇa-vat-tamaḥ being the ultimate abode of these modesSB 11.24.22-27
guṇa-ātmane who is the ultimate controller of the modes of natureSB 12.10.31-32
hetuḥ the ultimate causeSB 11.28.18
mamatā-gandha-hīna not even the smallest quantity of intimacyCC Madhya 19.218
su-hṛdaḥ intimate friendSB 4.26.26
hṛdaya-jñatvam the characteristic of knowing intimatelySB 11.20.21
hṛdayena most intimateSB 1.14.44
su-hṛt most intimate friendBG 9.18
su-hṛt intimate friendSB 2.7.24
idam this ultimate abode of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 5.14.39
indriya-artha sense gratification as the ultimate goal of lifeSB 4.22.13
īśa O ultimate GodSB 11.6.42
iṣṭaḥ ultimate goal of lifeSB 3.4.11
iṣṭi the ultimate desireSB 3.13.38
īśvaraḥ the ultimate controllerSB 10.32.14
īśvaram ultimate controllerSB 11.5.10
īśvare the ultimate masterSB 10.29.16
bhavat-jana from Your intimate devoteesSB 4.9.10
jana-atyaye for the ultimate destruction of the entire creationSB 10.3.20
jana-nivāsaḥ He who lives among human beings like the members of the Yadu dynasty and is the ultimate resort of all living entitiesSB 10.90.48
jana-nivāsaḥ He who lives among human beings like the members of the Yadu dynasty and is the ultimate resort of all living entitiesCC Madhya 13.79
su-jāta ultimately beautifulSB 4.24.45-46
dharma-jijñāsayā with a desire to know the supreme, ultimate religious principle (devotional service)SB 6.12.23
bahirańga-jñāne thinking outside My intimate relationshipCC Antya 4.170
jñātayaḥ the intimate companionsSB 10.15.36
jñātayaḥ intimate relativesSB 11.30.19
jñāti intimate relativesSB 10.39.4
jñātīn intimate relativesSB 11.30.19
hṛdaya-jñatvam the characteristic of knowing intimatelySB 11.20.21
ye kahaye vastu whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonumCC Madhya 25.58
kahite pāre can estimateCC Antya 2.82
kahite pāre can estimateCC Antya 9.115
kālaḥ ultimate deathSB 5.8.26
śreyaḥ-kāmāḥ persons desiring the ultimate auspiciousness, the ultimate goal of lifeSB 8.12.6
sva-artha-kāmayoḥ of one's ultimate goal and benefitSB 7.15.65
kare estimatesCC Antya 9.23
yathā-artha mūlya kari' estimating the proper priceCC Antya 9.54
kīrtimantam KīrtimānSB 9.24.52
kīrtimantam by the name KīrtimānSB 10.1.57
kṛṣṇa-mādhurya of an intimate relationship with KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.126
kṛtimān KṛtimānSB 9.21.27
kṣemaḥ ultimate realitySB 4.22.15
kṣemam the ultimate goal of lifeSB 7.6.4
kṣemam ultimate successSB 10.87.3
kṣemasya of the ultimate welfareSB 4.22.21
kṣemāya to derive the ultimate benefitSB 1.2.25
kṣemāya for the ultimate welfareSB 5.11.8
kṣemāya for the ultimate benefitSB 12.8.41
kuśalaḥ an intelligent man interested in the ultimate goal of lifeSB 7.6.5
kṛṣṇa-mādhurya of an intimate relationship with KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.126
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
mahimni ultimate glorySB 3.28.36
mamatā-āspadāḥ false seats or abodes of intimate relationship ('mineness')SB 7.7.44
mamatā-gandha-hīna not even the smallest quantity of intimacyCC Madhya 19.218
mamatā intimacyCC Madhya 19.225
mamatā-adhikye on account of greater intimacyCC Madhya 19.227
mamatā-adhikya increase of intimacyCC Madhya 19.231
mantra intimate discussionsSB 10.39.29
mārga-agra the ultimate goalSB 3.25.6
bhṛtya marma very intimate servantCC Adi 11.23
marmī intimate friendCC Madhya 10.102
mat-paramāḥ accepting Me as the Supreme or the ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 23.113
bahu-mataḥ in great estimationBG 2.35
sarva-veda-mayam the ultimate object of all Vedic knowledgeSB 9.18.48
mitaḥ estimatedSB 8.13.36
mitra an intimate friendCC Madhya 22.163
mokṣān ultimate salvationSB 1.9.28
mṛga-sańgāt because of my intimate association with a deerSB 5.12.14
mukhyāḥ the most intimateSB 10.15.6
mūla-svarūpa ultimate sourceCC Adi 2.36
mūlam ultimate endSB 3.29.1-2
yathā-artha mūlya kari' estimating the proper priceCC Antya 9.54
brahma-nadyām on the bank of the river intimately related with Vedas, brāhmaṇas, saints, and the LordSB 1.7.2
nāhika gaṇana there is no estimationCC Madhya 21.30
nidhanāḥ whose ultimate conclusionSB 10.87.41
niḥśreyasa-arthāya for the ultimate perfectionSB 3.26.2
niḥśreyasa to achieve the ultimate goal of lifeSB 5.8.26
niḥśreyasa of ultimate benefitSB 10.88.7
niḥśreyasam ultimately beneficialSB 3.9.41
niḥśreyasam the ultimate perfectional goalSB 3.27.28-29
niḥśreyasam awarding ultimate liberationSB 11.18.10
niḥśreyasasya the ultimate goal of lifeSB 4.8.40
niḥśreyasāya for the ultimate goodSB 1.3.40
niḥśreyasāya for the ultimate benefitSB 3.25.13
niḥśreyasāya for the ultimate benefitSB 11.7.14
niḥśreyasāya for ultimate liberationSB 11.9.29
niḥśreyasāya for the ultimate benefitCC Madhya 8.40
prabhura nija-gaṇe very intimate associates of the LordCC Antya 6.60
nirūpitam is estimatedSB 3.11.12
vastu-niṣṭhayoḥ professing knowledge of the ultimate causeSB 6.4.32
nitānta-rateḥ who is very intimately relatedSB 10.47.60
nitānta-rateḥ who is very intimately relatedCC Madhya 8.80
nitānta-rateḥ who is very intimately relatedCC Madhya 8.232
nitānta-rateḥ one who is very intimately relatedCC Madhya 9.121
nitānta-rateḥ who is very intimately relatedCC Antya 7.29
jana-nivāsaḥ He who lives among human beings like the members of the Yadu dynasty and is the ultimate resort of all living entitiesSB 10.90.48
jana-nivāsaḥ He who lives among human beings like the members of the Yadu dynasty and is the ultimate resort of all living entitiesCC Madhya 13.79
padam ultimate phaseSB 2.7.47
padam ultimate standSB 3.2.12
pañcama-puruṣa-artha the fifth and ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 23.101
parā the ultimate truthSB 2.5.7
parā the ultimateSB 9.4.64
para-ayaṇam the ultimate shelterSB 10.80.10
para-ayanam the ultimate shelterSB 11.13.39
para-tattva the ultimate truthCC Adi 2.8
pāra the ultimate limitCC Madhya 25.270
para-sattvam the ultimate entityBs 5.41
paraḥ the ultimate goalBG 6.13-14
parāḥ the ultimate goalSB 1.2.28-29
parāḥ ultimateSB 1.2.28-29
paraḥ ultimateSB 10.84.21
param ultimateSB 4.23.9
param ultimateSB 4.23.35
param ultimateSB 5.3.9
pāram the ultimate endSB 5.13.14
ati-pāram to the ultimate end of spiritual existenceSB 5.13.20
param only or ultimatelySB 7.6.4
parām the ultimateSB 8.8.28
param the ultimate goalSB 9.2.14
param ultimateSB 9.9.14
param as the ultimate goal of lifeSB 9.21.16
param ultimateSB 10.41.46
parama-artham giving the ultimate goal of lifeSB 5.12.11
paramā the ultimate goal of lifeSB 10.8.49
parama ultimateCC Adi 2.56
parama ultimateCC Adi 7.108
parama bāndhava intimate friendsCC Madhya 3.189
paramaḥ ultimateSB 10.5.30
mat-paramāḥ accepting Me as the Supreme or the ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 23.113
paramām ultimateBG 8.15
paramām the ultimateBG 8.21
paramam the ultimate goalSB 6.5.26
paramam ultimateSB 8.11.15
paramām ultimateSB 10.90.25
paramam the ultimateCC Madhya 24.72
paramasya the ultimateSB 7.6.26
parāyaṇam ultimate goalSB 4.11.27
parāyaṇam the ultimate shelterSB 5.17.18
kahite pāre can estimateCC Antya 2.82
balite pāre can estimateCC Antya 9.108
kahite pāre can estimateCC Antya 9.115
parīṣṭa-gataye unto Him who is the ultimate goal, the highest success of lifeSB 6.9.45
paryagāt cannot estimateSB 2.6.36
phala of the ultimate goalSB 10.60.38
phala-buddhayaḥ thinking to be the ultimate fruitsSB 11.21.27
phalam the ultimate resultSB 10.16.33
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
prabhura nija-gaṇe very intimate associates of the LordCC Antya 6.60
prakṛti sambhāṣaṇa intimate talking with a womanCC Antya 2.117
prakṛti sambhāṣiyā talking intimately with womenCC Antya 2.120
prāṇa-gaṇa-ātmane the ultimate source of lifeSB 5.18.28
prānta the ultimate limitCC Madhya 19.115
prasańgaḥ intimate associationSB 4.9.11
prasańgaḥ intimately associatedSB 4.16.18
prasańgaḥ an intimate relationshipSB 5.19.20
prasańgāt by intimate associationCC Adi 1.60
prasańgāt by the intimate associationCC Madhya 22.86
prasańgāt by the intimate associationCC Madhya 23.16
prasiddhiḥ ultimate successSB 2.7.49
vedera pratijñā ultimate declaration of the VedasCC Madhya 20.146
pratisańkramaḥ ultimate destructionSB 2.8.21
artha-pratyayaḥ regarding as the ultimate goal of lifeSB 5.3.13
prayojana the ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 6.178
prayojana and the ultimate goal of life to be attained by the conditioned soulCC Madhya 20.124
prayojana the ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 20.125
prayojana the ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 23.3
prayojana the ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 23.13
prayojana-vivaraṇa description of the ultimate achievementCC Madhya 23.101
prema-prayojana-saṃvāda the discussion of the ultimate goal of life, love of GodheadCC Madhya 23.125
prayojana the ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 25.102
prayojana the ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 25.124
sādhana-prayojana the execution of service and the achievement of the ultimate goalCC Madhya 25.147
prayojanam ultimate goalSB 12.13.11-12
prema-prayojana-saṃvāda the discussion of the ultimate goal of life, love of GodheadCC Madhya 23.125
sakhya-prīti very intimate friendshipCC Madhya 16.77
prīti very intimate friendly behaviorCC Antya 6.26
prītye in intimacy or affectionCC Adi 10.22
puruṣa-artha of the ultimate goal of lifeSB 4.30.21
pañcama-puruṣa-artha the fifth and ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 23.101
puruṣārtha-sāra the ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 18.194
nitānta-rateḥ who is very intimately relatedSB 10.47.60
nitānta-rateḥ who is very intimately relatedCC Madhya 8.80
nitānta-rateḥ who is very intimately relatedCC Madhya 8.232
nitānta-rateḥ one who is very intimately relatedCC Madhya 9.121
nitānta-rateḥ who is very intimately relatedCC Antya 7.29
ratiḥ intimate relationSB 1.9.35
bandhu-rūpiṇā as if an intimate friendSB 1.15.5
sādhana-prayojana the execution of service and the achievement of the ultimate goalCC Madhya 25.147
sādhya-sādhane the ultimate object of life and the process to achieve itCC Madhya 18.204
sādhya of the ultimate goalCC Madhya 8.118
sādhya the ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 18.202
sādhya-sādhane the ultimate object of life and the process to achieve itCC Madhya 18.204
bali-sakhaḥ a very intimate friend of Bali MahārājaSB 8.11.13
sakhāyam his intimate friendSB 8.11.13
sva-sakhībhyaḥ to their intimate companionsSB 10.21.3
sakhya-prīti very intimate friendshipCC Madhya 16.77
samarpaṇam ultimate offeringSB 2.6.27
sva-sambandhe his intimate friendSB 4.27.17
prakṛti sambhāṣaṇa intimate talking with a womanCC Antya 2.117
prakṛti sambhāṣiyā talking intimately with womenCC Antya 2.120
samprayāṇam departure for the ultimate goalSB 1.15.51
ātma-saṃrodhaḥ the ultimate stage, samādhi, in which the soul is completely separated from illusionSB 11.16.24
sāṃsargikaḥ resulting from intimate associationSB 5.10.5
prema-prayojana-saṃvāda the discussion of the ultimate goal of life, love of GodheadCC Madhya 23.125
saṃvidam intimate talksSB 10.47.48
saṃyama-ekāntāḥ the ultimate aim of subjugatingSB 7.15.28
sańgama for intimate associationSB 10.61.5
mṛga-sańgāt because of my intimate association with a deerSB 5.12.14
bhakta-sańge with His intimate associatesCC Antya 1.110
sańginām of those who are attached or intimately associatedSB 11.14.29
sańkete by intimationCC Antya 3.55
sannatimān SannatimānSB 9.21.27
sannihitaḥ intimately connected, living eternallySB 10.1.28
puruṣārtha-sāra the ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 18.194
siddhāntera sāra essences of ultimate realizationCC Antya 1.193
sarva-veda-mayam the ultimate object of all Vedic knowledgeSB 9.18.48
sat legitimateSB 1.13.30
ātma-sāttvam intimacy with YouSB 11.29.4
para-sattvam the ultimate entityBs 5.41
satya-dṛk one who has actually realized the ultimate truthSB 7.13.44
satyaḥ the ultimate truthSB 8.1.13
satyam the ultimate truthSB 9.5.5
sauhṛda by intimate sympathySB 10.84.65
sauhṛdam intimately relatedSB 1.15.4
śeṣa ultimate endCC Adi 5.234
śeṣatā ultimate endCC Adi 5.124
siddhānta the ultimate conclusionsCC Madhya 19.116
siddhāntera sāra essences of ultimate realizationCC Antya 1.193
siddhiḥ ultimate purposeSB 11.3.36
sīmā the ultimate goalCC Madhya 8.239
brahma-śiraḥ the topmost or ultimate (nuclear)SB 1.7.19
sneha-vyavahāra very intimate behaviorCC Madhya 11.17
tīrtha-śravaḥ celebrated as the ultimate shelter of all saintly personsSB 8.17.8
śreyaḥ ultimate goodSB 1.1.9
śreyaḥ ultimate goodSB 1.7.24
śreyaḥ the ultimate successSB 2.9.21
śreyaḥ ultimate goalSB 4.8.59-60
śreyaḥ ultimate benedictionSB 4.25.4
śreyaḥ the ultimate benefit of lifeSB 5.22.4
śreyaḥ the ultimate necessitySB 6.9.49
śreyaḥ ultimate happinessSB 6.14.18
śreyaḥ the ultimate benefitSB 7.13.42
śreyaḥ ultimate auspiciousnessSB 8.6.9
śreyaḥ-kāmāḥ persons desiring the ultimate auspiciousness, the ultimate goal of lifeSB 8.12.6
śreyaḥ ultimate perfectionSB 10.83.15-16
śreyaḥ the ultimate goodSB 11.21.23
śreyaḥ-arthī one who desires the ultimate benefit of lifeSB 11.23.18-19
śreyaḥ ultimate benefitMM 30
śreyāṃsi ultimate benefitSB 1.2.23
śreyān ultimate goodSB 1.7.51
śreyase for the ultimate happinessSB 7.3.13
śreyasi in the ultimate goodSB 1.4.26
śreyasi in the ultimate benefitSB 12.6.70
su-hṛt most intimate friendBG 9.18
su-hṛt intimate friendSB 2.7.24
su-jāta ultimately beautifulSB 4.24.45-46
su-hṛdaḥ intimate friendSB 4.26.26
suhṛdaḥ intimate friendsSB 1.8.37
suhṛt intimate friendSB 3.20.2
śuktimān ŚuktimānSB 5.19.16
śunaḥ or to the dogs and vultures that ultimately eat itSB 10.10.11
surata-vyāpāra in intimate transactionsCC Madhya 1.58
surata-vyāpāra in intimate transactionsCC Madhya 13.121
surata-vyāpāra in intimate transactionsCC Antya 1.78
sva-sambandhe his intimate friendSB 4.27.17
sva-arthaḥ the ultimate goal of lifeSB 6.16.63
sva-artha-gatim the ultimate goal of life, or their own real interestSB 7.5.31
sva-artha-kāmayoḥ of one's ultimate goal and benefitSB 7.15.65
sva-sakhībhyaḥ to their intimate companionsSB 10.21.3
svānām ca of His own relatives, the gopīs and other intimate friendsSB 10.11.8
mūla-svarūpa ultimate sourceCC Adi 2.36
guṇa-vat-tamaḥ being the ultimate abode of these modesSB 11.24.22-27
dīptimān tāmratapta-ādyāḥ Dīptimān, Tāmratapta and othersSB 10.61.18
tanubhiḥ by multimanifestationsSB 3.16.18
bṛhat tat that ultimate causeSB 6.4.32
tat-antāḥ the ultimate goal of such activitiesSB 7.15.28
tathāpi but still (there is such a demonstration of intimacy or difference)SB 7.9.27
tattva of the ultimate principlesSB 3.21.32
para-tattva the ultimate truthCC Adi 2.8
ātma-tattvam knowledge of self, the ultimate truthSB 2.1.2
tattvam ultimate truthSB 10.5.30
tattvam the ultimate goalCC Madhya 25.132
tīrtha-śravaḥ celebrated as the ultimate shelter of all saintly personsSB 8.17.8
tuṣṭimān TuṣṭimānSB 9.24.24
bhartuḥ tyāga-viśańkitām very much afraid of being forsaken by her husband because of giving birth to an illegitimate sonSB 9.20.37
bhadraśravasaḥ ūcuḥ the ruler Bhadraśravā and his intimate associates saidSB 5.18.2
upasadaḥ three kinds of desires (relationship, activities and ultimate goal)SB 3.13.37
utsmaya-ādyaiḥ by intimate friendly dealings, laughing and jokingSB 3.15.20
vācyam the ultimate objectSB 7.15.57
vastu-niṣṭhayoḥ professing knowledge of the ultimate causeSB 6.4.32
ye kahaye vastu whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonumCC Madhya 25.58
vastutaḥ at the ultimate issueSB 6.8.31
vastutayā as ultimate realitySB 11.18.26
guṇa-vat-tamaḥ being the ultimate abode of these modesSB 11.24.22-27
sarva-veda-mayam the ultimate object of all Vedic knowledgeSB 9.18.48
vedera pratijñā ultimate declaration of the VedasCC Madhya 20.146
viharaṇam intimate pastimesSB 10.31.10
bhartuḥ tyāga-viśańkitām very much afraid of being forsaken by her husband because of giving birth to an illegitimate sonSB 9.20.37
viśrambheṇa with intimacySB 3.23.2
prayojana-vivaraṇa description of the ultimate achievementCC Madhya 23.101
vṛṣṭimān the son known as VṛṣṭimānSB 9.22.41
vyākhyātaḥ estimatedSB 5.21.1
surata-vyāpāra in intimate transactionsCC Madhya 1.58
surata-vyāpāra in intimate transactionsCC Madhya 13.121
surata-vyāpāra in intimate transactionsCC Antya 1.78
sneha-vyavahāra very intimate behaviorCC Madhya 11.17
yātāḥ on to the ultimate destination, VaikuṇṭhaSB 10.2.31
yathā-artha mūlya kari' estimating the proper priceCC Antya 9.54
ye kahaye vastu whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonumCC Madhya 25.58
127 results
timay verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 35384/72933
ajñātimant adjective not having relatives
Frequency rank 41921/72933
atacchaktimant adjective not having this Śakti
Frequency rank 31494/72933
atimati noun (feminine) haughtiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42158/72933
atimada adjective hochprozentig stark berauschend
Frequency rank 42159/72933
atimad verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 31548/72933
atimadhura adjective sehr sья
Frequency rank 20476/72933
atiman verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to despise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to disdain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to pride one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to value less than one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26181/72933
atimanuṣya adjective superhuman
Frequency rank 31549/72933
atimartya adjective superhuman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42160/72933
atimardita adjective
Frequency rank 31550/72933
atimalina adjective
Frequency rank 42161/72933
atimasṛṇīkṛta adjective
Frequency rank 31551/72933
atimahant adjective very long (time)
Frequency rank 13281/72933
anatimahant adjective
Frequency rank 22915/72933
anuvṛttimant adjective
Frequency rank 43324/72933
antima adjective final (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
last (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ultimate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11898/72933
apratima adjective incomparable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unequalled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
without a match (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2786/72933
apratimaujas noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 43881/72933
apravṛttimant adjective
Frequency rank 43967/72933
abhaktimant adjective unbelieving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
undevoted to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44077/72933
amūrtimant adjective incorporeal
Frequency rank 23172/72933
ayuktimant adjective (rhet.: language) using inappropriate images
Frequency rank 32508/72933
artimant adjective ill
Frequency rank 32545/72933
aśaktimant adjective
Frequency rank 23272/72933
aṣṭaviṃśatima adjective the 28th
Frequency rank 45727/72933
aṣṭāviṃśatima adjective the 28th
Frequency rank 45738/72933
ākṛtimant adjective embodied (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having a shape (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32979/72933
ānatimant adjective
Frequency rank 46406/72933
āyatimant adjective dignified (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
extended (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
long (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
self-restrained (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stately (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46560/72933
ārtimant noun (masculine) a Mantra or spell (against snakes) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46638/72933
ārtimant adjective having or suffering pain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46639/72933
utpattimant adjective born (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
produced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15548/72933
unnatimant adjective elevated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
high (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of rank (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
projected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
respectable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sublime (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47411/72933
ekaviṃśatima adjective 21st
Frequency rank 47995/72933
kāntimant adjective lovely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
splendid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12445/72933
kāntima noun (feminine) name of a metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19143/72933
kīrtimant adjective famous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praised (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8766/72933
kīrtimant noun (masculine) name of a son of Aṅgiras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Uttānapāda and Sūnṛtā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Vasudeva and Devakī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the Viśve Devās (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12897/72933
kīrtima noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Śuka name of Dākṣāyaṇī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21094/72933
kṛtimant adjective acting
Frequency rank 49937/72933
kṛtimant noun (masculine) name of a prince (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49938/72933
khyātimant adjective renowned (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34522/72933
gatimant adjective connected with a preposition or some other adverbial prefix (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having issues or sores (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possessed of motion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8963/72933
gabhastimant adjective brilliant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51122/72933
gabhastimant noun (masculine neuter) a particular hell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27802/72933
gabhastimant noun (masculine) name of one of the nine divisions of Bhāratavarsha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27803/72933
caturviṃśatima adjective
Frequency rank 27953/72933
timant adjective belonging to a genus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of high birth or rank (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24023/72933
tṛptimant adjective finding satisfaction in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
satisfied (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53777/72933
trayoviṃśatima adjective 23rd
Frequency rank 53892/72933
daṇḍanītimant adjective possessing political wisdom
Frequency rank 54155/72933
dantimada noun (masculine) the juice flowing from a rutting elephant's temples (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54228/72933
dīdhitimant noun (masculine) name of a Muni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35676/72933
dīptimant adjective bright (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
brilliant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
splendid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8793/72933
dīptimant noun (masculine) name of a son of Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35687/72933
dīptimattara adjective more splendid
Frequency rank 54496/72933
dyutimant noun (masculine) name of a mountain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a prince of the Madras and father-in-law of Sahadeva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a prince of the Śālvasand father of cilka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Madirāśva and father of Suvīra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Manu Svāyambhuva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Prāṇa (Pāṇḍu) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Ṛṣi under the first Manu Meruslvarṇa (Hariv.) or under Manu Dākṣasāvarṇi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11293/72933
dyutimant adjective bright (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dignified (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
majestic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
resplendent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
splendid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7094/72933
dhṛtimant noun (neuter) name of the Varṣa ruled by Dhṛti
Frequency rank 55474/72933
dhṛtimant noun (masculine) name of a Brāhman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a form of Agni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Kīrtimat (son of Aṅgiras) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Manu Raivata and Savarṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Purūravas and Urvaśī name of a son of Yavīnara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the Saptarshis in the 13th Manvantara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16881/72933
dhṛtimant adjective calm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
content (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
satisfied (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
steadfast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5042/72933
nivṛttimant adjective
Frequency rank 36380/72933
timant adjective describing political wisdom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eminent for political wisdom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of moral or prudent behaviour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12537/72933
pañcaviṃśatima adjective the 25th
Frequency rank 21642/72933
pattimant adjective including a pedestrian
Frequency rank 24490/72933
padātimant adjective accompanied by foot-soldiers
Frequency rank 57071/72933
timatsyaka noun (masculine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 58539/72933
timayūraka noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 58540/72933
timayūrikā noun (feminine) Ocimum Villosum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58541/72933
prakṛtimant adjective common (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having the original or natural form or shape (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in a natural or usual frame of mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
natural (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
usual (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21791/72933
pratipattimant adjective
Frequency rank 21807/72933
pratima adjective resembling
Frequency rank 3759/72933
pratimañca noun (masculine) (in music) a kind of measure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58850/72933
pratimaṇḍay verb (denominative parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 58851/72933
pratiman verb (class 8 ātmanepada) to contrast with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to render back in return or in reply (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58852/72933
pratimantram indeclinable with or at every formula or verse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58853/72933
pratimantray verb (denominative parasmaipada) to call out or reply to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to consecrate with sacred texts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24707/72933
pratimandiram indeclinable in every house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58854/72933
pratimanvantara noun (neuter) every Manvantara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37189/72933
pratimarśa noun (masculine) a kind of powder used as a sternutatory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14301/72933
pratimarśana noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 58855/72933
pravṛttimant adjective
Frequency rank 59437/72933
prasuptimant adjective
Frequency rank 59512/72933
prāvartima noun (neuter) sending (?)
Frequency rank 59685/72933
prītimant adjective affectionate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
favourable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
glad (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gratified (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having love or affection for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having pleasurable sensations (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
kind (as words) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
loving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pleased (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
satisfied (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4545/72933
bhaktimant adjective devoted to
Frequency rank 6080/72933
bhaktimahimavarṇana noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 1.78
Frequency rank 60482/72933
bhrāntimant adjective a particular figure of rhetoric (describing an error) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mistaking any one or anything for (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
roaming or wandering about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rolling (as a wheel) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
turning round (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61044/72933
matimant noun (masculine) name of a son of Janamejaya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61230/72933
matimant adjective clever (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2311/72933
mūrtimant adjective corporeal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having a material form (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
incarnate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
personified (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4357/72933
mūlavyasanavṛttimant adjective one who gain his living by an hereditary debasing occupation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62735/72933
yuktimant adjective based on arguments (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clever (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
f